Scotch brand Cutty Sark ventures into India
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Scotch brand Cutty Sark ventures into India

Edrington group, Britain-based Scotch whisky maker has entered in India, opening its first distillery outside its home country, says a report in IANS.

The company has opened a manufacturing plant in Goa.

"This is the first time Edrington group has opened any factory outside Scotland," managing director of Kyndal group Siddharth Banerji told IANS.

Kyndal group has entered into a partnership with Edrington in India, where the former produces and markets their brand-owned products.

"No one can ignore the size of the Indian market, which consumes 2.8 million cases of whisky every year. With the market growing at a pace of 10 to 12 percent per annum, India is a huge market," said Banerji.

Since Goa possesses maritime weather and fluctuations are not extensive owing to its geographical location, the company selected the union territory as the preferred site, he added.

A maritime or oceanic air mass has a uniform temperature and moisture profile.

The scotch maker used to export its brand Cutty Sark, a blended scotch whisky to India in the past that cost Rs.2,600 a bottle. With home production commencing this year, prices would fall to Rs.1,400 for a bottle of 750 ml.

Stay on top – Get the daily news from Indian Retailer in your inbox
Top 10 Air Coolers in India: Stay Cool and Save on Electricity Bills!
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Top 10 Air Coolers in India: Stay Cool and Save on Electricity Bills!

The current heatwave, engulfing every part of our lives, has only one solution – a cool breeze till the rain gods smile down on us. It is therefore no wonder that the air coolers are selling like hotcakes and bringing down electricity bills to a bearable amount. They are today our fellow warriors, fighting the relentless heat with their technology and style. They have undergone a drastic change from their traditional avatar to becoming modern high-technology coolers, which serve indoor and outdoor small and big areas, as well as fulfilling industrial and commercial requirements.

The air coolers market has grown rapidly from $1.62 billion in 2023 to $1.8 billion in 2024 at 11.3 percent CAGR. The market is expected to grow $2.7 billion in 2028 at 10.6 percent CAGR. But with a plethora of choices in the market and salesmen confusing you with their sweet talk, we break down the jargon and bring to you the top 10 air cooler brands in Indi that have impressed us.

Blue Star

Blue Star was founded in 1943 by Mohan T Advani. The brand has a comprehensive range of products that are not only technologically advanced but are also sustainable, energy-efficient, and intuitively designed. Packed with contemporary features, these products ensure the best of comfort and convenience. Blue Star has grown by 16.4 percent to Rs 2623.83 crore in the fourth quarter FY 23 with EBIDTA of Rs 179.17 crore.

The brand has generated annual revenue of Rs 7,977 crore ($927 million) wherein 65 percent of the sales come from Tier III, IV, and V markets. It aims to achieve a 15 percent market share in 2024 and a 15 percent revenue growth CAGR for the upcoming years. To accomplish the brand is going to speed up the units by 12-13 lakh per annum this fiscal year and take it up to 28 lakhs following the course of time. 

Top 10 Air Coolers in India: Stay Cool and Save on Electricity Bills!

Why is it effective?

Cross Drift Technology - Incorporates a hexagonal pad which ensures that the water spreads across the maximum area resulting in enhanced and faster cooling.

Dual Cool Technology - A combination of Honeycomb and Wood Wool Pads to reduce the temperature and blow cool air into the room.

Anti-microbial High-efficiency Honeycomb Pads - Special cellulose paper with anti-microbial properties provides safer cooling.


Capacity Range (Litre)

Price Range (offer Price)


20L- 90L

Rs 7,690-Rs 19,890


27L- 55L

Rs 8,990- Rs 16,490


50L- 70L

Rs 8,999- Rs 9,990


10L- 35L

Rs 5,299- Rs 13,999

To shop: Click here


Voltas Limited is an Indian multinational home appliances company, headquartered in Mumbai. It designs, develops, manufactures and sells products including air conditioners, air coolers, refrigerators, washing machines, dishwashers, microwaves, air purifiers, and water dispensers. They are a trusted choice for both residential and commercial use. Voltas Limited established in 1954 is a listed public company and part of the leading Indian multinational Tata Group. Voltas air coolers are praised for their extraordinary build, efficient cooling, and advanced features like turbo air throw and inverter compatibility.

Top 10 Air Coolers in India: Stay Cool and Save on Electricity Bills!

Why is it effective?

It provides MEP (Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing), HVAC (Heat, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning) solutions and has successfully implemented several landmark projects in India and abroad. The brand serves five types of cooler.


Capacity Range (Litre)

Price Range (offer Price)


52L- 110L

Rs 9,390- Rs 14,290


25L- 28L

Rs 5,890-Rs 7,990


26L- 65L

Rs 5,490- Rs 11,690


45L- 55L

Rs 9490- Rs 10,490



Rs 5,890- Rs 7,090

To shop: Click here


Pawan Bajaj founded Bajaj Electronics in 1980. The brand offers a variety of air coolers that are highly rated for their powerful cooling and durability. Its portfolio includes product lines that range from affordable and mass-market to luxurious and cater to every economic group.

Top 10 Air Coolers in India: Stay Cool and Save on Electricity Bills!

Why is it effective?

The brand stands out with the Dura Tuff Pro Motor and Dura Marine Pro Pump having striking characteristics. Dura Tuff is distinguished by four features – SurgeProtekt technology, Thermatuff Technology against thermal damage, The Corrosafe Lacquer, and SelfGuard Capacitor increasing the motor's longevity. Top-rated coolers include Bajaj PMH36 Torque Air Cooler, Bajaj DMH67 Air Cooler and Bajaj DMH 95 Air Cooler.


Capacity Range (Litre)

Price Range


24L- 70L

Rs 7,360- Rs 18,390

Tower and Personal

12L- 70L

Rs 9090- Rs 18,290


36L- 70L

Rs 8790- Rs 18,390

To shop: Click here


Founded in 1988, in Gujarat, India, Symphony, has a presence in over 60 countries, and is the world’s largest manufacturer of air coolers. Known for its wide range of air coolers, Symphony consistently receives high ratings for efficiency, design, and cooling capacity. Models like Symphony Diet and Hicool are particularly popular for personal and room cooling.

Top 10 Air Coolers in India: Stay Cool and Save on Electricity Bills!

Why is it effective?

i-PURE technology coolers use a five-filter system to tackle a range of air pollutants like bacteria, dust, and allergens. This means you can breathe easy knowing you are getting not just cool, but clean air as well. The brand has three product catalogs.


Capacity Range (Litre)

Price Range


40L -115L

Rs 14,491- Rs 26,991



Rs 6,791-Rs 13,991



Rs 5,791-Rs 11,791

To shop: Click here


The story of Havells began at Bhagirath Place, Haveli Ram Gandhi, when the brand's original owner started the company in 1958. Later, it was purchased for Rs 7 lakh. As a company, it stands at a net worth of $1.4 billion. It enjoys enviable market dominance across a wide spectrum of products, including Industrial fans, home appliances, air conditioners, cooler and more.

Top 10 Air Coolers in India: Stay Cool and Save on Electricity Bills!

Why is it effective?

Brushless Direct Current - is an energy-efficient technology for the best performance and cost-cutting over electricity bills in air coolers. A power consumption of a mere 110 W results in savings of up to 50 percent on electricity.

Microchip Controlled 100 percent Copper Winding BLDC Motor- minimal heat generation through 100 percent Copper Winding.


Capacity Range (Litre)

Price Range (offer price)



Rs 8,491- Rs 21,623


45L- 50l

Rs 6,291- Rs 7,190


24L- 32L

Rs 4,790- Rs 11,114


20L- 55L

Rs 6,991- Rs 14,565

To shop: Click here


It started as Crompton Parkinson Work Private Limited in 1937 and became a public company in the name of Crompton Greaves Limited in 1966. As of now the brand has gained approximately Rs 69 billion (FY23) crossing Rs 23.1 billion revenue by electric consumer durable segments in India.

Top 10 Air Coolers in India: Stay Cool and Save on Electricity Bills!

Why is it effective?

Advanced high-density Honeycomb - An air cooler honeycomb pad resembles a honeybee hive. They are ey are manufactured using well-designed cellulose materials and possess a high water retention capacity. The water-retention compartments in a honeycomb cooling pad quickly convert the hot air from outside into cool, soothing air.

Wood Wool cooling pads- Wood wool cooling pads are made from splinters of wood, which are cut from logs, and are arranged in the form of grass. These are also called ASPEN cooling pads. The small splinters of wood in wood wool pads adsorb circulating water and quickly transform the passing hot dry air into cool humid air.


Capacity Range (Litre)

Price Range


28L- 125L

Rs 8,500- Rs 26,875


54L- 70l

RS 10,000- Rs 15,000


10L – 40L

Rs 4,900- Rs 9,500


27L- 52L

Rs 10,000- Rs 13,000

To shop: Click here


Kenstar brand was launched in the year 1996. With a global presence in over 20 countries and, a wide range of products including air coolers, water heaters, washing machines, and cookware, it has continuously grown with the times and its customers expect the best from them due to their excellent service.

Top 10 Air Coolers in India: Stay Cool and Save on Electricity Bills!

Why is it effective?

Dust filter net- dust filter net gives you dust-free cooling.

Honeycomb cooling pads- honeycomb cooling pads are long-lasting pads that are made of cellulose material.


Capacity Range (Litre)

Price Range


27L- 120L

Rs 6,490- Rs 11,999



Rs 6,490 – Rs 7,490

To shop: Click here


Established in 1983, Usha offers a variety of air coolers. The company's products are also exported to countries in the Middle East and Africa our products are tested for all necessary Indian and International standards at our extensive and well-equipped testing facility.

Top 10 Air Coolers in India: Stay Cool and Save on Electricity Bills!

Why is it effective?

Smart Shield Technology powered by N9 Plastix - This technology ensures that your summers are fresh, safer, and hygienic.

Honeycomb Cooling Media - Pumped from the tank pours over the honeycomb media. As the warm air passes through the media, the water absorbs the heat, naturally cooling and humidifying the air.


Capacity Range (Litre)

Price Range



Rs11,990- Rs 23,990



Rs 7,190- Rs 10,990


25L- 50L

Rs 13,290- Rs 16990

To shop: Click here


Orient Electric Limited (OEL) is part of the diversified $3 billion Indian conglomerate CK Birla Group, it is one of the leading consumer electrical brands in India with a diverse portfolio of fans, lighting, home appliances and switchgear.

Top 10 Air Coolers in India: Stay Cool and Save on Electricity Bills!

Why is it effective?

Aerofan technology, the cooler can throw air up to 18.3 meters, ensuring rapid cooling and efficient airflow throughout the room.’

DenseNest honeycomb cooling pads provide 25 percent more cooling and 45 percent more water retention.


Capacity Range (Litre)

Price Range


50L- 125L

Rs 10,990- Rs 14,690



Rs 5,590- Rs 7,390


26L- 55L

Rs 8,890- Rs 9,890


50L- 55L

Rs 7,090- Rs 7,690

To shop: Click here


Croma is India's first and trusted large format specialist retail store. Founded in 2006, digital gadgets and home electronics. The store’s air coolers are hot sellers due to their post-purchase service needs in a hassle-free manner, Croma launched ZipCare..

Top 10 Air Coolers in India: Stay Cool and Save on Electricity Bills!

Why is it effective?

Evaporative Cooling Technology

Antibacterial Honeycomb Cooling Pad

Motorized Louvers Movement

Dust and Mosquito Net Filter


Capacity Range (Litre)

Price Range (offer price)


50L- 90L

Rs 10,399- Rs 12,399


18L- 40L

Rs 3,999- Rs 8,449


30L- 55L

Rs 6,990- Rs 8,799

To Shop: Click here


Do air coolers save energy?

An air cooler uses 70% less power than an air conditioner. The annual energy savings make air coolers a cost-effective alternative to air conditioners.

How many windows and doors must I leave open?

For every 100 square feet of cooling area, allow 2 square feet of unrestricted air relief through windows or doors.

How does an air cooler give cool air?

It draws hot air from the room and passes it through wet cooling pads. The water in the pads evaporates, reducing the temperature of the air as it passes through. The cooled air is then expelled back into the room, creating a refreshing and comfortable environment.

Does the air cooler work in a closed room?

Yes, an air cooler can work in a closed room, but its cooling effect may be limited. If not adequately ventilated, the air cooler may not be able to draw in enough hot air to effectively cool the room.



Next Story
Bakingo Targets QSR Format Bakery Stores across India by 2025
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
Bakingo Targets QSR Format Bakery Stores across India by 2025

In an era where micro-moments and personalized celebrations are the norm, Bakingo stands out as a premier destination for delectable cakes and desserts. Catering to a diverse audience, from young college-goers to mothers planning family celebrations, Bakingo has established itself as a brand synonymous with quality, convenience, and personalization.

From Floweraura to Bakingo

The entrepreneurial journey of Bakingo began 13 years ago with the founding of Floweraura, an online gifting brand. The success of Floweraura illuminated the need for a nationally recognized bakery brand that could offer consistent taste and experiences across India. This realization led to the inception of Bakingo.

“What started as a humble cloud kitchen has now blossomed into a thriving business with over 75 fulfillment centers across major cities in India. Our product range has also expanded significantly, now offering over 200 flavors and varieties to suit diverse tastes and occasions,” said Himanshu Chawla, Founder and CEO, Bakingo.

National Expansion

Bakingo's vision is to become a national bakery brand. It is strengthening its presence in Tier II cities such as Kanpur, Patna, and Dehradun. This strategic expansion allows Bakingo to reach a broader customer base while maintaining its commitment to quality and consistency.

“Looking ahead, we plan to open Quick Service Restaurant (QSR) format bakery stores across pan India markets by the end of 2025. This initiative aligns with our goal of enhancing accessibility to its premium baked goods,” stated Chawla.

Challenges and Growth

Like any entrepreneurial journey, Himanshu revealed that Bakingo has faced its share of challenges. Scaling production while ensuring stringent quality standards has been a significant hurdle. However, by prioritizing innovation, customer satisfaction, and operational efficiency, the brand has successfully navigated these challenges. This perseverance has led to sustainable growth and the establishment of Bakingo as a trusted name in the bakery industry.

Business Model

Bakingo's business model revolves around delivering baked goods that are tailored to individual preferences. By focusing on quality, convenience, and personalized experiences, the brand has carved a niche for itself in the premium baked goods segment. The average order value (AOV) of Rs 800 reflects the premium nature of Bakingo's products and underscores its commitment to delivering value-driven experiences to customers.

Omnichannel Distribution Model

Bakingo operates on an omnichannel distribution model, strategically leveraging both physical and digital channels to maximize customer reach and engagement. The primary digital channel is the D2C model through Bakingo's website. This platform allows customers to conveniently browse through a wide range of products, place orders, and enjoy seamless delivery services. The D2C model enables Bakingo to directly interact with customers, personalize their experiences, and maintain full control over the customer journey from browsing to purchase.

In addition to its website, Bakingo partners with aggregator channels like Swiggy and Zomato to expand its reach and cater to a nationwide audience. These partnerships allow customers to discover and order Bakingo's products through their preferred food delivery platforms, enhancing accessibility and visibility in the market.

Leveraging Technology and AI

The brand thrives on the integration of technology and artificial intelligence (AI) within its operations. Advanced forecasting tools enable precise demand prediction, ensuring efficient resource allocation and minimizing wastage. This technological foresight is crucial in managing inventory and delivery processes, allowing Bakingo to maintain high standards of quality while scaling production.

“We are also actively developing AI models to enhance consumer experiences. These models aim to provide personalized recommendations and streamline the ordering process, ensuring a seamless and delightful customer journey. The most impactful technology integration to date has been advanced forecasting, which has revolutionized inventory management and significantly reduced wastage,” he explained.

Vision for the Future

Bakingo's vision for the next two years is to establish itself as a leading national bakery brand renowned for quality and innovation. Key strategic plans include expanding the product line to cater to diverse preferences, strengthening distribution networks for nationwide reach, and enhancing customer engagement through various platforms.

To cater to the evolving tastes and preferences of its target audience, the brand plans to expand its product line. This expansion will include introducing new flavors, varieties, and personalized options. Additionally, strengthening distribution networks will enable Bakingo to reach more customers and enhance accessibility to its premium baked goods.

It further aims to enhance customer engagement through various platforms, including social media, e-mail marketing, and personalized customer interactions. “By fostering a strong connection with our customers, we hope to build a loyal customer base that trusts us for all their celebration needs,” Chawla concluded.


Next Story
NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific Wraps Up with Stellar Attendance & Resounding Impact on Retail Future
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific Wraps Up with Stellar Attendance & Resounding Impact on Retail Future

The inaugural NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific, organized by the National Retail Federation (NRF) in collaboration with global event organizer Comexposium, concluded successfully, making a significant impact on the future of retail. Held at the Sands Expo and Convention Centre in Singapore from June 11-13, the three-day event attracted over 7,000 registrations and participation from 238 exhibitors across Asia Pacific and the globe.

Diverse and Insightful Sessions

Themed “Fast Track Your Success,” NRF 2024 featured over 100 speakers across 60 sessions, including keynotes, panel discussions, special programs, and tours. These sessions addressed the latest trends, technologies, and strategies transforming the retail landscape in Asia Pacific. Industry leaders from renowned companies such as AEON Group, Amazon, Coca-Cola, Central Retail Corporation (Thailand), Domino’s, Fast Retailing (UNIQLO), Hermès, Mastercard, Moët Hennessy, Puma, Lotte Corporation, and Wumart, among others, shared their insights on topics ranging from omnichannel retailing and sustainable practices to the integration of artificial intelligence (AI) and the evolution of customer experience.

Positive Exhibitor Feedback

"NRF 2024: Retail's Big Show Asia Pacific met our expectations as an exhibitor in areas of attendance, thought leadership, and influence. It's clear that this event is a pivotal platform for driving the future of retail, fostering meaningful connections, and sparking transformative ideas,” said Mette Krogh, Chief Marketing Officer, RELEX Solutions. “We are looking forward to leveraging the invaluable insights and connections gained at the event to propel our initiatives for Asia Pacific forward.”

Showcasing Innovative Technologies

A standout feature of the event was the NRF Innovation Lab, which showcased the most visionary retail technologies available today. Attendees experienced firsthand advancements in areas such as AI, augmented reality, data analytics, and Web3, poised to power the new retail in the digital age.

Impressed Industry Leaders

"As a speaker, I was impressed by the breadth of topics covered and the depth of expertise shared at the conference,” said Xu Ying, President, Wumei Technology Group. “The showcase of retail solutions at the expo, and the exchange of innovative ideas and best practices, have left a lasting impact. NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific has not only set a new standard for industry events but also solidified its influence as a cornerstone for retail thought leadership and innovation.”

Warm Reception Across the Region

“The warm and favorable reception we have received from retail communities spanning India, Japan, China, the Philippines, Vietnam, and New Zealand strongly indicates a significant demand for a pan-regional retail event,” said Ryf Quail, Managing Director, NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific, Comexposium. “The energy and enthusiasm from participants have been incredible, underscoring the dynamic and evolving nature of the retail industry in the region. We are proud to provide a platform for knowledge exchange, networking, and innovation that drives the industry forward.”

Looking Ahead to NRF 2025

Looking ahead, NRF is excited to announce that NRF 2025: Retail's Big Show Asia Pacific will take place on June 3-5, 2025, at the same iconic venue in Singapore. The upcoming event promises to build on the success of this year’s show, with even more visionary speakers, pioneering technologies, and unparalleled networking opportunities.

Rebooking has commenced for existing exhibitors, with bookings for new exhibitors opening from July 1, 2024. Retail professionals, technology innovators, and industry stakeholders are encouraged to mark their calendars and join the largest and most influential retail conference in the Asia Pacific region.


Next Story
‘Tier II and III Cities are Fueling Beauty Boom’, Mansi Sharma of Boddess Beauty
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
‘Tier II and III Cities are Fueling Beauty Boom’, Mansi Sharma of Boddess Beauty

The rise of Indian beauty consumerism can be directly related to the new-age adage that self-care is synonymous with empowerment. Post-COVID, this transformation has accelerated, driven by a surge in digital-first approaches and a growing appetite for beauty products across diverse markets, including the elusive Tier II and Tier III cities, which until recently stuck to the legacy brands. One such company, House of Beauty, exemplifies this evolving landscape – blending digital innovation with a robust offline presence to redefine consumer engagement and satisfaction.

Mansi Sharma, Co-founder & Creative Director, Boddess Beauty & House of Beauty, shed light on this dynamic shift: "In the last five years, especially in the D2C space, we have seen a proliferation of around 800 brands, many of them focused on beauty. This surge is fueled by the financial independence of Indian women and their increasing discretionary spending." Additionally, she emphasized how attitudes towards self-care had evolved: "Unlike previous generations, today's women take pride in indulging in beauty products. It's about serving yourself before others, a reflection of changing societal norms."

The emergence of this new consumer base is characterized by increased access to information, facilitated by social media platforms. Consumers in these regions are knowledgeable about skincare ingredients like Niacinamide, the benefits of Korean beauty brands, and the latest trends in color cosmetics. This awareness has incited demand and contributed to the buoyancy of the beauty industry.

Omnichannel Expansion

Boddess Beauty began its journey as a digital-first company, leveraging the power of e-commerce to reach a wide audience. However, recognizing the unique advantages of physical retail, Mansi noted, "Our roots were always in offline retail, with over 200 stores for The Body Shop and 20 stores for Kiehl's. We understood the credibility and engagement that came from a physical store experience."

The influence of brand ambassadors (BAs), the strategic advantage of prime mall locations, and the art of visual merchandising play pivotal roles in shaping consumer perceptions and preferences. These elements collectively transform global brands into locally resonant entities that captivate the Indian consumer market, making products not just accessible but also compelling choices for shoppers across the country.

Mansi highlighted the strategic shift towards an omnichannel approach: "While online channels help in discovery and push marketing, offline stores provide unparalleled credibility and customer engagement. It's about bridging the gap between digital discovery and physical interaction."

This trend underscores why leading brands continue to invest in offline retail despite a decline in sales in this sector. By enhancing its physical presence, such as implementing trial stations in key stores like those of The Body Shop equipped with sinks for testing products like shower gels and face washes, House of Beauty has been able to maintain consumer engagement and drive higher conversion rates. “While offline operations may not allow for the same aggressive discounting seen online, they have proven to be a more profitable model and significantly bolster brand credibility. This commitment to offline expansion is evident across our portfolio, including newer in-house brands like The Honest Tree and established global brands,” she revealed.

Venturing into Tier II and Tier III

Looking ahead, Boddess Beauty plans to deepen its footprint in Tier II and Tier III cities. Mansi elaborated, "Some of our most profitable stores per square foot are in cities like Itanagar and Agartala. There's a significant demand for international beauty brands and niche products like salicylic acid, reflecting the untapped potential in these markets."

When Kylie Cosmetics launched less than a month ago, the search trends from these geographical locations for the Kylie Jenner brand were immense. This surge in interest can be attributed to the significant amount of time people from these cities spent on social media platforms.

She highlighted their growth strategy: "Expanding into these regions isn't just about market penetration; it's about meeting the evolving beauty needs of consumers who are increasingly informed and aspirational. The kind of appetite that rests there is yet to be tapped into and I think we're just scratching the surface right now as an industry.”

Innovation and Sustainability

Central to House of Beauty's ethos is a commitment to clean beauty and sustainability. Mansi explained, "Our product portfolio prioritizes vegan and sustainable options. Whether it's through brands like Neal's Yard Remedies, Juice Beauty, The Body Shop, The Honest Tree, Kylie Cosmetics, we aim to offer products that are safe, effective, and aligned with modern consumer values."

However, adopting clean and ethical norms comes with its own set of challenges. For instance, while building The Honest Tree brand, Mansi became aware of the issues with the manufacturing side of the products.

“Manufacturing often goes overlooked by retailers and brand developers, despite its critical role in product execution. While creating a new beauty brand involves defining a niche, building a unique product concept, and establishing a clear differentiation strategy, the actual manufacturing process presents distinct challenges. These include negotiating margins, sourcing quality ingredients, selecting appropriate packaging, and ensuring all necessary certifications for product claims. These challenges are compounded by cultural norms within manufacturing facilities, where women negotiating directly with suppliers were met with surprise or skepticism,” she stated.

Overcoming these initial barriers was just the beginning, as the broader challenge lay in navigating the intricacies of production in India's competitive market landscape. Price sensitivity among Indian consumers further complicated matters, with even minor price variations influencing purchasing decisions significantly. Balancing product quality and affordability became crucial, as exceeding certain price thresholds could hinder consumer adoption, regardless of product superiority.

Despite these complexities, strategic approaches to manufacturing and pricing have allowed Mansi to thrive, albeit with ongoing challenges and opportunities for improvement.


Tech Talk

While the company has embraced technology, including AR/VR for virtual trials and advanced analytics for personalized marketing, Mansi emphasized, "AI integration is an area for future exploration. Our focus remains on creating seamless, omnichannel experiences that blend digital convenience with physical engagement."

Looking ahead, Mansi envisions expanding their portfolio and geographical reach: "Our goal is to make premium beauty accessible across India, adapting global brands to resonate with the Indian consumer mindset. This includes expanding our reach to new cities and enhancing our distribution network."



Next Story
ShopClues’ $12 Mn Export Run Rate Set to Skyrocket to $100 Mn by Year-End
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
ShopClues’ $12 Mn Export Run Rate Set to Skyrocket to $100 Mn by Year-End

Founded in 2011, ShopClues started with a mission to provide a seamless shopping experience, offering a vast array of products across numerous categories. Over the years, it has grown exponentially, catering to millions of customers and sellers alike. In 2019, the company took a significant leap forward when it was acquired by Qoo10, one of the world's largest online marketplaces. This acquisition aimed to bridge the gap between Southeast Asian consumers and Indian products while aligning with Qoo10's vision of global connectivity and convenient, secure shopping.

In an exclusive interaction, Anuraag Gambhir, MD, Shopclues explained the company's meticulous rise. Its journey can be divided into two phases: ShopClues1 and ShopClues2. ShopClues1, from its inception in 2011 until 2019, focused on becoming the platform for first-time buyers. The company partnered with over 40 courier companies to achieve the highest pin code coverage in India, targeting Tier III and Tier IV markets. "Our marketing initiatives were always focused towards Tier III and Tier IV markets. We built our foundation on the value segment shopper. At that time, we were the only ones who were playing in that space. I think that was a time when our technology capabilities were differentiating us from everybody else," he recalled.

Working closely with sellers, businesses, SMEs, and MSMEs, Shopclues set out to empower them and bring them online. Today, they have about 1.1 million plus registered sellers on the platform!

In November 2019, Qoo10 acquired ShopClues, marking the beginning of ShopClues2. Qoo10, a Singapore-based e-commerce company, has a strong presence in Southeast Asia, including Singapore, Korea, Japan, Malaysia, Philippines, Indonesia, and Vietnam. The acquisition enabled us to leverage Qoo10's extensive network and expertise in cross-border trade. "Qoo10's vision has always been cross-border trade. Our strength lies in facilitating seamless and fast cross-border transactions," Gambhir explains.

ShopClues Bazaar

To better serve budget-conscious customers, especially in Tier II and Tier III cities, ShopClues introduced "ShopClues Bazaar”. This section mirrors the traditional ShopClues model, focusing on affordable products tailored to the needs of these markets. Gambhir emphasized that empowering MSMEs had always been the core mission of the company. "Empowering MSMEs has been at the forefront of our strategic discussions and the defining force behind all our initiatives," says Gambhir.

Biting the E-commerce Pie

The Indian e-commerce market, currently valued at approximately $60-70 billion annually, is expected to grow to $200 billion by 2030, according to government estimates. The e-commerce export market, which ShopClues is targeting, aims to reach $200-300 billion as part of India's broader $2 trillion export goal. "There's a potential for a hundredfold increase in e-commerce exports over the next six years," Gambhir shares. He is confident that Indian products, known for their quality and competitive pricing, will see increasing demand globally.

Empowering MSMEs to Go Global

One of the key benefits ShopClues offers MSMEs is the ability to expand globally without incurring significant upfront costs. Gambhir highlights two primary costs that brands save by partnering with ShopClues: information costs and inventory costs. "Understanding local governing laws and customs of different countries can be challenging and expensive. We save brands this cost. Additionally, they no longer need to take inventory abroad and risk unsold stock," he notes.

By allowing sellers to list products directly from India and ship only upon receiving orders, ShopClues eliminates the need for local warehousing. The company charges minimal operational costs for translation and content management, along with a standard commission of 5 to 20 percent on each transaction. "We make it as easy for them to list on global marketplaces as it is on domestic ones. The differentiator is our ability to do seamless and fast cross-border transactions. So if somebody wants to list their products in another part of the country, he will be given an end-to-end solution as part of ShopClues and Qoo10 family. Qoo10 also has Q-Express, a logistics company. Q-Express helps from an operational point of view and deals with complicated cross-border logistics,” explained Gambhir.

The Role of AI in E-Commerce

Artificial Intelligence plays a significant role in enhancing e-commerce operations. Gambhir explains that AI improves efficiency across various aspects of the business, from customer service to social media management. "For us, 70 percent of queries are now handled by Chatbots, which can detect customer mood and respond faster than human agents," he says. AI also aids in cataloging and generating social media content, making operations smoother and faster. “I think AI will just help things move 40 percent to 50 percent faster in a lot of things,” he added.

ShopClues' Unique Position in the Market

With its association with Qoo10 and now, ShopClues has access to a vast network and robust logistics infrastructure. This enables the company to differentiate itself by facilitating global trade for Indian brands. "Our edge lies in our ability to take brands global, not necessarily competing head-on with giants in certain geographies," Gambhir explains. The company focuses on overcoming language, cultural, and geopolitical barriers to boost trade between India and other countries.

Projections and Future Goals

Currently, ShopClues' e-commerce export business operates at a $12 million run rate, with ambitions to reach $100 million by the end of the year. Additionally, the company is working closely with the government to digitize MSMEs and artisans, further expanding its sourcing capabilities. "Our target is to reach $100 million in e-commerce exports by the end of the year, and we are confident in achieving this goal," says Gambhir.

ShopClues is poised for significant growth, driven by its commitment to empowering MSMEs and facilitating global trade. With the support of Qoo10 and, the company continues to innovate and expand, offering unparalleled opportunities for Indian brands to reach global markets. As Gambhir aptly puts it, "If any small, medium Indian brand wants to go global today, we are the platform they should come to."


Next Story
10 Must-Have Sports Shoe Brands in India: Find Your Perfect Fit!
  • IR
  • IR
  • IR
10 Must-Have Sports Shoe Brands in India: Find Your Perfect Fit!

Are you ready to explore the latest trends in India's sports footwear market? Set to reach $46.16 billion by 2024, this market is expanding rapidly, fueled by an increased focus on health and fashion. This guide will help you navigate through the booming sports shoe industry, highlighting the need for consumers to choose well-made sports running shoes from the leading sports shoe brands in India for optimal quality, performance, and style. In this guide, you'll discover a curated list of the top 10 sports shoe brands in India, helping you choose the best in quality, performance, and style for your active lifestyle.

    Top Selling Sports Shoe Brands in India:

    Here's a simple summary of the top 10 best-selling sports shoe brands in India, noted for their excellent comfort, stylish designs, and advanced technology.

    1. Nike Sports Shoes: 

    Nike, founded in 1964 by Bill Bowerman and Phil Knight, is a leading shoe brand in India and the largest global seller of athletic footwear and apparel. Known for its innovative designs and high-performance products, Nike is a favorite among athletes and sports enthusiasts. In 2020, Nike's revenue reached over $37.4 billion, and it's expected to exceed $45 billion by FY25, thanks to ongoing investments in technology and innovation. This growth underscores Nike's strong presence and continuous evolution in the sportswear market.

    Nike - Sports Shoe Brands in India



    • Price: ₹4,500 - ₹15,000, varies by model
    • Rating: Typically 4-5 stars
    • Weight: 200-400 grams range
    • Sole Material: Durable rubber, Air technology
    • Category: Running, basketball, lifestyle


    • The Nike Air Max series features a wide range of styles and designs, catering to various fashion preferences.
    • Nike shoes are crafted from premium materials, making them sturdy enough for both everyday wear and sports activities.


    • While Nike Air Max shoes are comfortable and supportive, they may not fit everyone due to differences in foot shapes and walking styles.
    • Some Nike Air Max designs might be too intricate or have bold colors that don't appeal to everyone's taste.

    Who Should Buy This?

    • Perfect for those who value long-lasting quality, excellent cushioning, and effective responsiveness.

    Read More: Footwear Industry in India: How Bright is the Future?

    2. Reebok Sports Shoes: Detailed Overview

    Reebok, founded in 1958 in England by Joe and Jeff Foster, has grown into a major shoe brand in India, known for its sports and lifestyle products. As a subsidiary of Adidas, Reebok has revitalized its market value, significantly contributing to the group's revenues. The brand is enhancing its presence through investments in sustainable materials and fitness-focused designs, targeting a $2 billion revenue increase by FY25. This strategic shift underscores Reebok's commitment to innovation and its strong position in the global market.

     Reebok - Top Sports Shoe Brands in India



    • Price: Varies widely, from budget-friendly options around ₹2,500 to premium models upwards of ₹10,000.
    • Rating: Generally receives good ratings, often around 4 to 5 stars.
    • Weight: Lightweight to moderate, specific weights vary by model.
    • Sole Material: Usually crafted from durable rubber, often featuring specialized technology for added grip and comfort.
    • Category: Includes running, training, walking, and casual lifestyle shoes.


    • Excellent appearance and quality.
    • Comfortable grip.
    • Lightweight design.
    • Cost-effective.


    Sole quality could be improved.

    Who Should Buy This?

    If you're passionate about fitness, these shoes are ideal for you.

    Latest Updates in the Reebok Sports Shoe Market

    Reebok Expands Presence with New Chennai Stores

    3. Adidas Sports Shoes

    Adidas, established in 1949 by Adolf Dassler, stands as the second-largest sportswear manufacturer worldwide and the top in Europe. As a prominent player among the best sports shoe brands in India, Adidas is renowned for its high-quality sports running shoes and innovative designs. The brand has significantly impacted India's footwear brands, aiming to elevate its global revenue to $30 billion by FY25 through sustained investments in digital innovation and sustainability initiatives.

    Adidas - Sports Shoe Brands in India


    • Price: Typically ranges from ₹3,000 to ₹20,000.
    • Rating: Often rated between 4 and 5 stars.
    • Weight: Lightweight, specifics vary by model.
    • Sole Material: Often uses high-performance rubber.
    • Category: Includes running, training, basketball, and casual.


    Durable, stylish, and equipped with advanced technology like Boost.


    Some models may be expensive; sizing can be inconsistent.

    Who Should Buy This?

    Ideal for athletes and casual wearers looking for high-quality, technologically advanced footwear.

    4. Puma: Sports Shoe Brand in India

    Puma, founded in 1948 by Rudolf Dassler, is recognized as one of the top sports shoe brands in India and globally. Renowned for its trendy and high-performance sports running shoes, Puma holds a strong position among India's footwear brands. The company's market value benefits from its innovative products and significant global presence. With plans to reach a revenue of $8 billion by FY25, Puma is focusing on strategic collaborations and the use of eco-friendly materials in its offerings.

    Puma - Sports Shoe Brands in India


    • Price: Generally ranges from ₹2,000 to ₹12,000.
    • Rating: Often receives ratings of 4 to 5 stars.
    • Weight: Lightweight, specifics vary by model.
    • Sole Material: Typically made with durable rubber.
    • Category: Offers shoes for running, training, football, and casual wear.


    • Stylish designs, comfortable fit, good durability.
    • Perfect for warm weather
    • Sleek, lightweight construction
    • Sole absorbs shocks effectively


    • Not ideal for individuals with wide feet

    Who Should Buy It?

    Perfect for daily wear for those with narrow to medium-width feet.

    5. Skechers: Sports Shoe Brand in India

    Skechers, an American brand founded in 1992 by Robert Greenberg, ranks among the top sports shoe brands in India. Known for its comfortable, stylish footwear, Skechers has secured a strong position within India's footwear brands, appealing to both performance and lifestyle segments. With a robust global presence, the company aims to reach $7 billion in revenue by FY25, driven by ongoing innovation and strategic marketing efforts in the sports running shoes category.

    Skechers - Sports Shoe Brands in India


    • Price: Typically ranges from ₹3,000 to ₹8,000.
    • Rating: Generally receives 4 to 5 stars.
    • Weight: Lightweight, specifics vary by model.
    • Sole Material: Often made with flexible rubber and memory foam insoles.
    • Category: Includes casual walking shoes, running shoes, and lifestyle sneakers.


    • Stylish, versatile footwear.
    • Highly comfortable and robust.
    • Reduces foot pain effectively.


    • Laces often come untied.
    • Issues with heel slippage.
    • Padding inside could be improved.

    Who should buy this?

    Skechers' trekking shoes are ideal for anyone who enjoys outdoor adventures and needs comfortable, sturdy footwear.

    ​​​​6. New Balance: Top Sports Shoe Brands India

    New Balance, established in 1906 by William J. Riley, is known for its high-quality athletic shoes and has a strong presence among the best sports shoe brands in India. With a focus on performance and innovation, New Balance aims for a revenue of $5 billion by FY25, continuously investing in research and development to enhance its offerings in the sports running shoes category.

    New Balance - Sports Shoe Brands in India


    • Price: Typically ranges from ₹4,000 to ₹15,000.
    • Rating: Generally receives 4 to 5 stars.
    • Weight: Lightweight to moderate, specifics vary by model.
    • Sole Material: Commonly uses durable rubber or blown rubber.
    • Category: Includes running, walking, cross-training, and lifestyle shoes.


    High-quality construction, excellent cushioning, stylish designs.

    Who Should Buy This?

    Ideal for athletes and casual wearers looking for high-performance, comfortable, and stylish footwear.

    7. Bata: Sports Shoe Brand in India

    Bata, founded in 1931 and headquartered in Switzerland, is a cornerstone among India's footwear brands, known for its quality and affordability. As one of the best sport shoes brands in India, Bata boasts a comprehensive retail network that enhances its robust market presence. The company aims to continue its growth trajectory, targeting revenues of Rs 3,500 crores by FY25 through strategic investments in expanding its diverse range of sports running shoes and other footwear products.

    New Balance-Sports Shoe Brands in India


    • Price: Ranges from ₹999 to ₹3,499.
    • Rating: Typically receives 3.5 to 4.5 stars.
    • Weight: Varies, generally lightweight to moderate.
    • Sole Material: Often made with rubber or synthetic materials.
    • Category: Includes casual, formal, and sports shoes.
    • Closure Type: Mainly lace-up, some models with Velcro straps


    • Soft-cushioning
    • Looks and feels high-quality


    May develop cracks with use.

    Who should buy this?

    This is ideal for individuals looking to enhance their formal style while maintaining comfort and design.

    8. ASICS: Sports Shoe Brand

    ASICS, a Japanese multinational corporation founded in 1949 by Kihachiro Onitsuka, is known for its high-performance athletic footwear. The brand has a loyal customer base in India due to its focus on quality and innovation. ASICS has a strong market presence, particularly among professional athletes and serious runners. With a focus on innovation and performance, the brand projects its revenue to reach $4 billion by FY25.

    ASICS - Sports Shoe Brands in India


    • Price: Ranges from ₹2,199 to ₹13,989 depending on the model.
    • Rating: Generally around 4 to 4.5 out of 5.
    • Weight: Approximately 250-300 grams for typical running models.
    • Sole Material: Commonly uses AHAR rubber.
    • Category: Mainly sports and running shoes.


    Excellent stability, cushioning, and durable design.


    • Can be expensive, and limited in fashion-forward styles.
    • Who Should Buy This: Best for runners and athletes seeking performance footwear.

    9. FILA: Sports Shoe Brand in India

    FILA, an Italian sportswear brand founded in 1911, has made a significant impact in the Indian market with its stylish and high-quality footwear. The brand is known for its fashionable designs and performance-oriented products. FILA’s market presence has been revitalized through strategic collaborations and trendy designs. With investments in branding and product innovation, FILA targets a revenue of $2 billion by FY25.

     FILA - Sports Shoe Brands in India


    • Price: Varies, roughly ₹2,000 to ₹10,000.
    • Rating: Typically around 4 out of 5.
    • Weight: Approx. 252 grams for performance models.
    • Sole Material: Often uses specialized compounds like Evergrip.
    • Category: Sports and lifestyle footwear.

    Who Should Buy This?

    Casual and semi-professional athletes.

    10. Campus: Sports Shoes

    Campus, an Indian brand known for its affordable and trendy sports shoes, has gained popularity among young consumers. The brand offers a wide range of products that cater to various sports and casual activities. Campus has rapidly grown to become a leading sports shoe brand in India, particularly among the younger demographic. With continuous investments in marketing and expanding its product range, Campus aims to achieve a revenue of Rs 1,500 crores by FY25.

    Campus - Sports Shoe Brands in India


    • Price: ₹600 to ₹1,200.
    • Rating: Around 4.1 to 4.3 out of 5.
    • Weight: Lightweight options available.
    • Sole Material: Various, including rubber and PVC.
    • Category: Includes sports, casual, and formal.

    Who Should Buy This:

    Budget-conscious consumers seeking versatile footwear.


    India's sports shoe market is lively, with a mix of global leaders and strong local contenders. Brands like Nike, Adidas, Reebok, and Puma are at the forefront with their innovative designs, catering to both athletic performances and lifestyle needs. Additionally, Indian brands such as Bata and Campus offer cost-effective, stylish options, broadening the range of choices for consumers.

    The rising interest in health and style continues to propel the demand for quality sports footwear, positioning these brands to benefit from future market growth.

    For a deeper look at the top shoe brands in India, check out this article. Whether you're searching for high-performance sports running shoes or stylish athletic footwear, this guide offers a comprehensive overview to help you make the best choice for your needs.

    FAQs on Top Sports Shoe Brands in India

    1. Which is the best sports shoe brand in India?

    Nike is often highlighted as the top sports shoe brand in India, recognized for its quality and innovation in sports footwear.

    2. What are the most affordable sports shoe brands in India?

    Sparx and Campus are noted for their affordability, offering good quality sports shoes at lower price points.

    3. Which sports shoes are best for running in India?

    ASICS and Adidas are widely recommended for running due to their superior cushioning, stability, and support features.

    4. Where can I buy original sports shoes in India?

    Original sports shoes can be purchased from reputable online platforms like Amazon and Flipkart, as well as from the official stores of brands like Nike, Adidas, and Puma.

    5. What are the latest trends in sports shoes in India?

    The latest trends include the integration of sustainable materials, the rise of custom and athleisure styles, and technology enhancements for better performance and comfort.


    Next Story
    Wholesale vs. Retail: What’s the Difference in 2024?
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Wholesale vs. Retail: What’s the Difference in 2024?

    The global wholesale market has experienced robust growth in recent years, with its size projected to increase from $49,488.7 billion in 2023 to $53,017.84 billion in 2024, reflecting a CAGR of 7.1 percent. This growth trajectory is attributed to factors such as economic expansion, global trade facilitation, improved supply chain efficiency, government policies, infrastructure development, and globalization processes during the historical period. Looking ahead, the wholesale market is anticipated to continue its strong momentum in the coming years, reaching $68,092.65 billion by 2028, with a CAGR of 6.5 percent.

    As we navigate through 2024, the lines between these two facets of the supply chain have become more defined, influenced by technological advancements, shifting consumer behaviors, and global economic trends.

    Defining Wholesale and Retail

    Wholesale refers to the process of purchasing goods in large quantities from manufacturers and selling them to retailers or other businesses, who in turn sell them to consumers. Wholesalers act as intermediaries in the supply chain, facilitating the distribution of products on a large scale. Their primary focus is on high-volume, low-margin transactions, which allows them to offer discounted prices to retailers while still making a profit.

    Manufacturers prefer selling in bulk to wholesalers because it allows them to move large quantities of goods efficiently, reducing their distribution costs. Wholesalers then warehouse these goods until they are sold to retailers.

    Retail, on the other hand, involves selling goods directly to consumers for personal use. Retailers acquire products either from wholesalers or directly from manufacturers, selling them in smaller quantities at higher prices per unit. The goal of retail is to provide a convenient, accessible, and appealing shopping experience to individual customers.

    In India, retail encompasses a variety of formats, including standalone brick-and-mortar stores, shopping malls, and e-commerce platforms. The industry has evolved significantly with the advent of digitalization, allowing retailers to enhance customer experiences through personalized service and efficient online transactions.

    Key Differences between Wholesalers and Retailers

    Wholesalers are essential mediators in the supply chain, serving a business-oriented customer base that includes retailers, other wholesalers, and institutions. It operates on high volume and low margins with the ability to purchase goods in bulk from manufacturers at discounted rates. This enables wholesalers to offer significant discounts per unit, making them a cost-effective choice for businesses looking to stock their shelves.

    Orders handled by wholesalers are substantial, often involving large quantities of products shipped in pallets or truckloads. The business model revolves around maintaining long-term B2B relationships, focusing on partnership and trust-building with their clients. Wholesalers typically operate from warehouses or distribution centers, maintaining a lower profile in the market compared to retailers.

    Marketing strategies for wholesalers are centered around relationship management and efficiency in bulk transactions. Prioritizing B2B communications and outreach helps in meeting the specific needs of business clients. In this way, wholesalers play a critical role in the economy by facilitating the flow of goods from manufacturers to retailers, ensuring that products are available to consumers through various retail outlets.

    Retailers are the final link in the supply chain, directly catering to end consumers and focusing on the general public as their customer base. Operating on smaller volumes with higher margins, marking up prices to cover overhead costs and generate profits. Orders managed by retailers are typically smaller and more frequent, ranging from single items to small quantities that meet individual consumer needs.

    In contrast to wholesalers, retailers engage in direct B2C (Business-to-Consumer) relationships, prioritizing customer service and satisfaction. It has a visible presence in the market through physical stores or online platforms, allowing it to engage directly with consumers. Retailers employ marketing strategies that emphasize branding, enhancing the customer experience, and promoting individual products to appeal to end consumers. The marketing efforts are targeted at attracting and retaining customers, fostering loyalty through personalized interactions and tailored promotions.

    Overall, retailers play a critical role in delivering products to consumers and meeting their specific demands through a variety of retail formats. By focusing on customer satisfaction and employing effective marketing strategies, retailers ensure that goods are accessible and appealing to the end consumer, contributing significantly to the economy's consumer-driven growth.

    Trends Shaping Wholesale and Retail in 2024

    Wholesale vs. Retail: What’s the Difference in 2024?

    Both wholesalers and retailers are navigating several transformative trends in today's market landscape. Sustainability and ethical practices have become paramount, with wholesalers focusing on sustainable sourcing practices and retailers prioritizing eco-friendly products and packaging to meet increasing consumer demand for transparency. Another significant shift is the rise of direct-to-consumer (D2C) models among manufacturers, which is reshaping the wholesale sector as brands seek more control over customer interactions and margins, bypassing traditional wholesale channels.

    Global supply chain challenges, including geopolitical tensions and pandemic-related disruptions, are prompting wholesalers and retailers alike to invest in more resilient and flexible supply chain strategies. Concurrently, the digital transformation journey continues, with both wholesalers and retailers integrating cloud computing, artificial intelligence, and blockchain technology to enhance operational efficiency and security.

    Consumer behavior has also evolved significantly, with modern consumers expecting high convenience and value. Retailers are adapting by improving online shopping experiences, while wholesalers are enhancing service and support for their B2B customers. These trends highlight the dynamic nature of the wholesale and retail sectors, where adaptation and innovation are key to meeting the evolving demands of both businesses and consumers in a rapidly changing global marketplace.

    The Future of Wholesale and Retail

    As we move further in time the distinctions between wholesale and retail continue to evolve. Here’s a closer look at what the future might hold for both sectors.

    Wholesale Transformation:

    Wholesale vs. Retail: What’s the Difference in 2024?

    Wholesalers are moving towards enhanced collaboration with manufacturers and retailers, aiming to create integrated and efficient supply chains. This collaboration will streamline processes and improve responsiveness to market demands. Technology will be pivotal in achieving these goals, with continued investments in logistics, inventory management, and customer relationship management systems. These advancements will empower wholesalers to operate more effectively and competitively in the market.

    Moreover, the future of wholesale will see a strong emphasis on global expansion. Digital platforms will play a critical role in accessing new markets and broadening international customer bases. E-commerce and digital marketing advancements will enable wholesalers to extend their reach beyond traditional boundaries, facilitating global scalability and growth.

    Retail Evolution:

    Wholesale vs. Retail: What’s the Difference in 2024?

    Retailers are set to prioritize Omnichannel excellence, perfecting the integration of online and offline shopping experiences. This approach will provide customers with a seamless and cohesive shopping journey, allowing them to interact with brands across multiple touch points. Advanced data analytics and artificial intelligence (AI) will drive personalized shopping experiences by analyzing consumer behavior and preferences in real-time. This will enable retailers to tailor product recommendations, promotions, and customer service interactions to individual preferences, enhancing customer satisfaction and loyalty.

    Sustainability is another key focus in the future of retail. Responding to consumer demand for responsible consumption, retailers will promote eco-friendly products, reduce their carbon footprint, and improve transparency in their supply chains. Ethical practices will be prioritized throughout the retail ecosystem, ensuring that sustainability remains at the forefront of business operations.


    How do retailers interact with consumers compared to wholesalers?

    Retailers engage directly with consumers, providing personalized shopping experiences and focusing on customer service. Wholesalers, in contrast, primarily interact with businesses and focus on efficient bulk transactions.

    How can businesses leverage the differences between wholesale and retail for growth?

    Businesses can leverage wholesale for efficient bulk purchasing and distribution, while retail offers opportunities to engage directly with end consumers and build brand loyalty through personalized experiences and effective marketing strategies.

    How do wholesalers contribute to cost savings in the supply chain?

    Wholesalers negotiate bulk prices with manufacturers, allowing them to offer discounted rates to retailers. This reduces costs for retailers and helps in managing inventory efficiently.

    What are the advantages of wholesalers and retailers adopting AI and data analytics?

    AI and data analytics help wholesalers forecast demand more accurately and optimize inventory management. For retailers, these technologies enable personalized marketing, customer insights, and efficient supply chain management.

    What strategies are wholesalers using to expand globally in 2024?

    Wholesalers are leveraging digital platforms and e-commerce channels to access new international markets. They are also focusing on building strong partnerships with global manufacturers and retailers.



    Next Story
    How India Plans to Achieve 8% GDP Growth in FY25
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How India Plans to Achieve 8% GDP Growth in FY25

    India's economy is set for a significant upswing, with an estimated GDP growth of 8 percent in FY25, according to newly elected CII President Sanjiv Puri. This projection was based on the expectation of next-generation reforms being implemented in a mission mode.

    The ambitious target would be underpinned by the continuation of next-generation reforms, improvements in global trade, and several other critical factors. Puri highlighted India's consistent performance in surpassing initial growth estimates, emphasizing that achieving this growth required prioritizing the unfinished reform agenda, enhancing export prospects, and ensuring robust investment and consumption levels, with a normal monsoon being a key factor. Additionally, he shared an optimistic vision for India's economic future, outlining key drivers and a 14-point policy agenda to sustain and accelerate growth.

    Key Growth Drivers

    Sanjiv Bajaj, President, CII

    Puri identified six pivotal growth drivers propelling India’s economy. These include significant private sector investment, expanding public investment in physical and digital infrastructure, a well-capitalized banking system, booming capital markets, and reduced dependence on oil. Favorable geo-economic conditions would further bolster India's resilience against global headwinds, creating a conducive environment for sustained economic growth.

    14-Point Policy Agenda

    To establish and maintain this growth momentum, Puri outlined a comprehensive policy agenda. These initiatives have been designed to strengthen the foundations of India's journey towards becoming a globally competitive and inclusive economy, setting a solid track for the nation's development by 2047.

    1. State-Level Reforms: Many next-generation reforms lay within state and concurrent domains, necessitating consensus-building. Puri suggested creating inter-state institutional platforms akin to GST Councils to foster this consensus.

    2. Capital Expenditure and Fiscal Consolidation: He advocated continued capital expenditure-led growth alongside fiscal consolidation. Also, proposed utilizing part of the RBI's Rs 2.1 lakh crore windfall to increase capital expenditure by 25% in FY25.

    3. Building Human Capital: Emphasizing the importance of human capital, Puri called for increased expenditure on public health (targeting 3% of GDP) and education (targeting 6% of GDP) by 2030, with a strong focus on skill development initiatives.

    4. Employment Generation: With India being one of the youngest countries globally, Puri highlighted the need for quality employment and livelihood opportunities. He proposed Employment Linked Incentive (ELI) schemes for labor-intensive sectors and suggested creating an International Mobility Authority to track global employment opportunities.

    5. Ease of Doing Business: To enhance the competitiveness of the Indian industry, he called for simplifying regulations, reducing compliance burdens, and prioritizing time-bound clearances. He emphasized the need to address land, power, and logistics issues to reduce the cost of doing business.

    6. Technological Advancement: Recognizing technology as a critical growth driver, the CII President urged the government to expedite the operationalization of the Rs 1 lakh crore fund for private sector R&D announced in the Interim Union Budget 2024-25.

    7. Global Engagement: Puri advocated for increased global engagement to deepen India’s integration with global value chains. He proposed establishing a Global Trade Promotion Body with overseas offices to enhance branding, promotion, and market access for Indian exports.

    8. Green Growth: Highlighting the necessity and opportunity of green growth, he called for a comprehensive action plan to tackle climate change and suggested preparing decarbonization plans, just transition roadmaps, and establishing a National Commission on Adaptation and a Green Transition Fund.




    9. Expanding the Financial Sector: Puri emphasized the need to expand India's financial sector to support the funding requirements of a rapidly growing economy. He proposed privatizing two public sector banks, diversifying funding sources for NBFCs, and making long-term capital available for infrastructure projects.

    10. Tax Reforms: To boost investment climate and competitiveness, he suggested continuing tax reforms. He proposed rationalizing and simplifying capital gains tax and TDS provisions, implementing GST reforms, and considering a three-tier import duty structure.

    11. Agricultural Reforms: Puri stressed the importance of building consensus between the Centre and states on agricultural reforms. He suggested creating an Inter-State Agri Reform Council and launching new programs to boost farmers' income, developing warehousing infrastructure, and adopting technology in agriculture.

    12. Tourism Sector: Puri identified tourism as a key sector for driving growth and employment. He advocated for the accelerated release of the National Tourism Policy and launching the marketing campaign, Incredible India 3.0, with brand ambassadors in targeted countries.

    13. Startup Ecosystem: To support the startup ecosystem, he suggested creating infrastructure for startups, including incubators and accelerators, and simplifying regulations related to taxation. He emphasized making these resources available to youth in Tier II-III cities.

    14. Building Trust: Puri underscored the importance of building an environment of trust through transparent, faceless, digital systems for approvals and appeals, self-certifications, and extensive decriminalization.


    Next Story
    Top 10 Beers under Rs 400 in India: Sip without Splurge
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Top 10 Beers under Rs 400 in India: Sip without Splurge

    India's beer scene offers a wide variety of flavors, ranging from crisp lagers and robust ales to velvety stouts and zesty wheat beers. This sector blends traditional brews with modern choices, making it an interesting area to explore.

    The Indian beer market is expected to reach Rs 62,240 crore by 2028 with a growth rate of 8.1 percent from 2023 to 2028. This growth is driven by a rising middle class, increased urbanization, and a young demographic eager for new experiences. In this growing market, finding an affordable quality beer can be tough. That’s why we’ve put together a list of the top 10 beers under Rs 400 available in India, helping you make informed choices without overspending.

    The market offers a wide variety of beer varieties. These four types of beer are the most popular in India.

    1. Lager

    Malted barley is mashed with hot water to extract fermentable sugars. After lautering to separate the liquid wort, it is boiled with hops for bitterness and flavor. The cooled wort is fermented with lager yeast at cool temperatures for several weeks, allowing for a clean, crisp flavor to develop. After maturation and possibly filtration, the beer is carbonated and packaged.

    2. India Pale Ale

    Making India Pale Ale (IPA) starts with mashing, which combines malted barley with hot water to turn starches into sugars that can be fermented to create wort. After adding a lot of hops to the wort to give it taste, aroma, and bitterness, it is boiled for around an hour. The wort is boiled, quickly cooled, and then moved to a fermentation vessel to add yeast to ferment the carbohydrates into carbon dioxide and alcohol. The duration of this fermentation ranges from a few days to many weeks. After fermentation is finished, the IPA is conditioned to further develop its characteristics, sometimes with the addition of dry hopping for added aroma. The IPA is then packaged for distribution, filtered, and carbonated if necessary.

    3. Pale Lager

    Pale lager is a light-colored, mild-flavored beer with high carbonation, crafted using pale malt, noble hops, soft water, and lager yeast. The brewing process involves milling the malt, mashing to convert starches to sugars, lautering to separate the liquid wort, boiling with hops for bitterness and aroma, rapid cooling, and fermenting at low temperatures. This is followed by a lagering phase at near-freezing temperatures for several weeks to months, enhancing clarity and developing a crisp, clean flavor.

    4. Witbier

    Witbier, also known as Belgian white beer, is a pale and cloudy wheat beer. It is crafted using a mixture of barley malt and a significant portion of unmalted wheat, which contributes to its hazy appearance. Key ingredients include coriander and orange peel, which impart a distinctive citrus and spice character. The brewing process involves mashing the grains, boiling the wort with hops and spices, cooling, and fermenting with a specific strain of ale yeast that adds fruity and spicy notes. The beer undergoes a relatively short fermentation and conditioning period before being lightly filtered and carbonated.

    Top 10 Beer Brands in India under Rs 400

    Finding a great beer at an affordable price can be challenging, but there are excellent options available. Here, we list the top 10 beer brands in India under Rs 400 that offer quality taste and value, making them perfect for various occasions.

    1. Kingfisher Premium Lager - Best Beer Brands for an Affordable Price

    Sip without Splurge: Top 10 Beers under Rs 400 in India

    Dating back to 1857 when five Indian breweries merged, Kingfisher is renowned for its premium pilsner-style lager, crafted with the finest Saaz hops. This beer, suited to India's humid climate, remains a favorite, with prices for a 330 ml bottle ranging from Rs 110 to Rs 185 in Delhi. Kingfisher offers a variety of variants, ensuring diverse tastes and preferences are catered to. It comes in various packaging options with distinct ABV levels: 4.5 percent for packaged beer, 0.0 percent for non-alcoholic, and 4.1 percent for draught versions.


    Variation ABV % Approximate Price (650 ml) Approximate Price (330 ml)
    Kingfisher Premium 4.8% Rs 120 - 150 Rs 60 - 80
    Kingfisher Strong 8% Rs 130 - 160 Rs 65 - 85
    Kingfisher Ultra 5% Rs 150 - 180 Rs 80 - 100
    Kingfisher Blue 7.2% Rs 140 - 170 Rs 70 - 90

    Why Choose Kingfisher Premium Lager?

    Kingfisher is India's largest selling beer, with a market share of around 36%. It has won several awards, including the Monde Selection Gold Award. Known for its smooth and refreshing taste, Kingfisher Premium Lager is ideal for any occasion, whether it's a party or a quiet evening at home.

    Unique Selling Points (USPs)

    • Market Leader: Holds a 36% market share in India.
    • Award-Winning: Multiple awards, including the Monde Selection Gold Award.
    • Versatility: Suitable for various occasions and preferences.
    • Global Presence: Available in numerous countries, enhancing its reputation as a top beer brand.

    2. Bira91 - Best Beer Brands in India for an Affordable Price

    Sip without Splurge: Top 10 Beers under Rs 400 in India

    Established in 2015, Bira91 quickly became a leading beer brand in India. Backed by investors such as Sequoia Capital India, Sofina of Belgium, and Kirin Holdings of Japan, it is produced by B9 Beverages. Available in 330 ml, 650 ml, and 500 ml cans, the brand caters to a wide consumer base with alcohol content ranging from 4 percent to 7 percent. Priced between Rs 120 and Rs 200 in Delhi, Bira91 offers both affordability and quality. The portfolio includes Bira 91 Blonde, White, Strong, Light, IPA, Stout, and Belgian Wit, ensuring a beer for every palate.


    Variation ABV % Approximate Price (650 ml) Approximate Price (330 ml)
    Bira 91 Blonde Lager 4.9% Rs 140 - 170 Rs 75 - 90
    Bira 91 White 4.5% Rs 150 - 180 Rs 80 - 100
    Bira 91 Strong 7% Rs 160 - 190 Rs 85 - 105
    Bira 91 Light 4% Rs 130 - 160 Rs 70 - 90

    Why Choose Bira 91?

    Bira 91 is an Indian craft beer brand that has gained immense popularity for its distinctive taste and branding. It has a market share of around 5% in urban areas and is known for its innovative flavors and marketing strategies. Bira 91 Blonde Lager is a refreshing choice that appeals to those seeking a different beer experience.

    Unique Selling Points (USPs)

    • Craft Beer: Known for its distinctive and innovative flavors.
    • Urban Appeal: Significant market share in urban areas.
    • Innovative Marketing: Strong brand presence and creative marketing strategies.
    • Variety of Options: Offers several variations to suit different tastes.

    3. Budweiser - Top Beer Brands in India for an Affordable Price

    Sip without Splurge: Top 10 Beers under Rs 400 in India

    Budweiser, an American-style pale lager under Belgian company AB InBev, is known for its consistent quality and refreshing taste. It is available on draft and in bottles and cans, with a unique flavor profile from its blend of malted barley, water, hops, yeast, and up to 30 percent rice. Budweiser Magnum, celebrated for its exceptional brewing, is priced at Rs 130 for a 330 ml bottle and Rs 220 for a 650 ml bottle in Delhi, with an ABV of 4.7 percent.


    Variation ABV % Approximate Price (650 ml) Approximate Price (330 ml)
    Budweiser 5% Rs 130 - 160 Rs 70 - 90

    Why Choose Budweiser?

    Budweiser is known for its unique beechwood aging process, which gives it a distinctive smoothness. It has a strong presence in over 85 countries and is one of the best-selling beers globally. In India, Budweiser has captured a significant market share due to its consistent quality and premium image.

    Unique Selling Points (USPs)

    • Beechwood Aging: Distinctive smooth flavor.
    • Global Presence: Available in over 85 countries.

    4. Bee Young - Best Beer Brands for an Affordable Price

    Bee Young - Top Beer Brands in India

    Bee Young, a strong beer from Delhi's Kimaya Himalayan Beverages, has quickly gained prominence. Priced at Rs 100 for 500 ml cans and bottles, and Rs 130 for 650 ml bottles, it offers exceptional value. Available in Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Punjab, Bee Young is known for its rich flavor and strong character, making it a favorite among beer enthusiasts.


    Variation ABV % Approximate Price (650 ml) Approximate Price (330 ml)
    Bee Young 7.2% Rs 120 - 150 Rs 60 - 80

    Why Choose Bee Young?

    Bee Young is crafted to appeal to the younger generation with its strong and invigorating flavor. It has become popular for its high alcohol content, making it a go-to choice for those who prefer a more potent beer. Bee Young's rapid rise in popularity is a testament to its quality and taste.

    Unique Selling Points (USPs)

    • Strong Flavor: Known for its robust and invigorating taste.
    • High Alcohol Content: Offers a potent drinking experience with 7.2% ABV.

    Bee Young, a strong beer from Delhi's Kimaya Himalayan Beverages, has quickly gained prominence. Priced at Rs 100 for 500 ml cans and bottles, and Rs 130 for 650 ml bottles, it offers exceptional value. Available in Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Punjab, Bee Young is known for its rich flavor and strong character, making it a favorite among beer enthusiasts.

    5. Carlsberg - Top Beer Brands in India

    Carlsberg - Top Beer Brands in India

    Established in 1847 by JC Jacobsen, Carlsberg is a Danish multinational brand known for quality and tradition. In India, prices range from Rs 90 to Rs 250 depending on the variant and volume, with alcohol percentages typically between 4-5 percent. Carlsberg offers five distinctive variants, with Carlsberg Elephant Strong Super Premium being particularly celebrated for its potency and rich malty character.


    Variation ABV % Approximate Price (650 ml) Approximate Price (330 ml)
    Carlsberg Smooth 5% Rs 140 - 170 Rs 70 - 90
    Carlsberg Elephant 7.2% Rs 160 - 190 Rs 80 - 100
    Carlsberg Classic 5% Rs 150 - 180 Rs 75 - 95

    Why Choose Carlsberg?

    Carlsberg is a trusted name in the beer industry, known for its consistent quality and premium taste. The brand's meticulous brewing process ensures a high standard of beer, making it a preferred choice for many. Carlsberg's global presence and strong reputation further add to its appeal, making it one of the top beer brands in India.

    Unique Selling Points (USPs)

    • High-Quality Brewing: Known for its meticulous brewing process, ensuring a high standard of beer.
    • Global Leader: One of the top three beer brands worldwide, with a strong reputation and global presence.
    • Variety of Options: Offers several variations to cater to different tastes and preferences.
    • Balanced Taste: Known for its balanced and sophisticated flavor, appealing to those who enjoy a more refined beer.

    6. Hunter

    Manufactured by Som Distilleries and Breweries Limited, Hunter beer is appreciated for its consistent quality and affordability. Popular among the youth, Hunter offers an alcohol percentage ranging from 5-7 across its variants, providing a strong and refreshing option. It is priced at Rs 130 for a 500 ml bottle and Rs 180 for a 650 ml bottle, with regional variations.

    7. Tuborg Green - Best Beer Brands for an Affordable Price

    Tuborg - Top Beer Brands in India

    With its Danish heritage, Tuborg is a significant player in the Indian market. Prices range from Rs 100 to Rs 130 depending on the volume, making it accessible and popular. Tuborg offers a variety of flavors, catering to different preferences and reinforcing its position as a top beer brand in India.

    8. Heineken

    Heineken - Best Beer Brands

    Heineken, a global brewing giant, boasts a diverse portfolio of over 300 beers and ciders. Its Dutch pale lager, with 5 percent alcohol by volume, is made by the esteemed Dutch brewing company. In India, Heineken has expanded through a joint venture with United Breweries, establishing local breweries. Priced at Rs 160 for a 330 ml bottle, it appeals to consumers who value quality and taste.

    9. Corona


    Originating from Mexico, Corona has become a prominent player in India, known for its distinctive taste and history. Offering variants like Corona Light, Corona Premier, and Corona Extra, it caters to various preferences. In Delhi, Corona is priced at Rs 200 for a 330 ml bottle and Rs 250 for a 550 ml bottle, positioning it as a premium choice.

    10. Haywards 5000

    Haywards 5000, the largest-selling strong beer in India, is known for its smooth yet strong taste and malty flavor, with an ABV of approximately 7 percent. It is a favorite among consumers who appreciate a powerful yet enjoyable drinking experience, embodying the pinnacle of Indian brewing excellence.


    What is the alcohol content of Indian beer brands?

    Indian beer brands typically have an alcohol content ranging from 4-8 percent, with some craft and strong beers exceeding this range.

    Do Indian beer brands offer non-alcoholic options?

    Yes, some Indian beer brands provide non-alcoholic or low-alcohol options to cater to those preferring beverages with reduced or no alcohol content.

    Which are the most popular beer brands in India?

    Popular beer brands in India include Kingfisher, Bira91, Budweiser, and Bee Young.

    Which are the best beer brands in India under Rs 400?

    Some top beer brands in India priced under Rs 400 include Kingfisher Premium, Haywards 5000, Tuborg Green, and Carlsberg Elephant.


    Next Story
    How is B2C Marketing Different from B2B Marketing in Retail?
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How is B2C Marketing Different from B2B Marketing in Retail?

    In the dynamic world of retail, understanding the fundamental differences between B2B (business-to-business) and B2C (business-to-consumer) marketing is crucial for businesses aiming to thrive in their respective markets. While both B2B and B2C marketing strategies aim to promote products and services, the approaches, target audiences, and outcomes vary significantly. Market size is a fundamental distinction between B2B and B2C sales, profoundly influencing their respective strategies and operations. B2C sales target individual consumers, resulting in a potentially vast market size that can vary significantly depending on the product. This broad reach allows B2C companies to scale their operations and target diverse consumer segments globally.

    On the other hand, B2B sales focus on selling products and services to other businesses, which, while fewer in number compared to individual consumers, often involve larger transaction values. Despite targeting a smaller customer base, the B2B market can be highly profitable.

    In 2023, the global B2B e-commerce market was valued at $9.74 trillion, surpassing the B2C e-commerce market, which was estimated at $6.4 trillion, according to Precedence Research. The substantial market size of B2B e-commerce reflects the complex, high-value transactions typical of this sector. Businesses often require bulk purchases, long-term contracts, and sophisticated solutions that command higher prices. This dynamic contributes to the larger market valuation of B2B compared to B2C. The growth trajectories of both markets underscore the expanding opportunities in e-commerce.

    Market research firm Research and Markets projects that by 2028, the global B2B e-commerce market will reach an impressive $25.65 trillion. This growth is driven by increasing digital transformation across industries, the adoption of advanced technologies, and the need for efficient procurement processes. Businesses are continually seeking ways to streamline operations and enhance supply chain efficiency, fueling the expansion of B2B e-commerce.

    The B2C e-commerce market is also set to grow, but at a slower pace, reaching an estimated $7.65 trillion by 2028. This growth is propelled by rising internet penetration, mobile commerce, and evolving consumer preferences towards online shopping. While the B2C market remains substantial, the disparity in growth rates highlights the burgeoning potential within the B2B sector.

    What is B2B and B2C Marketing?

    B2B Marketing

    B2B marketing refers to the strategies and tactics used by businesses to promote products and services to other businesses. The primary goal is to meet the needs of other companies, rather than individual consumers. B2B transactions often involve larger quantities of products and services, longer sales cycles, and more complex decision-making processes. This type of marketing focuses on building relationships, demonstrating value, and providing solutions that enhance the efficiency, profitability, or effectiveness of the client’s operations.

    B2C Marketing

    B2C marketing, on the other hand, targets individual consumers. The aim is to drive sales by appealing to the general public's emotions, needs, and desires. B2C marketing strategies tend to focus on shorter sales cycles, more straightforward purchasing processes, and mass marketing techniques. The emphasis is on generating brand awareness, creating engaging content, and leveraging various channels to reach a broad audience.

    How B2B and B2C Marketing Work

    Sales and Sales Cycle:

    The sales processes in B2B and B2C markets differ substantially.

    • B2B Sales Cycle: The B2B sales cycle is longer and more complex. It involves multiple decision-makers, extensive research, and a greater emphasis on relationships and trust. B2B marketers must provide detailed information, case studies, and testimonials to demonstrate the value and effectiveness of their products or services. The buying process often includes negotiations, multiple meetings, and detailed proposals.
    • B2C Sales Cycle: The B2C sales cycle is generally shorter and more straightforward. Consumers often make purchasing decisions based on emotions, personal preferences, and immediate needs. Marketing efforts are directed towards capturing attention quickly, providing clear benefits, and facilitating a seamless purchasing process. Discounts, promotions, and compelling advertisements play a significant role in influencing consumer behavior.

    Identifying User Needs and Delivering Desired Products

    B2B and B2C marketers must identify and understand the needs of their target audience to deliver desired products effectively.

    • B2B Market: In the B2B market, identifying user needs involves understanding the specific challenges and goals of the client’s business. This requires in-depth market research, industry knowledge, and direct communication with key stakeholders. By offering tailored solutions that address these needs, B2B companies can build long-term relationships and establish themselves as trusted partners.
    • B2C Market: In the B2C market, understanding consumer needs involves analyzing market trends, consumer behaviour, and preferences. B2C marketers often use data analytics, surveys, and social media insights to gauge what consumers want. They then create products and marketing campaigns that resonate with these desires, focusing on convenience, affordability, and brand appeal.

    Social Media’s Impact on B2B and B2C Marketing

    Social media has revolutionized both B2B and B2C marketing, offering new opportunities and challenges.

    B2B Social Media Marketing:

    Social media platforms like LinkedIn, Twitter, and Facebook allow B2B marketers to connect with industry professionals, share thought leadership content, and engage with potential clients. These platforms are excellent for networking, building brand authority, and generating leads through targeted content and advertisements.

    The challenge for B2B marketers lies in creating content that is both professional and engaging. Unlike B2C marketing, which can use more playful and emotional content, B2B marketing requires a balance between being informative and interesting. The ROI from social media marketing in the B2B sector can be harder to measure compared to traditional marketing channels.

    B2C Social Media Marketing:

    Social media is a powerful tool for B2C marketers to reach a vast audience, build brand loyalty, and drive sales. Platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and LinkedIn are ideal for visually-driven campaigns, influencer partnerships, and interactive content. Social media allows B2C brands to engage with consumers in real time, respond to feedback, and create a community around their brand.

    The main challenge for B2C marketers is the highly competitive and fast-paced nature of social media. Staying relevant requires constant content creation, monitoring trends, and engaging with followers regularly. The algorithms of social media platforms can change, affecting the visibility and reach of marketing efforts.

    Differences between B2B and B2C Markets

    Understanding the fundamental differences between B2B and B2C markets is crucial for crafting effective marketing strategies, as each market operates under distinct dynamics and necessitates tailored approaches to achieve success, with B2B marketing focusing on building strong, long-term relationships with clients to secure repeat business and foster customer loyalty through high-value transactions and expertise that positions a company as an industry authority, albeit facing challenges like extended sales cycles, complex decision-making processes involving multiple stakeholders, and intense competition demanding continuous innovation and differentiation, while B2C marketing targets a broader audience reach to increase brand visibility and achieve quick sales through shorter sales cycles, leveraging emotional engagement to build brand loyalty, but also contending with the high competition that requires constant innovation, the unpredictable nature of consumer behavior, and the significant costs associated with acquiring new customers, particularly in saturated markets.

    Benefits and Challenges of B2B and B2C Marketing

    Benefits of B2B Marketing:

    • Long-Term Relationships: B2B marketing is centered on cultivating robust, long-term relationships with clients. These relationships are built on trust and mutual understanding, often leading to repeat business and heightened customer loyalty. Unlike B2C marketing, where transactions can be quick and transactional, B2B marketing focuses on nurturing these connections over time, ensuring both parties benefit from the partnership.
    • High-Value Transactions: High-value transactions are a hallmark of B2B marketing. These deals usually involve larger sums of money and more complex agreements compared to B2C transactions. This aspect not only increases potential revenue but also necessitates a deeper understanding of the client's business needs and objectives. B2B marketers must therefore tailor their approaches to provide substantial value and justify the higher investment.
    • Expertise and Authority: Positioning a company as an industry expert and thought leader is crucial in B2B marketing. This is achieved through demonstrating expertise, sharing insightful content, and engaging in industry discussions. By establishing authority, a company can enhance its reputation and credibility, making it a trusted advisor in the eyes of potential clients. This perceived expertise not only attracts new business but also solidifies the company's standing within the industry, leading to sustained success.

    Challenges of B2B Marketing:

    • Long Sales Cycles: B2B marketing often involves long sales cycles, demanding patience and sustained effort from marketing and sales teams. These extended cycles are resource-intensive, as they require ongoing communication, relationship-building, and follow-ups over several months or even years. The lengthy process reflects the substantial investment and thorough decision-making that characterize B2B transactions.
    • Complex Decision-Making: Complex decision-making is another challenge in B2B marketing. Unlike B2C transactions, which often involve a single consumer, B2B sales typically require approval from multiple stakeholders within an organization. Each stakeholder may have different priorities and concerns, complicating the sales process. Marketers must navigate these complexities by understanding and addressing the specific needs and objections of each decision-maker, often through tailored presentations and negotiations.
    • High Competition: To remain competitive, companies must continuously innovate and differentiate their offerings. This involves not only maintaining a unique value proposition but also staying abreast of industry trends, technological advancements, and competitor strategies. Effective B2B marketers leverage data, insights, and creativity to craft compelling messages that highlight their unique strengths, ensuring they stand out in a crowded market. This relentless pursuit of excellence is essential for securing and retaining clients in a competitive B2B environment.

    Benefits of B2C Marketing:

    • Broad Audience Reach: B2C marketing excels in its ability to reach a broad audience, significantly enhancing brand visibility and potential sales. Through various channels, such as social media, email marketing, and online advertising, B2C companies can engage with millions of consumers worldwide. This extensive reach allows brands to connect with diverse demographics, increasing the likelihood of converting leads into customers and driving substantial sales volume.
    • Quick Sales: The shorter sales cycles in B2C marketing contribute to quicker revenue generation. B2C purchases often occur within days or even minutes. This rapid turnover is facilitated by streamlined decision-making processes and the availability of convenient purchasing options, such as e-commerce platforms. Consequently, these companies can achieve faster sales and more immediate cash flow, enabling them to respond swiftly to market trends and consumer demands.
    • Emotional Engagement: Emotional engagement is a powerful tool in B2C marketing, fostering strong brand loyalty and customer advocacy. By appealing to consumers' emotions through storytelling, impactful visuals, and relatable messaging, B2C brands can create deep connections with their audience. Emotional marketing strategies can evoke feelings of happiness, nostalgia, or aspiration, encouraging customers to form lasting attachments to the brand. This emotional bond not only drives repeat purchases but also transforms customers into brand advocates who willingly promote the brand to others, amplifying its reach and influence.

    Challenges of B2C Marketing:

    • High Competition: The B2C market is characterized by intense competition, necessitating constant innovation and effective differentiation. Companies must continually introduce new products, services, and marketing strategies to capture and retain consumer interest. This requires staying ahead of market trends, understanding consumer preferences, and leveraging technology to deliver unique and compelling offerings. Effective differentiation involves highlighting unique selling points and creating a distinct brand identity that resonates with the target audience.
    • Consumer Behavior: Understanding and predicting consumer behavior poses a significant challenge in B2C marketing due to its dynamic nature. Consumer preferences and purchasing habits can shift rapidly in response to various factors, such as economic conditions, cultural trends, and technological advancements. Marketers must employ advanced data analytics and consumer insights to track these changes and anticipate future trends. This requires a deep understanding of psychological and sociological factors influencing consumer decisions, as well as the ability to adapt marketing strategies accordingly.
    • Cost of Acquisition: The cost of acquiring new customers in the B2C market can be substantial, especially in saturated markets. High competition drives up advertising costs and necessitates significant investment in customer acquisition strategies. These costs include expenses related to digital marketing campaigns, promotional activities, and incentives to attract new customers. Companies must balance these costs with the lifetime value of the customer, ensuring that acquisition efforts are both effective and sustainable. Efficiently managing customer acquisition costs while maintaining a competitive advantage is crucial for long-term success in the B2C market.


    In conclusion, while B2B and B2C marketing share the common goal of promoting products and services, the strategies, processes, and challenges they encompass are distinct. B2B marketing focuses on building long-term relationships, addressing specific business needs, and navigating complex sales cycles. In contrast, B2C marketing aims to capture the attention and emotions of individual consumers through engaging and quick sales processes. Understanding these differences is crucial for businesses to effectively target their audiences, optimize their marketing efforts, and achieve sustained growth in their respective markets. As social media continues to evolve, both B2B and B2C marketers must adapt their strategies to leverage the benefits and overcome the challenges presented by these dynamic platforms.

    Top 5 FAQs:

    1. What are the key differences between B2B and B2C?

    Users are interested in understanding the distinct characteristics of B2B and B2C transactions, including sales cycles, customer behavior, and marketing strategies.

    2. How to optimize B2B sales?

    This query focuses on improving sales effectiveness in B2B scenarios, covering sales funnel optimization, customer relationship management, and negotiation strategies.

    3. What are the best B2C marketing channels?

    Users are interested in identifying effective channels for reaching and engaging B2C customers, including social media platforms, email marketing, and influencer partnerships.

    4. How to increase B2C sales online?

    This question indicates a desire to enhance online sales performance through digital marketing, conversion optimization, and customer experience strategies.

    5. What are consumer buying trends in 2024?

    This query reflects an interest in understanding current and upcoming consumer behavior patterns, preferences, and purchasing trends influencing B2C businesses.


    Next Story
    Tramontina's Retail Blitz: 100 Smart Cities, 800 Touchpoints Set for Kitchenware Takeover
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Tramontina's Retail Blitz: 100 Smart Cities, 800 Touchpoints Set for Kitchenware Takeover

    With over a century of legacy steeped in precision and passion, Tramontina, the Brazilian houseware brand, renowned globally for its premium cookware, has set its sights on India, marking a significant milestone in its storied history. As the curtains rise on its launch, Tramontina India promises to blend finesse, resilience, and cutting-edge design, heralding a new era of kitchenware innovation across the subcontinent. The brand is synonymous with top-quality culinary solutions, ranging from cookware and cutlery to kitchen accessories and beyond. Founded in 1911 in Carlos Barbosa, Brazil, the company has evolved into a household name with a diverse portfolio of more than 22,000 products, each crafted with a blend of aesthetic superiority and durability.

    In an exclusive interaction, Aruni Mishra, CEO, Tramontina India, emphasized the brand's commitment to sustainable practices and environmental stewardship through a rigorous Environmental Management Program. This dedication underscores the brand’s ethos of responsible manufacturing and resource management, setting a benchmark for eco-conscious operations in the houseware industry.

    Meeting India's Culinary Demands

    Tramontina's foray into the Indian market comes at a pivotal time, aligning with the rapid expansion of the hospitality sector. With a focus on luxury restaurants, hotels, and other establishments, the brand aims to cater to the burgeoning demand for high-quality, professional-grade cookware. "Tramontina's entry into the Indian market signifies a significant milestone, particularly as the HoReCa sector remains relatively untapped in terms of professional cookware," says Mishra. The brand is poised to elevate culinary experiences across India by providing chefs and establishments with the tools they need to excel.

    Customized Solutions and Innovation

    Ahead of its official launch on June 20, Tramontina has meticulously researched Indian consumer preferences and cooking habits over the past two years. This groundwork has shaped the brand's strategy to introduce products tailored specifically for the Indian market. "Our commitment to India is long-term. We are not merely importing products; we are establishing manufacturing capabilities to ensure that our offerings resonate deeply with Indian consumers," he explains. This approach reflects the company’s proactive stance in adapting its global expertise to local needs, ensuring that each product meets the expectations of Indian households and culinary professionals alike.

    “Tramontina was clear that while the innovation and the technology would be theirs, the products would be crafted for the Indian consumer as per their necessities. After thorough research, we have made bespoke product lines for India,” he adds.

    Store launch

    Omni-channel Approach

    From day one, Tramontina India will adopt an omnichannel strategy, ensuring its products are accessible nationwide. "We are launching across multiple platforms simultaneously, including direct-to-consumer (D2C) channels, e-commerce giants like Amazon and Flipkart, and leading retail outlets such as Reliance, Star India Bazaar, and Shoppers Stop," says Aruni Mishra. This comprehensive approach aims to reach consumers in urban centers and beyond, leveraging a network of 25 distributors and over 800 retail counters across the country.

    “In the initial phase, we have targeted 100 smart cities, and a strong, robust distribution channel is set. Even without a soft launch or showcasing a single product, our network of 800 retail counters was built, and when we go live, Tramontina will be available in 100 cities. That’s just phase one,” he declares.

    Unveiling the Product Line

    Tramontina's initial product launch in India will feature a range of "worry-free" cookware and its acclaimed knife collection. Designed to be toxin-free and PFAS-free, these products promise safety alongside exceptional performance. "We are introducing India to some of our finest offerings, including ceramic-coated cookware, triply stainless steel ranges, cast iron cookware, and the legendary Tramontina knives," Aruni reveals. Each product is crafted to combine durability with aesthetic appeal, catering to discerning consumers who value both quality and safety in their kitchen tools.

    Future Vision

    Looking ahead, Tramontina India's ambitions extend beyond kitchenware. As part of its five-year plan, the brand intends to introduce a wider range of houseware solutions to the Indian market. "We envision expanding our offerings to include furniture, outdoor furniture, appliances, and more, establishing Tramontina as a comprehensive housewares provider in India," Mishra shares. This phased approach reflects the brand’s strategic commitment to becoming a household name synonymous with quality and innovation across various lifestyle categories.

    At the core of Tramontina's mission in India lies a deep-rooted commitment to sustainability and customer satisfaction. "We are here to create a sustainable organization that prioritizes environmental stewardship and long-term customer relationships," affirms Mishra. By prioritizing product durability, safety, and customer service, the brand aims to earn the trust and loyalty of Indian consumers, ensuring that each purchase represents a lasting investment in quality and reliability.

    As the Brazilian giant prepares to unveil its offerings to the Indian market, anticipation builds among consumers, chefs, and industry professionals alike. With a blend of global expertise and local adaptation, the company is poised to redefine kitchenware standards and elevate culinary experiences across the nation.


    Next Story
    How the Plant-Based Products Market Is Winning Investors' Favor
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How the Plant-Based Products Market Is Winning Investors' Favor

    The plant-based ingredients sector is undergoing a transformative evolution, driven by a significant shift in consumer preferences and innovative advancements within the industry. Historically overlooked by investors who perceived it as a mere commodity sector, the burgeoning plant-based ingredients market is now being recognized for its immense potential for value-added expansion and wealth generation.

    According to a recent report titled “From Roots to Riches: Creating Wealth with Plant-Based Ingredients!” by Asit C. Mehta Investment Interrmediates (ACMIIL), n today's fast-paced world, consumers are increasingly scrutinizing what they consume, paying meticulous attention to the ingredients in their food, its nutritional value, and its caloric content.

    The rise in popularity of plant-based specialty products, ingredients, and their derivatives is a testament to this trend. These products have found their way into various categories, including ready-to-eat and ready-to-cook meals, frozen and packaged foods, spreads and sauces, baked goods, desserts, ice creams, confectioneries, and more. Plant-based products serve diverse roles in these foods, functioning as sweeteners, thickening agents, stabilizers, emulsifiers, and more.

    The Indian Market

    India, a land known for its tradition of 'ahimsa' and vegetarianism, has seen a rapid rise in the plant-based product business in recent years. Although the concept of plant-based eating is deeply rooted in Indian culture, the commercial sector has only recently gained significant momentum. The export market for India's plant-based sector is expected to expand substantially by 2030, marking its emergence as a burgeoning industry with enormous potential. Traditionally, the global food industry has relied heavily on animal-based and chemical-based products, but the tide is turning, and plant-based products are gaining prominence.

    Capitalizing on India’s Expanding Plant-Based Market

    Investors can capitalize on this structural shift, benefiting from the expanding market and premium pricing of plant-based products. Notably, the export market for India’s plant-based sector is projected to expand substantially by 2030. Manorama Industries stands as a solid example of the sector's potential, delivering 16x returns since its listing in 2018. Such success stories show how companies focusing on specialty plant-based products can generate substantial wealth while contributing to a more organic and vegan world. Some of the notable companies operating in the plant-based ingredients industry include Adani Wilmar Ltd, Sanstar Ltd (proposed IPO), Manorama Industries Ltd, Food & Inn, Gujarat Ambuja Exports Ltd, etc.

    The Global Market

    Globally, the plant-based ingredients market size was approximately $60.71 billion in 2022, with projections indicating it will reach $120.74 billion by 2029, expanding at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 10.32 percent over these seven years. This growth is underpinned by increasing consumer awareness of the environmental and health impacts of their food choices, propelling the shift towards plant-based alternatives. India's sizable vegetarian population (about 30 percent) and growing awareness of the health and environmental benefits of a plant-based diet further underscore the promising future for this sunrise sector.

    Devang Shah, Head of Retail Research, ACMIIL, emphasized the potential of the plant-based ingredients market, stating, “The plant-based ingredients market represents a paradigm shift towards vegetarian, vegan, and organic natural products. Investors who recognize and seize this chance will not only benefit from substantial financial returns but also contribute to a more sustainable future.”

    Diverse Applications Across Industries

    • Food and Beverages

    Plant-based ingredients are revolutionizing the food and beverage industry. Soy-based products, such as tofu, tempeh, and textured vegetable protein (TVP), are increasingly popular as meat alternatives due to their high protein content and versatility. Corn-based products, including corn syrup and maize starch, play significant roles as sweeteners and binding agents in various foods. Fruit pulp, prized for its rich flavor and nutritional content, is widely used in juices, smoothies, desserts, and dairy products. Additionally, rice bran oil is favored for its high smoke point and beneficial nutritional profile, commonly used in cooking and frying.

    • Cosmetics and Personal Care

    The cosmetics and personal care industry has embraced plant-based ingredients for their beneficial properties. Corn oil is incorporated into soaps for its moisturizing effects, while fruit pulp is utilized in skincare and haircare products for hydration and exfoliation. Cocoa butter equivalents (CBEs) are valued in skincare for their emollient properties, and rice bran oil is used in lotions and creams for its nourishing qualities.

    • Pharmaceuticals

    In the pharmaceutical sector, maize starch and its derivatives are essential as sweeteners and binding agents in medicines, ensuring even distribution of active ingredients. CBEs are also used in the formulation of medicated candies and lozenges, enhancing texture and mouthfeel.

    • Other Applications

    Beyond food, beverages, cosmetics, and pharmaceuticals, plant-based ingredients find applications in the production of adhesives, paper, textiles, biodiesel, and certain insecticides. This wide-ranging utility highlights the versatility and importance of plant-based ingredients across various industries.

    Market Opportunities and Key Demand Drivers in India

    The plant-based product market in India is poised for rapid development over the next decade, driven by rising consumer interest, product innovation, and substantial investments from domestic and foreign private sectors. To fully exploit this market potential, businesses need to adopt cutting-edge strategies, such as leveraging technology to boost production efficiency and implementing cost-cutting measures. Additionally, the rich culinary heritage of India offers opportunities to create authentic and unique plant-based products that appeal to both domestic and international consumers.

    • Increased Health Consciousness

    The booming market for plant-based products is fueled by consumers seeking sustainable and healthy dietary options. India's young population is particularly health-conscious and environmentally aware, driving demand for plant-based product options.

    • Lactose-Intolerant Population

    The prevalence of lactose intolerance has propelled the popularity of plant-based dairy alternatives, such as almond milk, soy milk, and tofu, offering consumers a viable option without compromising on taste or nutrition.

    • Expansion of Distribution

    To unlock the full potential of the plant-based market, businesses must create mass awareness, expand distribution networks, and develop an adequate product mix.

    • Improved Product Innovation

    Plant-based product firms have the opportunity to innovate and create products that meet consumers' taste, texture, and flavor expectations. Key growth drivers include enhanced R&D facilities, expanded distribution networks, higher manufacturing capacity, and raw material availability.

    • Urbanization

    India's urban population is projected to grow significantly by 2030, creating a sizable market for plant-based foods. Urban consumers are increasingly concerned with their health and favor plant-based protein alternatives.

    • Abundance of Raw Materials

    India's rich agricultural landscape provides a variety of raw materials for plant-based products, contributing to lower production costs and more affordable end products.

    • Nutritional Requirements

    A well-planned and varied plant-based diet can meet an individual's daily nutritional needs, offering essential nutrients through whole grains, legumes, nuts, seeds, and fortified foods.

    • Export Opportunity

    India's strong vegetarian and vegan culinary tradition offers a unique opportunity for exporting plant-based adaptations of traditional meals. The government's efforts to market India as a destination for investment in the food processing industry further bolster export potential.

    A Sustainable Future with Plant-Based Products

    The global shift towards sustainability, ethical consumption, and health consciousness is driving increased preference for plant-based products across various industries. This transition represents a fundamental change in business operations and consumer choices, with significant benefits for the environment, economy, and society.

    Plant-based products offer a sustainable alternative to chemical-based and animal-derived products, reducing ecological footprints, promoting biodiversity, and ensuring a sustainable future.

    The adoption of plant-based products can boost employment, especially in agrarian economies like India, creating job opportunities and supporting rural communities.

    Market Potential and Investor Appeal

    Companies embracing plant-based products are well-positioned to deliver exceptional returns, capitalizing on a discerning market willing to pay a premium for safe, sustainable, and ethically produced goods.

    Prasanna Pathak, Director, ACMIIL, adds “As plant-based natural extracts sector expands exponentially backed by industry innovation and global demand, it promises to deliver substantial returns, making it a compelling addition to any forward-looking investment portfolio. Those who judged this sector as beyond-commodity specialty products generated wealth while contributing to the development of organic and vegan world.”

    Investors recognizing the value of plant-based products aligned with global sustainability trends stand to gain significantly, as these products become the preferred choice in the market. Companies leading this transition are likely to experience substantial growth, making them highly attractive investment opportunities.

    The plant-based ingredients sector is not just a fleeting trend but a transformative force reshaping industries and consumer preferences. With its promising growth trajectory, it offers compelling opportunities for investors, businesses, and consumers alike.


    Next Story
    Top 10 Makeup Brands to Help You Stay Waterproof This Summer
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Top 10 Makeup Brands to Help You Stay Waterproof This Summer

    The global cosmetics market, valued at $374.18 billion in 2023, is projected to nearly double, reaching $758.05 billion by 2032. As the market expands, consumers face unique challenges, particularly finding best makeup during the scorching summer months. While we all look forward to poolside vacations and summer festivities, the reality of melting foundation, smeared mascara, oily skin, and painful sunburns can quickly dampen the fun. But with the right beauty tricks, you can enjoy a flawless, effortless look even in the heat and humidity.

    Here’s a list of  the top 10 makeup brands in the Indian market that offer the best summer makeup solutions, ensuring you stay radiant and smudge-free all season long.

    1. L'Oréal:

    Founded in 1909 by French chemist Eugène Schueller, L'Oréal has grown into the world's largest cosmetics and beauty company. Schueller's pioneering spirit began with the creation of hair dye formulations, which quickly gained popularity among Parisian hairdressers. This innovative start laid the foundation for its vast portfolio, encompassing a wide range of beauty products, including skincare, haircare, makeup, and fragrances. It has a strong financial foundation, listed on the Euronext Paris exchange. This status has enabled it to attract investments, expand its operations worldwide, and acquire numerous well-known brands such as Maybelline, Lancôme, and Kiehl's, further solidifying its dominance in the beauty market.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    L'Oréal's enduring mission, "Because we're worth it," reflects its dedication to empowering individuals by enhancing their natural beauty through innovative and high-quality products. Its infallible range is perfect for summer, featuring foundations and concealers that are sweat-proof and long-wearing. The True Match foundation is also a favorite for its natural finish and broad shade range. Its products are in the mid-to-high price range. The Infallible 24H Fresh Wear Foundation is priced around Rs 1,200.

    2. Nykaa:

    Nykaa, founded in 2012 by Falguni Nayar, has revolutionized the Indian beauty and fashion retail landscape. As a pioneering e-commerce platform, it offers an extensive range of beauty, wellness, and fashion products, including skincare, makeup, haircare, personal care, and apparel, sourced from both global and local brands. A significant milestone in the journey was its initial public offering (IPO) in 2021, which raised Rs 5352 crore. This successful IPO underscored the company's robust market position and investor confidence. Originally an online beauty retailer, it now offers its own line of makeup products.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    Nykaa's summer offerings include the SkinShield Anti-Pollution Foundation and their matte-to-last liquid lipstick, both known for their longevity and resilience in humid conditions. Its products range from budget-friendly to premium. The matte-to-last liquid lipstick is priced at Rs 599.

    3. Lakme:

    Established in 1952 by J.R.D. Tata and Simone Tata, Lakmé is an iconic Indian beauty brand with a rich legacy of pioneering innovations in the cosmetics industry. As the first cosmetics brand in India, The brand was created to cater to the beauty needs of Indian women, offering products that suit the diverse skin tones and preferences across the country. Its inception was a result of Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru's suggestion to J.R.D. Tata, to develop an indigenous beauty brand to reduce dependency on imported cosmetics under the leadership of Simone Tata.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    In 1996, Lakmé became a part of Hindustan Unilever Limited (HUL), one of India's largest fast-moving consumer goods companies. This acquisition has further bolstered its growth, allowing it to leverage HUL's extensive distribution network and marketing expertise. It offers a variety of summer-friendly products, including their 9 to 5 weightless mousse foundation and absolute blur perfect primer, which provide a matte finish and long-lasting wear. It priced from affordable to premium, catering to various consumer segments. The 9-to-5 Primer + Matte Powder Foundation, is priced at Rs 575.

    4. Faces Canada:

    Faces Canada, established in 2009 by Benjamin S. Bickford, has quickly become a notable name in the beauty industry, known for its diverse and high-quality product range. With a focus on cruelty-free and dermatologically tested products, the brand emphasizes both beauty and safety, appealing to conscious consumers.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    The brand offers high-quality ingredients with innovative formulations to create products that withstand the Indian summer. Their waterproof and smudge-proof makeup range is particularly popular. Faces Canada's ultime pro range includes products like the Ultime Pro Long Wear Matte Lipstick and the Ultime Pro Blend Finity Stick, the Ultime Pro HD Runway Foundation, is priced around Rs 1199 are designed to withstand heat and humidity and to provide effective solutions for all skin types, ensuring long-lasting wear in hot and humid conditions.

    5. Mamaearth:

    Mamaearth, established in 2016 by Ghazal Alagh and Varun Alagh, has quickly emerged as a leading player in the personal care industry, renowned for its natural and toxin-free products. The brand's inception was driven by its commitment to providing safe, eco-friendly, and effective personal care solutions, particularly for young families and children.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    In 2021, Mamaearth raised $50 million in Series D funding, valuing the company at $730 million a significant milestone that underscored its rapid growth and strong market presence. This funding round was led by Sequoia Capital India, with participation from Sofina Ventures and existing investors such as Fireside Ventures. Its product line includes BB creams with SPF, waterproof mascaras, natural and toxin-free makeup like the glow serum foundation and moisture matte long stay lipstick, perfect for sensitive skin in the summer heat. Its makeup products are moderately priced, the glow serum foundation priced at Rs 599.

    6. Colorbar:

    Colorbar, established in 2005 by Samir Modi, has emerged as a prominent name in the Indian cosmetics industry. Its products are also cruelty-free and dermatologically tested, reflecting its dedication to ethical practices and consumer safety. It offers a range of high-performance products, including waterproof foundations, smudge-proof eyeliners, and long-lasting lipsticks. The brand is known for its quality and durability and the products cater to all skin types and are perfect for maintaining a fresh look in the summer heat.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    Colorbar's summer must-haves include the 24-hour weightless liquid foundation and waterproof liquid eyeliner, designed to stay put even in extreme heat. The 24-hour weightless liquid foundation is available at Rs 995.

    7. Lotus Herbals:

    Lotus Herbals, established in 1993 by Kamal Passi, is a leading Indian brand renowned for its innovative use of natural ingredients in skincare, haircare, and cosmetic products. Combining ancient Ayurvedic principles with modern technology, it offers a diverse range of products that cater to the holistic beauty needs of its customers. The brand has reportedly floated a $50 million fund to invest in early stage startups in the beauty category.  As per an industry report, the brand's innovation fund is the second such fund to be launched in India.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    The brand's extensive portfolio includes sunscreens, face washes, moisturizers, shampoos, and makeup products, all formulated with a blend of herbal extracts and natural ingredients. Its summer makeup range includes sun-protection infused foundations, waterproof mascaras, and long-lasting lipsticks.  Lotus Herbals' summer essentials include their Ecostay foundation and Matte Glow Daily sunblock, which combine skincare benefits with makeup. The brand's products are priced in the mid-range. The Ecostay Foundation is available at Rs 725.

    8. MyGlamm:

    MyGlamm, established in 2015 by Darpan Sanghvi, has rapidly risen to prominence as a dynamic beauty and personal care brand in India. In 2021, the brand raised $71 million in Series C funding, a significant achievement that highlighted the brand's robust market position and growth potential. The funding round was led by Accel, along with participation from existing investors like L’Occitane, Bessemer Venture Partners, and Amazon. The brand emphasizes a direct-to-consumer approach, leveraging digital platforms to engage with customers and gather feedback for continuous improvement.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    The POSE HD range by MyGlamm is ideal for summer, featuring HD Blush Duo and HD setting powder that offer a flawless, long-lasting finish. Its products are affordably priced, providing reliable makeup solutions for the summer heat. The POSE HD foundation stick is priced at Rs 599.

    9. Sugar:

    Sugar Cosmetics, established in 2012 by Vineeta Singh and Kaushik Mukherjee, has swiftly become a prominent player in the Indian beauty market. The brand is known for its vibrant and long-lasting products, catering to the modern Indian woman with a focus on quality and affordability. In 2021, the brand secured $21 million in series C funding, a significant milestone that underscored its rapid growth and robust market presence. This funding round was led by Elevation capital, with participation from existing investors A91 partners and India quotient.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    Sugar Cosmetics is a standout in the Indian D2C market, known for its vibrant and high-performance products. Designed to withstand the summer heat, their range includes waterproof eyeliners, smudge-proof lipsticks, and long-lasting foundations. Their foundations and lipsticks are particularly popular for their ability to stay put in the summer heat, making them ideal for all skin types. Their "Aquaholic" range, featuring hydrating stick primers and lightweight foundations, is particularly suited for the summer. It priced in the mid-range, making them accessible to a broad audience. Its bestselling Smudge Me Not Liquid Lipstick is priced at Rs 499.

    10. Swiss Beauty:

    Swiss Beauty, established in 2008 by Amit and Mohit Goyal, has swiftly risen to prominence in the beauty industry, becoming a go-to brand for makeup enthusiasts and professionals alike. Known for its wide range of high-quality and affordable cosmetics, the brand has carved out a niche in a competitive market by offering products that blend innovation, style, and functionality.

    Beat the Heat With this Top 10 Best Makeup Brands

    The brand product range includes long-lasting foundations, waterproof eyeliners, and vibrant lipsticks. The summer essentials of the brand include their HD matte lipstick and 24H non-transfer foundation. Their products are known for their high performance and affordability. The brand is positioned in the budget-friendly segment. The HD matte lipstick is priced at approximately Rs 299.


    In the ever-growing Indian D2C market, these top 10 makeup brands stand out for their ability to provide effective solutions for the summer heat. With a range of products designed to withstand high temperatures and humidity, these brands ensure that you can enjoy a flawless look all season long. Whether you're looking for waterproof makeup, smudge-proof formulas, or products for all skin types, these brands offer something for everyone, ensuring you stay radiant and confident in the summer heat.


    1. What are some key factors to consider when choosing summer makeup?

    When choosing summer makeup, it's essential to look for products that offer long-lasting wear, sweat-proof and waterproof formulas, and ingredients that help control oil and shine. Additionally, products with SPF protection can help safeguard your skin from sun damage.

    2. Which makeup brand offers the best foundation for humid conditions in India?

    Several brands offer excellent foundations for humid conditions in India. Notably, L'Oréal's Infallible 24H Fresh Wear Foundation, Faces Canada's Ultime Pro HD Runway Foundation, and Sugar Cosmetics' "Aquaholic" range foundations are all known for their long-lasting, sweat-proof formulas suitable for humid weather.

    3. Are there affordable options for high-quality summer makeup in the Indian market?

    Yes, there are several affordable options for high-quality summer makeup in the Indian market. Brands like Swiss Beauty and Sugar Cosmetics offer budget-friendly products without compromising on quality. For instance, Swiss Beauty's HD Matte Lipstick is priced at Rs 299, and Sugar Cosmetics' Smudge Me Not Liquid Lipstick is around Rs 499.

    4. Which makeup brands offer cruelty-free products in India?

    Faces Canada and Colorbar are notable for their commitment to cruelty-free and dermatologically tested products. These brands focus on ethical practices and consumer safety, making them popular choices for conscious consumers.

    5. How can I keep my makeup intact during summer outdoor activities?

    To keep your makeup intact during summer outdoor activities, consider using a primer, setting spray, and choosing waterproof and sweat-proof products. Brands like MyGlamm offer the POSE HD Setting Powder, and L'Oréal's True Match Foundation is designed for long-lasting wear, which can help maintain your makeup look even in hot and humid conditions.



    Next Story
    Beyond Borders: How WhatsApp Marketing is Redefining Global Reach for Retailers
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Beyond Borders: How WhatsApp Marketing is Redefining Global Reach for Retailers

    Globalization sees a new dawn every day on the back of flourishing technological advancements in the digital realm of commerce. With a wide range of marketing channels in the digital sphere, brands keep trying newer engagement strategies to reach the right audience. However, several factors and deterrents keep the brands bound from reaching their full engagement potential while trying to market themselves through popular social media channels like Facebook/ Instagram, and email & SMS marketing. These factors involve demographic restriction, premiums for additional services, reduced reach and open rate, etc. Resorting to the universally popular messaging platform - WhatsApp emerges as a powerful tool for modern-day retailers to engage with customers beyond boundaries and go truly worldwide.

    WhatsApp has been able to achieve the feat on the back of its one-on-one conversation environment, which enables conversation between customers and brands to remain personalized and private. Reportedly, WhatsApp marketing has aided brands to record a 3x increase in conversions over other traditional marketing strategies.

    Enjoying a global user base of over 2 billion and a remarkable message open rate of 98 percent, WhatsApp presents retailers with tangible progress in reaching the targeted audience. WhatsApp’s metrics also offer a high click rate ranging between 45-60%, which translates into great chances of conversion of a lead into a consumer, hence amplifying the retailer’s revenue and reach.

    To take charge of the full potential of WhatsApp marketing, retailers can implement a range of strategic initiatives tailored to their business objectives:

    • Broadcast Carousel & Steal-Deal Limited Offers: Impulse buying is common among digital shoppers and retailers can reap the maximum benefit by running time-bound offers through WhatsApp marketing. Persuasive carousel ads on WhatsApp also help double the click rate as compared to traditional broadcasts, which means increased sales and engagement.
    • Abandoned Cart Recovery: Retailers often see their inventories lying unclaimed in virtual carts of shoppers, who then forget the items added to their cart. Sending personalized reminder notifications through WhatsApp can help them recover 25-40 percent abandoned shopping carts into sales. Timing these messages aptly can significantly increase the chances of conversion and help retailers decrease their revenue loss.
    • Send Retargeting Campaigns: It is simpler & much more effective to target users who have shown interest in your WhatsApp communication by clicking the CTA button attached to the message. With a mindful retargeting approach to tap the already engaged audience, retailers can bag increased conversion rates and improve marketing spend.
    • Cash on Delivery (COD) Confirmation: Automating confirmation messages for Cash on Delivery orders via WhatsApp reduces the chances of a return to origin. The order will be confirmed only once the user confirms they wish to proceed with Cash-on-delivery for their order. Moreover, incentivizing these prepaid orders with special discounts helps mitigate payment-related issues.
    • Build an End-to-End Shopping Experience: Retailers & e-commerce owners can build an end-to-end shopping experience for their customers on WhatsApp by sending them Catalogues & enabling payment collection directly within WhatsApp. By transforming the WhatsApp environment into a one-stop shopping destination, retailers can simplify the shopping experience for customers, increasing conversions and sales.
    • WhatsApp QR Code Integration: Unique WhatsApp QR codes can be integrated on the website, within retail stores, and on promotional materials to help initiate consumer engagement. This intuitive feature enables customers to converse with retailers anytime they want on WhatsApp, facilitating engagement and lead generation.
    • Dynamic WhatsApp Chatbot: Customers can be engaged even during non-business hours through automated responses set in dynamic WhatsApp Chatbots. From answering simple queries to prompting product showcases, the chatbot can add value to the customer experience and help catalyse conversions.
    • Click-to-WhatsApp Ads: Running ads on allied social media platforms that bring the lead to your WhatsApp, can help retailers initiate conversations, assist support, and drive sales hassle-free.
    • WhatsApp Button Integration: Channeling website visitors to WhatsApp business chat window through a WhatsApp button placed on the website helps record lead information, which the retailers can later use to target personalized communications in a bid to convert potential buyers.

    WhatsApp marketing, hence, showcases a wide range of ways to help retailers expand their reach across the world. By taking up innovative strategies and leveraging the full capabilities of WhatsApp, retailers can witness new opportunities that help them build meaningful connections with customers and increase revenue in the long run.


    About the Author

    Gautam Rajesh Shelley, CEO & Founder of AiSensy

    Gautam Rajesh Shelley, CEO & Founder of AiSensy 

    Next Story
    How to Start your T-Shirt Business in the Booming Indian Market
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How to Start your T-Shirt Business in the Booming Indian Market

    The t-shirt business in India is witnessing exponential growth, with its market value currently estimated at Rs 23,211 crore. It is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of approximately 10 percent over the next decade, potentially reaching a staggering Rs 61,954 crore by 2027. This surge is driven by several factors, including the increasing acceptance of casual wear, a growing middle class, and a youthful population that favors t-shirts for their versatility and comfort.

    1. Understanding and Identifying the Competitive Market:

    The Indian market is characterized by a robust presence of both domestic and international brands. The Indian t-shirt market is dominated by men's wear, followed by women's wear and kids wear. In order to succeed in the competitive t-shirt market, it's essential to understand the landscape thoroughly. The women's segment is growing faster due to its smaller base and rising acceptance of casual attire among women. T-shirts are popular across all age groups and include knit shirts, polos, and knit tops, primarily targeting the youth segment.

    Key production hubs like Tirupur, Ludhiana, and Mumbai play a significant role due to their well-established ecosystems, skilled workforces, and favorable business conditions. These cities contribute to India’s position as one of the top exporters of t-shirts globally. Notable brands such as Allen Solly, Van Heusen, and Jockey are major players in the Indian market, catering to a wide range of consumers with their diverse product offerings.

    2. Identifying the Market for Creating a Successful Business Plan:

    Conducting thorough market research is crucial for identifying consumer preferences, market trends, and potential gaps in the market. Understanding the competitive landscape helps in crafting a business plan that outlines the brand's vision, target audience, marketing strategies, and financial projections. Key factors to consider include:

    • Target Audience: To effectively understand and engage with your target audience, it's crucial to delve into their demographics, preferences, and purchasing behavior. Demographically, this involves identifying key characteristics such as age, gender, income level, geographic location, and lifestyle choices that influence their buying decisions. Preferences encompass style inclinations, brand affinities, and product expectations, which can be gleaned from market research, surveys, and social media analytics. Purchasing behavior insights, including frequency of purchases, shopping channels, and decision-making triggers, further refine your approach.
    • Market Trends: Staying abreast of market trends is essential in the fast-paced fashion industry. This involves monitoring runway shows, consumer feedback, and fashion publications to predict emerging styles and consumer demands. Adjusting your product offerings and marketing strategies accordingly ensures relevance and competitiveness.
    • Competitor Analysis: Competitor analysis involves assessing rivals' strengths, weaknesses, and market positioning. This helps identify opportunities for differentiation and areas for improvement in your own offerings.

    3. Choosing a Unique Niche and Targeting a New Generation Market Structure:

    Differentiation is key to standing out in the competitive t-shirt market. Choosing a unique niche helps in targeting specific consumer segments and creating a distinct brand identity. This could involve focusing on eco-friendly products, customized designs, or themed T-shirts catering to specific interests or communities.

    Managing design and production involves ensuring high-quality materials, innovative designs, and efficient production processes. Leveraging local artisans and sustainable practices can also enhance the brand's appeal, especially among environmentally conscious consumers.

    4. Choosing a Business Model to Evaluate Your Product:

    Selecting the right business model is essential for evaluating and selling your product. Some common business models in the t-shirt industry include:

    • Retail: The retail landscape offers various sales models, each with distinct advantages and considerations. Traditional physical stores or retail chains provide direct customer interaction, fostering personalized experiences and immediate feedback, but often higher operational costs due to rent, staff, and inventory management.
    • Direct-to-Consumer (D2C): Direct-to-Consumer (D2C) models leverage online platforms to sell products directly to consumers, enabling greater control over branding, pricing, and customer relationships. This approach reduces intermediary costs associated with traditional retail, although it requires robust e-commerce capabilities and marketing strategies to drive traffic and sales.
    • Wholesale: Wholesale models involve selling products in bulk to retailers or distributors, ensuring wide distribution and large-volume sales. While this model can lead to substantial revenue through economies of scale, profit margins may be lower due to discounts offered to wholesalers.
    • Print-on-Demand: Print-on-Demand (PoD) allows for manufacturing products as orders are received, minimizing inventory costs and reducing the risk of overstock. Unit production costs may be higher compared to bulk manufacturing, impacting overall profitability unless managed efficiently.

    For startups, the D2C model is often advantageous due to lower initial investment and the ability to reach a broader audience through e-commerce platforms.

    5. Setting the Right Price:

    Pricing strategy is critical in attracting and retaining customers while ensuring profitability. Key factors to consider include:

    • Cost of Production: The cost of production encompasses several key elements crucial for pricing strategies. Materials constitute the raw inputs needed for manufacturing, with quality and availability directly impacting costs. Labor costs involve wages for production staff, reflecting efficiency and local wage standards. Overhead costs encompass facility expenses, utilities, administrative costs, and other operational expenses necessary for production.
    • Market Positioning: Market positioning involves strategically aligning pricing with the brand's perceived value in the market. Premium brands command higher prices due to perceived quality or exclusivity, while mid-range brands offer a balance of quality and affordability. Budget brands focus on competitive pricing to appeal to price-sensitive consumers.
    • Consumer Willingness to Pay: Understanding consumer willingness to pay involves market research and customer feedback to gauge the maximum price consumers are willing to spend on the product. Factors influencing willingness to pay include perceived value, brand loyalty, product differentiation, and economic factors.

    Offering tiered pricing with different ranges of products can cater to various segments of the market, from budget-conscious buyers to those seeking premium offerings.

    6. The Importance of Creating a Social Media Presence:

    In today's digital age, the online presence of a brand is essential. A well-designed website and active social media profiles on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter help in:

    • Brand awareness involves strategies to increase recognition and familiarity with a brand among a broader audience. This includes leveraging multiple channels such as social media, traditional media, influencer partnerships, and sponsorships to enhance visibility and reach. Consistent brand messaging and visual identity across these platforms reinforce recognition and establish a strong brand image.
    • Customer Engagement: Customer engagement plays a pivotal role in fostering relationships and loyalty. Interaction through customer service channels, social media platforms, and community forums allows brands to address inquiries promptly, resolve issues, and gather valuable feedback.
    • Marketing and Promotion: Effective marketing and promotion are essential for communicating brand values, product benefits, and promotions to target audiences. This involves developing tailored advertising campaigns that resonate with consumer demographics and preferences. Utilizing data-driven insights, brands can optimize ad placements, refine messaging, and measure campaign effectiveness to maximize return on investment and enhance brand visibility.

    Integrating efficient shipment and payment methods enhances the customer experience, ensuring timely deliveries and secure transactions.

    7. Marketing and Promotion:

    Effective marketing and promotion are vital for driving sales and building brand loyalty. Strategies include:

    • Social Media Marketing: Social media also allows for real-time engagement, enabling brands to respond to comments, address customer queries, and build a community around their products. Utilizing features like stories, reels, and live sessions helps keep content dynamic and engaging.
    • Email Marketing: Email marketing remains a powerful tool for directly reaching consumers with tailored content. By sending newsletters, promotional offers, and product updates, brands can keep subscribers informed and interested. Personalized email campaigns, driven by customer data and preferences, enhance engagement and conversion rates. Automated email sequences can nurture leads, onboard new customers, and re-engage inactive subscribers.
    • Traditional Marketing: Traditional marketing methods, such as print media, billboards, and events, are effective for reaching broader and diverse audiences. Print ads in magazines and newspapers, outdoor advertising like billboards, and participation in trade shows or sponsorship of local events help increase brand visibility and credibility. These channels often complement digital efforts, creating a cohesive and comprehensive marketing strategy that maximizes reach and impact.

    Collaborating with influencers and bloggers can also amplify the brand's visibility and credibility.

    8. Legal and Financial Considerations:

    Compliance with legal and financial regulations is essential for smooth business operations. Key considerations include:

    • Permits and Licensing: Acquiring necessary permits and licenses is essential for legal operation. Depending on the business type and location, this may include general business licenses, health permits, zoning permits, and industry-specific certifications. Researching local, state, and federal requirements ensures that the business meets all regulatory standards. Regularly renewing and updating permits is necessary to avoid operational disruptions and legal consequences.
    • Trademark Protection: Trademark protection involves registering the brand's trademark to safeguard intellectual property. A trademark protects brand names, logos, slogans, and other distinctive elements from unauthorized use. Registering with the appropriate government authority provides legal protection and the ability to enforce trademark rights. Monitoring and enforcing trademarks against infringement ensures brand integrity and market exclusivity.

    9. Managing Operations:

    Efficient operations management ensures customer satisfaction and business growth. Key aspects include:

    • Customer Service: Providing excellent customer service is essential for building customer loyalty and satisfaction. Effective customer support involves promptly addressing inquiries, resolving complaints, and managing returns with a focus on creating positive experiences. This can be achieved through multiple channels such as phone support, live chat, email, and social media interactions. Implementing feedback mechanisms, such as surveys and follow-up communications, allows businesses to continuously improve their service quality.
    • Brand Analysis: Brand analysis involves the continuous evaluation of market performance and customer feedback to refine strategies and enhance brand positioning. This process includes tracking key performance indicators (KPIs) such as sales data, market share, and customer engagement metrics. Analyzing customer feedback from reviews, surveys, and social media provides insights into consumer perceptions and expectations. Regular brand audits help identify strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats, enabling proactive adjustments to marketing, product development, and customer service strategies.

    10. Embracing Technological Advancements

    Incorporating advanced technologies can significantly enhance business operations and customer experience:

    • Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL): Offering flexible payment options to attract more customers.
    • Artificial Intelligence (AI): Utilizing AI for personalized marketing, inventory management, and customer service.
    • Sustainability: Adopting sustainable practices to appeal to eco-conscious consumers and reduce environmental impact.


    The t-shirt industry in India is poised for significant growth, offering lucrative opportunities for entrepreneurs. By understanding the competitive market, conducting thorough research, and choosing a unique niche, businesses can establish a strong presence. A well-thought-out business model, effective pricing strategy, and robust online presence are essential for success. Additionally, compliance with legal requirements, efficient operations management, and embracing technological advancements will further drive business growth and sustainability.

    Starting a t-shirt business in today's dynamic market requires strategic planning, innovation, and a customer-centric approach. By leveraging these insights and strategies, aspiring entrepreneurs can navigate the complexities of the market and achieve long-term success.

    FAQs on T-Shirt Business in India

    1. What are the initial steps to start a t-shirt brand?

    Begin by defining your brand concept and target audience. Conduct market research to understand trends and competition. Create a business plan outlining your goals, budget, and marketing strategy. Secure the necessary funding and set up a business structure. Design your t-shirts, find a reliable supplier, and establish an online presence through a website and social media.

    2. How do I design t-shirts that stand out?

    Focus on unique and creative designs that resonate with your target audience. Use high-quality graphics and stay up-to-date with design trends. Consider hiring a professional designer if needed. Ensure your designs are versatile and can be printed on various t-shirt styles. Test your designs with a small audience to gather feedback before mass production.

    3. What printing methods should I use for my t-shirts?

    The most common printing methods include screen printing, direct-to-garment (DTG) printing, heat transfer, and sublimation. Screen printing is cost-effective for large orders, while DTG is ideal for small batches and detailed designs. Heat transfer is good for on-demand printing, and sublimation works best for all-over prints. Choose a method based on your budget, design complexity, and order volume.

    4. How do I market my t-shirt brand effectively?

    Develop a comprehensive marketing strategy that includes social media marketing, influencer collaborations, and email campaigns. Utilize SEO techniques to improve your website’s visibility. Create engaging content such as blog posts, videos, and lookbooks to showcase your designs. Participate in local events and pop-up shops to gain exposure. Consider offering promotions and discounts to attract customers.

    5. What are the common challenges in starting a t-shirt brand, and how can I overcome them?

    Common challenges include managing production costs, maintaining consistent quality, and standing out in a saturated market. Overcome these by building strong relationships with reliable suppliers, investing in high-quality materials, and continuously innovating your designs. Focus on excellent customer service and create a strong brand identity. Stay adaptable and ready to pivot your strategies based on market feedback.


    Next Story
    Top 10 Cycle Brands in India: Best Bicycles for Every Rider
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Top 10 Cycle Brands in India: Best Bicycles for Every Rider

    The global bicycle market is on a significant upward course to grow from $110.38 billion in 2023 to $228.90 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 11.0 percent. This growth is fuelled by the increasing popularity of cycling, not just as a mode of transportation, but also as a recreational activity and a means to maintain fitness. With its diverse landscapes and a growing interest in healthy living, there has been a surge in demand for bicycle brands in India. Whether you're a professional cyclist, a fitness enthusiast, or someone who enjoys a casual ride, finding the right bicycle is essential. Here are the top 10 bicycle brands in India that cater to all kinds of riders.

    Best Cycle Brands in India

    Here's a list of the best cycle brands in India.

    1. Avon Cycles: Top Cycle Brand in India for All Age Groups

    Avon Cycles - Top Bicycle Brands in India

    The brand showcase the classic example of the enterprising Punjabi spirit. In the early days following India's independence post-partition in 1947, the legendary Pahwa Brothers dreamed of providing the common man with an affordable means of mobility. The organization combines the simplicity and speed of a family business with the broad-based features of corporate functioning. The former inspires trust, while the latter instills confidence in its ability to perform continually and consistently.

    The brand is intensifying its efforts to expand both its domestic and international market presence. Known as the largest bicycle manufacturer in India, it has exceeded its FY 23-24 sales target by the beginning of its fourth quarter, achieving a remarkable milestone. With an operating revenue of over Rs 500 crore, the brand is a powerhouse in the industry. J&K Bank has partnered with Avon Cycles Ludhiana to finance their electric vehicle (e-vehicle) range, continuing their proactive, environmentally friendly strategy. This brand is a standout in the list of top bicycle brands in India.


    • Brand: Avon Cycles
    • Type: City, Mountain, Kids, E-vehicles
    • Tires: High-quality rubber, sizes ranging from 20 to 29 inches
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes, including 20", 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
    • Saddle: Comfort-enhanced with ergonomic design
    • Suspension: Available on select models (front suspension and full suspension options)
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity up to 120 kg
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes available (small, medium, large)
    • Brakes: Disc brakes and V-brakes available across different models

    Pros and Cons of Avon Cycles

    Pros Cons
    Affordable Limited suspension options
    Wide range of types Less advanced features on basic models
    Comfortable saddles Limited high-end models
    Reliable build quality Standard design aesthetics

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Avon Cycles offers a variety of affordable and reliable bicycles suitable for all ages. Their range includes city, mountain, kids, and e-vehicles, ensuring a suitable option for every rider. Features like comfort-enhanced saddles and high-quality tires contribute to a smooth ride, while disc and V-brakes ensure safety. Despite limited suspension options on some models, Avon Cycles’ overall build quality and affordability make them a top choice among cycle brands in India.

    2. Hero Cycles: Leading Innovation Among Cycle Brand in India

    . Hero Cycles - Top Bicycle Brand in India

    Hero Honda commenced its operations in 1984 as a joint venture between Hero Cycles of India and Honda of Japan. Controlled by Pankaj M Munjal, Hero Motors Company (HMC) is an Indian multinational business conglomerate. The brand name was adopted by the Munjal brothers for their flagship company, Hero Cycles Ltd. The joint venture, named Hero Honda Motors Limited, was established in Dharuhera, India, with the Munjal family and the Honda group each owning a 26 percent stake in the company.

    For the fiscal year ending March 31, 2023, Hero Cycles Limited reported an operational revenue exceeding Rs 500 crore. The company’s EBITDA grew by an impressive 323.07 percent compared to the previous year, with its net worth increasing by 8.77 percent. It offers a variety of cycles, from city rides to e-cycles, with prices ranging from Rs 6,050 to Rs 60,999. As one of the top cycle brands in India, Hero Cycles is a leading choice for many.


    • Brand: Hero Cycles
    • Type: Road, Mountain, City, E-cycles
    • Tires: Durable rubber, sizes ranging from 20 to 29 inches
    • Wheel Size: Multiple sizes available, including 20", 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
    • Saddle: Ergonomic design for enhanced comfort
    • Suspension: Available on select models, including front suspension and full suspension options
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity up to 120 kg
    • Frame Size: Various sizes available, typically ranging from 15" to 21"
    • Brakes: Disc brakes (160mm and 180mm) and V-brakes

    Pros and Cons of Hero Cycles

    Pros Cons
    Innovative designs Some models may be more expensive
    Durable tires Limited availability of high-end models
    Ergonomic saddles Standard design aesthetics

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Hero Cycles is renowned for its innovative designs and durability. They offer a wide range of bicycles, including road, mountain, city, and e-cycles, catering to both casual riders and cycling enthusiasts. With ergonomic saddles and durable tires, Hero Cycles provide a comfortable and long-lasting riding experience. Despite the higher price point on some models, the brand’s commitment to quality and innovation makes it a top choice among cycle brands in India.

    3. Firefox Bikes: Premium Quality Among Top Cycle Brands in India


    Firefox Bikes: Top 10 Bicycle Brands in India

    In early 2005, the cycling scene in India experienced a dramatic transformation when the brand introduced an imported range of approximately 30 bike models into the Indian bicycle market. This range, covering the full spectrum of mountain, all-terrain, road, BMX, and kids' bikes, was made according to higher international quality standards and specifications, significantly enhancing the biking experience in India.

    Firefox Bikes sold 18,000 cycles and earned revenue of Rs 22.5 crore in the first quarter of FY 2023. Catering primarily to the premium segment, the brand holds an estimated market share of 13-15 percent contributing to being a top bicycle brand. Prices for the bikes start around Rs 11,000 and go beyond Rs 45,000, making it a leading name in the high-end bicycle market in India.


    • Brand: Firefox Bikes
    • Type: Mountain, Hybrid, Road
    • Tires: Premium rubber, sizes ranging from 24 to 29 inches
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes available, including 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
    • Saddle: Comfort-oriented with cushioning for long rides
    • Suspension: Available on many models, including front suspension and full suspension options
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity up to 110 kg
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes available, typically ranging from 15" to 21"
    • Brakes: Disc brakes, with options like 160mm and 180mm disc sizes

    Pros and Cons of Firefox Bikes

    Pros Cons
    Premium quality Higher price point
    Comfort-oriented saddles Limited availability in rural areas

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Firefox Bikes stands out for its premium quality and comfort. Catering to enthusiasts and professionals, their range includes mountain, hybrid, and road bikes. The comfort-oriented saddles and high-quality rubber tires ensure a smooth and enjoyable ride. With many models featuring suspension and disc brakes, Firefox Bikes are designed for performance and reliability. Despite a higher price point, the brand's focus on quality and comfort makes it a top choice among cycle brands in India.

    4. Cannondale: High-Performance Cycles Brands in India

    Cannondale: Top Bicycle Brands in India

    The Cannondale Bicycle Corporation, an American division of the Dutch conglomerate Pon Holdings, supplies bicycles. In 1971, Joe Montgomery initially focused on making bicycling accessories and clothing, the tiny company challenged the industry in the 1980s by introducing some of the first mass-produced bicycle frames made from aluminum instead of steel. Now, the company has capitalized on the cycling boom that accelerated during the pandemic, including electric models under the nameplate Neo.

    Cannondale offers a diverse range of bikes, including road, mountain, active, electric, and kids' bikes, along with biking equipment, gears, and accessories. In 2023, Cannondale reached a new high with an astounding $74.0 million in annual revenue. Known for its dedication to quality and innovation, Cannondale serves a wide variety of cyclists, from casual riders to professional competitors.


    • Brand: Cannondale
    • Type: Road, Mountain, Hybrid, Electric
    • Tires: High-performance rubber, sizes ranging from 24 to 29 inches
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes available, including 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
    • Saddle: Ergonomic and performance-oriented for maximum comfort and efficiency
    • Suspension: Advanced suspension systems available, including front suspension, full suspension, and lefty suspension options
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity up to 120 kg, heavy-duty options available for up to 150 kg
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes available, typically ranging from 15" to 23"
    • Brakes: Hydraulic disc brakes, with options like 160mm, 180mm, and 203mm disc sizes

    Pros and Cons of Cannondale Bikes

    Pros Cons
    High-performance quality Premium price range
    Advanced suspension systems Limited availability in some regions
    Ergonomic saddles  
    Wide range of models  

    For more details, visit their official website.(

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Cannondale bikes are renowned for their high-performance quality and advanced features, making them ideal for serious cyclists. The brand offers a wide range of models, including road, mountain, hybrid, and electric bikes, catering to various cycling needs. Their bikes come with advanced suspension systems and hydraulic disc brakes, ensuring a smooth and safe ride. Despite being in a premium price range, Cannondale's focus on performance and innovation makes it a top choice among cycle brands in India.

    5. La Sovereign : High-Quality and Stylish Cycle Brand in India


    La Sovereign - Best Bicycle Brand in India

    The first-ever joint venture between companies based in Thailand and India to market high-quality bicycles and kids' toys with world-class designs to Indian consumers. An India-based company has been in the bicycle trade for the past 40 years, establishing a strong brand presence in both the Indian and export markets. As one of the leaders in the trade, the company has attained a high level of technical expertise in manufacturing and marketing over the years

    La Sovereign operates with revenue ranging from Rs 1-100 crore for the financial year ending March 31, 2023. The brand is situated in Ludhiana, Punjab, having an authorized share capital of Rs 3.75 crore and a total paid-up capital of Rs 3.65 crore. The company's net worth has increased by 0.24 percent, with starting prices for their bikes around Rs 10,000 on e-commerce platforms.


    • Brand: La Sovereign
    • Type: City, Mountain, Kids, Hybrid
    • Tires: Durable rubber, sizes ranging from 20 to 29 inches
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes available, including 20", 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
    • Saddle: Comfort-focused design for enhanced riding comfort
    • Suspension: Available on select models, including front suspension and full suspension options
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity up to 110 kg
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes available, typically ranging from 14" to 21"
    • Brakes: Disc brakes and V-brakes, with options like 160mm disc sizes and standard V-brake configurations

    Pros and Cons of La Sovereign Bikes

    Pros Cons
    Stylish designs Limited high-end models
    Durable tires Higher price range
    Comfort-focused saddles Limited availability in rural areas
    A wide range of models  

    Why It is Worth Buying

    La Sovereign is known for its stylish and high-quality bicycles, catering to various cycling needs, including city, mountain, kids, and hybrid models. The brand emphasizes comfort with its well-designed saddles and durable tires, ensuring a pleasant riding experience. Although priced higher, the reliability and design of La Sovereign bikes make them a preferred choice among top cycle brands in India.

    6. BSA :Top Cycle Brand in India for Durability and Comfort


    BSA - Top Bicycle Brand in India

    Established in 1949 by the Murugappa Group in collaboration with Tube Investments (UK), TI Cycles has evolved from a bicycle manufacturer to an expert in mobility and well-being solutions. Renowned for its flagship bicycle brands—BSA, Hercules, Montra, and Mach City—the brand has pioneered and perfected numerous cycle categories in India. These include the first-ever MTB, geared bike,  Shox model, girls' bike, kids' bike, light roadster, carbon frame bike, and India’s cycling café. The inaugural Hercules bicycle was produced in 1951, marking the beginning of many innovations. It operates plants in Chennai and Rajpura and maintains major warehouses in Guwahati and Chennai, serving a nationwide network of over 1,200 dealers.

    The brand is renowned for launching some of the first bicycles on the Indian market across various categories such as MTB, geared cycles, kids’ cycles, and ladies’ cycles. With a vast price range starting from Rs 1,800-25,000, BSA offers a diverse range of cycles with 62 models currently available on major e-commerce websites. It is undoubtedly among the top cycle brands in India.


    • Brand: BSA
    • Type: City, Kids, Road
    • Tires: Durable rubber
    • Wheel Size: Multiple sizes
    • Saddle: Comfortable
    • Suspension: Available on some models
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity
    • Frame Size: Various sizes
    • Brakes: V-brakes

    Pros and Cons of BSA Bikes

    Pros Cons
    Durable build Fewer high-performance models
    Comfortable saddles Basic suspension options
    Wide range of sizes Standard design aesthetics
    Affordable Limited advanced features

    Why It is Worth Buying

    BSA is a leading cycle brand in India, known for its durable and comfortable bicycles. Ideal for city, kids, and road cycling, BSA bikes come with durable rubber tires and comfortable saddles, ensuring a smooth ride. The brand offers various sizes and affordable prices, making it accessible to many cyclists. Although it has fewer high-performance models, BSA’s reputation for quality and reliability makes it a top choice among the best cycle brands in India.

    For more details, visit the official website.(

    7. Road Master: Reliable and Affordable Cycle Brand in India


    Road Master - Best Bicycle Brands in India

    An Indian premium bicycle brand and currently the fastest-growing bicycle manufacturing company in India. Established to empower Indian bicycle riders, Road Master Cycles provides highly durable and cost-effective bicycles with a variety of design choices. The brand entered the Indian bicycle market in 2014 with a mission to offer the best value products, cutting-edge technology, and dedicated round-the-clock customer support.

    It boasts an authorized share capital of Rs 2,000,000. Within nearly a decade of operation, the company has successfully delivered over 400,000 cycles across India. Offering a diverse range of over 60 models, Road Master Cycles caters to a wide variety of bicycling needs in the country. With a well-knitted network of loyal channel partners, the brand ensures its accessibility and visibility to consumers, further solidifying its position in the Indian bicycle market.


    • Brand: Road Master
    • Type: City, Mountain, Kids, Hybrid
    • Tires: Durable rubber
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes
    • Saddle: Comfort-oriented
    • Suspension: Available on select models
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes
    • Brakes: Disc and V-brakes

    Pros and Cons of Road Master Bikes

    Pros Cons
    Affordable Limited high-end features
    Durable build Basic design aesthetics
    Comfortable saddles Limited advanced suspension
    Wide range of models  

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Road Master is a popular cycle brand in India known for its reliability and affordability. The brand offers a variety of models, including city, mountain, kids, and hybrid bikes, making it accessible to a wide range of riders. With durable tires and comfort-oriented saddles, Road Master ensures a smooth and enjoyable riding experience. Despite having basic design aesthetics and limited advanced features, the brand's affordability and reliability make it a preferred choice among the top cycle brands in India.

    For more details, visit their official website.(

    8. Btwin (Decathlon) : Leading Cycle Brand in India for All Riders


    Road Master - Top Bicycle Brands in India

    Renowned brand of bicycles, parts, and accessories exclusively available at Decathlon, offers cyclists a perfect blend of style, performance, and affordability. Crafted by expert manufacturers across Asia and Europe, with a touch of French precision added since 2010, these bikes are a testament to quality and innovation. Over the years, Portugal has been instrumental in producing over 1 million bicycles, ensuring top-notch craftsmanship. Not just limited to bikes, B'TWIN also provides a wide range of accessories and parts, all designed to enhance your cycling experience without breaking the bank.

    Under the global leader Decathlon, the brand reported an impressive annual revenue of Rs 3,950 crore as of March 31, 2023. With a strong presence in over 70 countries, the brand continues to expand globally, focusing on innovation and sustainability. The bicycles start at around Rs 7,999 and go beyond Rs 26,000, making them accessible to many customers.


    • Brand: Btwin (Decathlon)
    • Type: Mountain, Hybrid, Road, Kids
    • Tires: High-quality rubber
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes
    • Saddle: Ergonomic and comfort-oriented
    • Suspension: Available on many models
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes
    • Brakes: V-brakes and disc brakes

    Pros and Cons of Btwin Bikes

    Pros Cons
    Wide range of models Some models may be pricier
    High-quality components Limited availability in smaller towns
    Comfortable saddles  
    Good suspension options  

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Btwin, a brand from Decathlon, is well-regarded among the best cycle brands in India for offering a wide range of high-quality bicycles. Whether you're into mountain biking, road cycling, or looking for a reliable kids' bike, Btwin has you covered. Their bikes feature ergonomic saddles, durable tires, and good suspension options, ensuring comfort and performance. Although some models may be pricier, Btwin’s commitment to quality and variety makes it a top choice among cyclists in India.

    For more information, visit the Decathlon website.(

    9. Trek: Premium Quality Among the Best Cycle Brands in India


    Trek: Top Bicycle Company in India

    A bicycle product manufacturer and distributor under brand names Trek, Electra Bicycle Company, Bontrager, and Diamant Bikes. In the past, the business has produced bicycles under the brands Villiger Bikes, LeMond Racing Cycles, Klein, and Gary Fisher. Trek Bicycles is marketed through 1,700 individually owned bicycle shops in North America, subsidiaries in Europe, Asia, and South Africa, as well as distributors in 90 countries worldwide. The brand has its headquarters located in Waterloo, Wisconsin. The majority of Trek bicycles are produced in nations other than the US, such as the Netherlands, Germany, Taiwan, and China.

    Trek Bicycle, a leading bicycle brand in India, reports a revenue/turnover of Rs 1-100 crore. The company's net worth has increased by an impressive 98.66 percent, and its EBITDA has risen by 238.31 percent. With global revenue reaching $900.0 million, the bicycle continues solidifying its position as a top bicycle brand in India and a major player in the global market.


    • Brand: Trek
    • Type: Mountain, Road, Hybrid, Electric
    • Tires: High-performance rubber
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes
    • Saddle: Ergonomic and performance-oriented
    • Suspension: Advanced suspension systems available
    • Pay Load: Standard and heavy-duty options
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes
    • Brakes: Hydraulic disc brakes

    Pros and Cons of Trek Bikes

    Pros Cons
    High-performance quality Premium price range
    Advanced suspension systems Limited availability in some regions
    Ergonomic saddles  
    Wide range of models  

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Trek is a top cycle brand in India, known for its high-performance quality and advanced features. The brand offers a wide range of bicycles, including mountain, road, hybrid, and electric bikes, catering to serious cyclists and enthusiasts. With advanced suspension systems and hydraulic disc brakes, Trek bikes ensure a smooth and safe ride. Despite being in a premium price range, Trek’s focus on performance and innovation makes it a top choice among the best cycle brands in India.

    For more information, visit the official website.(

    10. Stryder


     Stryder - Best Bicycle Company in India

    It has a large selection of bicycles including E-bikes, Roadster, Kids, Premium, Mountain, and SLR bikes. In India, Stryder bicycles may be found in over 4000 retail locations. In addition to being one of the top bicycle brands in India, Stryder has more than three million satisfied riders worldwide and exports to SAARC, Africa, and the Middle East. 

    It is a prominent name in the bike industry, achieved impressive financial breakthroughs with revenue ranging between Rs 100-500 crore. The company's net worth surged by 16.58 percent, reflecting its commitment to innovation, quality, and customer satisfaction. It continues to set benchmarks, ensuring its position as a preferred choice for cycling enthusiasts with a focus on sustainability and cutting-edge technology.


    • Brand: Stryder
    • Type: City, Mountain, Kids, Hybrid
    • Tires: High-quality rubber
    • Wheel Size: Various sizes
    • Saddle: Comfort-oriented
    • Suspension: Available on select models
    • Pay Load: Standard capacity
    • Frame Size: Multiple sizes
    • Brakes: Disc and V-brakes

    Pros and Cons of Stryder Bikes

    Pros Cons
    Affordable Limited advanced features
    Durable tires Basic design aesthetics
    Comfortable saddles Limited high-end models
    Wide range of models  

    Why It is Worth Buying

    Stryder, known for its affordability and versatility, offers a range of bicycles suitable for city riding, mountain biking, kids, and hybrid models. With high-quality rubber tires and comfort-oriented saddles, Stryder bikes provide a smooth and enjoyable ride. Despite having basic design aesthetics and limited advanced features, the brand’s affordability and reliability make it a strong contender among the top cycle brands in India.

    For more details, visit their official website.(

    FAQs  on Top Cycle Brands in India

    1. What types of bicycles do these brands offer?

    These brands offer a variety of bicycles including road bikes, mountain bikes, hybrid bikes, electric bikes, kids' bikes, and more.

    2. Where can I buy bicycles from these brands?

    Bicycles from these brands are available for purchase at their respective dealerships, retail stores, and major e-commerce platforms like Amazon, Flipkart, and Decathlon's online store.

    3. Do these brands offer warranty and after-sales service?

    Yes, most of these brands offer warranty and after-sales service for their bicycles. The warranty period and service terms may vary, so it's recommended to check with the brand or their authorized dealers for specific details.

    4. How can I choose the right bicycle brand for my needs?

    To choose the right bicycle brand, consider factors like your budget, the type of cycling you plan to do (road, mountain, commuting), and your specific preferences for features and design.



    Next Story
    Organised Paints Sector to Double Capacity with Rs 19,000 Cr Investment by 2027
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Organised Paints Sector to Double Capacity with Rs 19,000 Cr Investment by 2027

    The organised paints sector in India is on the cusp of a significant transformation, with production capacity poised to nearly double to approximately 7.8 billion litres per annum (blpa) between fiscal years 2024 and 2027. This ambitious expansion will be fueled by investments totaling around Rs 19,000 crore, including significant contributions from a major new entrant.

    A substantial portion of this new capacity, about 2.4 blpa, is expected to become operational in the current fiscal year, with the new player alone adding 1.3 blpa. This expansion will primarily focus on the decorative segment, which represents 75-80 percent of the total production. The sector's volume is projected to continue its healthy annual growth rate of 10-15 percent, consistent with historical trends.

    Increased Competition and Pricing Strategies

    However, this surge in capacity is likely to intensify competition as companies vie for market share. To attract customers and fully utilize their expanded capacities, especially in the value segment, which accounts for more than half of the sector's total revenue, manufacturers might adopt aggressive pricing strategies. Consequently, overall revenue growth is expected to moderate to 7-10 percent this fiscal year. Furthermore, operating profitability is predicted to decline to 15-17 percent due to heightened marketing expenditures and pressure on realisations.

    Stable Credit Profiles Amidst Competitive Pressures

    Despite these challenges, the credit profiles of existing manufacturers are expected to remain stable. This resilience is attributed to their near debt-free balance sheets and robust liquidity, which is equivalent to nearly one-fourth of their net worth. A study of six major firms, representing approximately 90 percent of the organised sector’s gross sales of around Rs 70,000 crore, supports this outlook.

    Poonam Upadhyay, Director at CRISIL Ratings, states, “The volume growth of 10-15 percent this fiscal will be driven by steady demand from retail and business-to-business segments — catering to construction, real estate and automobiles — which is salutary. Rising disposable incomes, increasing consumer preference for quality and branded products, rising home sales and an expected recovery in rural demand will be supportive. However, pressure on realisations will partially offset the benefit of higher volume, tempering revenue growth this fiscal.”

    Impact of Pricing and Promotional Strategies

    In the previous fiscal year, the sector saw a modest revenue growth of around 4 percent, as manufacturers reduced prices by 4-5 percent through higher discounts and rebates in response to softened crude-linked input prices. This strategy, coupled with increased promotional spending to counter competition, resulted in gross margins rising by approximately 500 basis points. However, operating margins increased by only 300 basis points to around 20 percent from 17 percent in fiscal 2023.

    Raw Material Prices and Operating Profitability

    The prices of key raw materials, particularly crude-linked derivatives such as binders, solvents, and additives, as well as titanium dioxide, are expected to remain steady. This stability will help maintain gross margins at 40-42 percent this fiscal year. However, due to increased advertising and promotional spending aimed at supporting retail network expansion and reinforcing brand recall amidst intensifying competition, operating profitability is likely to moderate to 15-17 percent from around 20 percent last fiscal year. Additionally, new entrants are expected to face operational losses in their initial years.

    Strategic Investments and Diversification

    To maintain a competitive edge and broaden their product offerings, existing manufacturers are introducing new products and expanding into non-paint categories such as adhesives, construction chemicals, and waterproofing products. This strategic diversification has led to increased investments in capacity, backward integration, research and development, and technology.

    Anil More, Associate Director at CRISIL Ratings, notes, “We expect the credit quality of existing manufacturers to be largely stable despite high capex. They are likely to fund capex through cash surplus and accruals, while new entrants will utilise a mix of debt and fresh equity. While the key debt metrics are expected to moderate, interest coverage and debt/Ebitda ratios of the sample set will stay comfortable at 14-16x and 0.5-0.7x, respectively, in this and next fiscal compared with previous peaks of over 40x and less than 0.1x, respectively.”

    Market Dynamics and Future Outlook

    The impact of volatile crude oil prices on key raw material costs, currency fluctuations, an anticipated recovery in rural demand, and a higher-than-expected increase in competitive intensity due to new capacities coming online are critical factors to watch. These elements will play a significant role in shaping the sector's future dynamics and profitability.

    As the paints sector navigates this period of substantial growth and heightened competition, companies will need to balance their expansion strategies with prudent financial management to sustain their market positions and profitability.


    Next Story
    Top 10 Pet Care Brands, Market Reaching $427.75 Bn by 2032
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Top 10 Pet Care Brands, Market Reaching $427.75 Bn by 2032

    The current value of the pet care industry worldwide is expected to skyrocket to $246.66 billion in 2023 and reach $427.75 billion by 2032, indicating unparalleled development in this business. This increase is the result of "paw parents" being more and more committed to the health and welfare of their furry companions, which has led to large expenditures in many areas of pet care. A pet website, Pet Keen, reports that food and treats account for 75–80 percent of pet care costs, highlighting the critical role nutrition plays in pet parenting. The remaining expenditure covers accessories, grooming supplies, toys, and services, highlighting the comprehensive nature of modern pet care.

    Best Pet Care Brands in India

    From premium pet food that caters to specific dietary requirements to innovative treats that promote health and well-being, here are the top 10 pet care brands with detailed information that are always at the forefront in the Indian market:

    1. Super Tails:

    Super Tails, a dynamic player in the realm of pet care brands, was founded by Maya Sharma in 2010 with a vision to revolutionize pet wellness. Super Tails has been committed to providing top-notch products and services that prioritize the health and happiness of pets and their paw parents. With a series of successful funding rounds, including a recent $15 million investment led by Pet Ventures in 2023, the brand has solidified its position in the market.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market


    What sets the brand apart in the competitive market of pet care brands is its relentless pursuit of innovation. The brand continuously invests in research and development to introduce cutting-edge solutions that address the evolving needs of pets. From advanced nutritional supplements to state-of-the-art grooming tools, Super Tails offers a comprehensive range of products designed to enhance the well-being of pets.

    The brand's offerings are formulated with premium ingredients and backed by scientific research, ensuring superior quality and efficacy. Whether it's promoting joint health, supporting digestive function, or enhancing coat shine, Super Tails provides tailored solutions to meet the diverse needs of pets. The brand's dedication to customer satisfaction and pet wellness fosters a strong bond of trust with paw parents.

    2. Royal Canin:

    Royal Canin, a renowned name in the pet care industry, has established itself as a leader by prioritizing the health and well-being of pets through scientifically formulated nutrition. Founded in 1968 by French veterinarian Dr. Jean Cathary, the brand has consistently focused on understanding the unique needs of pets, each formula meets the specific dietary needs of pets, whether it is breed-specific nutrition or addressing particular health concerns such as obesity, digestive issues, or allergies, making it a preferred choice among pet owners and veterinarians worldwide.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market


    As a subsidiary of Mars, incorporated in 2001, the brand benefits from substantial financial backing. Mars Petcare, the parent company, reported an impressive revenue of $18 billion in 2022, with Royal Canin contributing significantly to this figure. Its products are tailored to cater to the precise needs of different breeds, sizes, and life stages, ensuring optimal health and vitality. Its specialized formulas are crafted to support everything from joint health and dental care to skin and coat conditions, providing comprehensive care for pets. Royal Canin's commitment to quality control and safety ensures that pet owners can trust the consistency and efficacy of their products.

    3. Heads Up for Tails:

    Heads Up for Tails (HUFT) has rapidly emerged as a distinguished name in the top 10 in the pet care industry, celebrated for its dedication to providing high-quality products and services that cater to the diverse needs of pets and their owners. Founded in 2008 by Rashi Narang, HUFT has carved out a niche in the market with its innovative, thoughtful, and pet-centric approach.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market


    One of the key reasons HUFT stands out in the crowded pet care market is its comprehensive range of products and services. From premium pet food and grooming supplies to stylish accessories and toys, HUFT offers a holistic shopping experience for pet owners. Its products are meticulously designed to ensure safety, comfort, and enrichment, reflecting a deep understanding of pet needs. The brand has expanded into personalized services such as grooming, training, and pet spa treatments, providing a one-stop solution for pet care.

    Its products are sourced and crafted with a focus on sustainability and safety, ensuring that pets receive the best care possible. The brand also emphasizes customization, allowing pet owners to personalize products, thereby enhancing the bond between pets and their owners. HUFT actively engages with the pet community through educational content, events, and social initiatives, fostering a supportive and informed pet-loving community.

    4. Drools:

    Drools, a premier pet care brand, has swiftly ascended to prominence through its commitment to providing high-quality, nutritionally balanced pet food. Founded by Fahim Sultan, the brand was established with a vision to enhance the health and well-being of pets through superior nutrition. Drools is recognized as one of the top pet care brands, trusted by paw parents and veterinarians alike. In 2021, it secured $60 million in funding from L. Catterton, a leading consumer-focused private equity firm. This investment has empowered Drools to expand its product line, enhance its distribution network, and invest in research and development.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market


    In the competitive pet care market by focusing on scientific research and nutritional expertise. Each product is meticulously crafted to meet the specific dietary needs of pets, ensuring optimal health and vitality. Its extensive range includes dry and wet food for dogs and cats, tailored for various life stages and health conditions. By using high-quality ingredients free from artificial colors and preservatives, Drools ensures that pets receive wholesome, safe nutrition. The brand emphasizes balanced nutrition, which is crucial for maintaining pet health. Drools' products are rich in essential nutrients, including proteins, vitamins, and minerals, supporting overall well-being, boosting immunity, and promoting healthy skin and coat. It offers specialized diets for pets with specific health needs, such as weight management, digestive care, and joint support.

    5. Fabled Pets:

    Fabled Pets, founded by Varun Sharma, has swiftly emerged as a prominent player in the pet care industry, driven by a passion for enhancing pet wellness. It has been committed to providing top-quality products and services that prioritize the health and happiness of pets and their paw parents.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market


    The brand leverages cutting-edge research and technology to develop products that address the evolving needs of pets. From advanced nutritional supplements to interactive toys and training tools, Fabled Pets offers a comprehensive range of solutions designed to promote the physical and mental well-being of pets. The brand offers premium ingredients that are backed by scientific research, ensuring superior quality and efficacy.  These products cater to a wide range of pet needs, from promoting joint health and dental care to addressing anxiety and behavioral issues. The brand's commitment to innovation means that pet parents can trust Fabled Pets to provide innovative solutions for their furry companions.

    6. Dogsee Chew:

    Dogsee Chew, a distinguished name among pet care brands, has garnered acclaim for its all-natural, high-quality pet treats. Founded by Bhupendra Khanal in 2015, the brand emerged from a desire to provide pets with wholesome, healthy treats that align with natural dietary practices. Dogsee Chew is celebrated as one of the top pet care brands, trusted by paw parents and veterinarians around the globe. The brand raised $7 million in a Series A funding round in 2021, led by Sixth Sense Ventures.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market

    The brand specializes in 100 percent natural dog treats made from yak and cow milk sourced from the Himalayas. These hard cheese treats are free from preservatives, additives, and artificial coloring, making them a healthy and safe choice for pets. The company's commitment to natural ingredients and traditional manufacturing processes ensures that every treat is of the highest quality, providing pets with nutritious and delicious snacks.

    Dogsee Chew offers numerous benefits to its consumers. The treats are not only nutritious but also help maintain dental health by reducing plaque and tartar buildup. They are high in protein and low in fat, making them an ideal snack for dogs of all breeds and sizes.

    7. Whiskas:

    Mars founded Whiskas, a well-known brand in the pet care space. With its commitment to providing cats with wholesome and nutritious food, Whiskas aims to improve the lives of animals and their paw parents everywhere. The parent business, Mars Petcare, reported a healthy $18 billion in revenue in 2022, with Whiskas making a large contribution to this amount.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market


    The brand stands out as one of the top pet care brands due to its unwavering commitment to quality and expertise in feline nutrition. With decades of experience and research, Whiskas understands the unique dietary needs of cats and formulates its products accordingly. It offers a wide range of cat food options, including dry kibble, wet food, and treats, all crafted with premium ingredients to ensure optimal health and satisfaction for feline friends.

    Its cat food formulations are designed to provide balanced nutrition, supporting cats' overall health and well-being. From promoting healthy digestion and strong immunity to maintaining shiny coats and optimal weight, Whiskas cat food addresses various aspects of feline health.

    8. Pedigree:

    Pedigree, a leading name among pet care brands, was founded by Mars, a global powerhouse in the pet care industry. Established with a mission to provide dogs with wholesome nutrition. Mars Petcare, the parent company, reported a substantial revenue of $18 billion in 2022, with Pedigree contributing significantly to this figure.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market


    The brand counts as one of the top pet care brands due to its unwavering commitment to canine health and nutrition. With decades of expertise in dog food formulations, they understands the unique dietary needs of dogs and craft their products accordingly. The brand offers a diverse range of dog food options, including dry kibble, wet food, and treats, all made with high-quality ingredients to support dogs' overall health and well-being.

    Its dog food formulations are designed to provide balanced nutrition, supporting dogs' energy levels, digestion, and immunity. Pedigree also offers specialized diets for dogs with specific health needs, such as weight management and dental care. Pedigree's products are crafted with delicious flavors and textures to appeal to dogs' taste preferences, ensuring mealtime excitement and satisfaction.

    9. Kennel Kitchen:

    Kennel Kitchen was founded by Siddharth Talwar in 2015 with a vision to provide pets with wholesome and nutritious meals. Kennel Kitchen has been committed to crafting premium-quality pet food using natural ingredients, earning the trust of paw parents seeking the best for their furry companions.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market


    The brand prides itself on using only the finest human-grade ingredients sourced from trusted suppliers. Each recipe is thoughtfully crafted to provide pets with balanced nutrition, ensuring their overall health and well-being. Kennel Kitchen offers a diverse range of products, including dry food, wet food, and treats, all made with love and care to meet the unique dietary needs of pets.

    Its formulations are free from artificial colors, flavors, and preservatives, making them a safe and healthy choice for pets. Recipes are rich in essential nutrients, promoting optimal health, digestion, and immunity in pets.

    10. Himalaya:

    Himalaya Pets, founded with a vision by M. Manal in 1930, has transcended generations to become a trusted name in pet care brands. With a legacy rooted in Ayurveda and natural wellness, the brand earned the loyalty of paw parents worldwide through its commitment to holistic pet health.

    Top 10 Pet Care Brands Dominating the $427 Bn Market

    Drawing inspiration from the Himalayan Mountains and ancient Ayurvedic principles, the brand formulates its products with natural ingredients known for their healing and rejuvenating properties. From herbal supplements to grooming essentials, Himalaya Pets offers a diverse range of solutions designed to promote the overall well-being of pets.

    Its formulations are free from harmful chemicals and additives, making them safe and gentle for pets' sensitive skin and delicate digestive systems. Its products address a wide range of pet needs, from promoting coat health and soothing skin irritations to supporting joint mobility and dental hygiene.


    Each firm on display demonstrates a dedication to improving the health and happiness of pets globally in the cutthroat pet care sector. Innovation and quality are at the forefront of the food business, from established giants like Royal Canin and Mars-owned Whiskas and Pedigree to up-and-coming brands like Heads Up for Tails and Kennel Kitchen.

    The following businesses manufacture products that specifically address the requirements of pets by giving priority to natural health concepts, nutritional competence, and scientific research. Pet owners have a wide range of alternatives, whether it's a breed-specific diet, natural ingredients, or customized services. Together, these firms contribute to the booming pet care market by building strong ties between pets and their owners, offering appropriate nourishment, and supporting general well-being.

    FAQs on Pet Care Brands:

    1. What factors are driving the growth of the pet care industry?

    The increasing commitment of "paw parents" to their pets' health and welfare, leading to significant expenditures in various areas of pet care, primarily food and treats, is driving the industry's growth.

    2. What percentage of pet care costs do food and treats account for?

    Food and treats account for a remarkable 75–80 percent of pet care costs, underscoring the crucial role of nutrition in pet parenting.

    3. How do top pet care brands distinguish themselves in the market?

    Top pet care brands differentiate themselves by consistently delivering high-quality products that cater to the diverse needs of pets and their owners, along with a commitment to enhancing pets' lives.

    4. What are some examples of products offered by these top pet care brands?

    Examples include premium pet food catering to specific dietary requirements and innovative treats promoting health and well-being.

    5. Why are these top pet care brands celebrated in the Indian market?

    These brands are celebrated for their innovative products and commitment to enhancing pets' lives, earning recognition for their quality and contribution to the pet care industry.


    Next Story
    Online Sales of Babycare Products in Tier II & III Cities Soar by 30 pc in FY24
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Online Sales of Babycare Products in Tier II & III Cities Soar by 30 pc in FY24

    The landscape of e-commerce in India is witnessing a significant transformation, particularly in Tier II and III cities, where the demand for babycare products is soaring. This surge is not just a fleeting trend but a reflection of deeper changes in consumer behavior and market dynamics. The order volumes for babycare products in FY24 saw a remarkable 30 percent increase compared to FY23 across these smaller cities.

    Rising Demand across Online Platforms

    Both marketplaces and brand-specific websites have experienced substantial growth in order volumes, with marketplaces recording a 34 percent year-on-year (YoY) increase and brand websites witnessing a 21 percent rise in FY24, according to data analyzed by Unicommerce. This dual-channel growth underscores the expanding reach of e-commerce and the growing preference among consumers for online shopping, driven by convenience and a wider range of choices.

    Popular Babycare Products Driving Growth

    A variety of babycare products have seen heightened demand in these regions. Essentials such as wet wipes, cotton nappies, and eco-friendly detergents are among the top-sellers, reflecting a shift towards more sustainable and health-conscious choices. Additionally, items like soft toys, mittens, rompers, bodysuits, feeding spoons, diapers, pants, tops, and vests are also flying off the virtual shelves, showcasing the diverse needs and preferences of consumers.

    This growth can be attributed to several factors, including increased awareness about such products, the ease of access provided by online platforms, and the innovative use of technology by brands to engage with their customers. The rising spirit of e-commerce in these smaller cities is transforming how parents shop for babycare essentials, making high-quality products more accessible than ever.

    Shift Towards Sustainable and Innovative Babycare

    The evolving consumer demands in Tier II and III cities are pushing brands to offer more eco-friendly, customized, and organic products. As parents become more conscious of the environmental impact and the quality of products used for their babies, brands are responding with sustainable alternatives. Leading babycare brands like Chicco, Superbottoms, Mi Arcus, R For Rabbit, and The Mom Store are at the forefront of this movement, providing products that cater to the modern parent's need for both safety and sustainability.

    READ MORE: Boom in Startup Investments: 44 pc of Investors Targeting Growth in Tier II & III Cities

    Future Prospects and Market Opportunities

    Kapil Makhija, MD & CEO of Unicommerce, highlights the strategic importance of these emerging markets. “E-commerce continues to make deep inroads into smaller cities, and consumers are relishing its presence across these parts now. We are seeing emerging categories like babycare witnessing growth through e-commerce. This presents an opportune gateway for traditional as well as newer brands to tap these markets. We are committed to supporting brands in rooting their establishments in these parts with our adaptable technology platform,” he stated.

    The expanding e-commerce footprint in Tier II and III cities signifies a promising future for brands willing to innovate and cater to the unique needs of these consumers. As technology continues to bridge the gap between urban and rural markets, the babycare segment is poised for sustained growth, driven by the rising demand for quality, sustainability, and convenience.


    Next Story
    Revolutionizing eCommerce Through Innovation & Excellence, GreenHonchos Wins Prestigious Digital Transformation of the Year Award
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Revolutionizing eCommerce Through Innovation & Excellence, GreenHonchos Wins Prestigious Digital Transformation of the Year Award

    In a remarkable testament to its unwavering commitment to technological advancement, digital commerce, and unparalleled service delivery, GreenHonchos has been awarded the coveted Digital Transformation of the Year Award 2024 at the recent IReC Forum organized by Indian Retailer in Bengaluru. 

    A Milestone in Digital Excellence

    The Digital Transformation of the Year Award is bestowed upon organizations that demonstrate exceptional innovation, strategic implementation of cutting-edge technologies, and a transformative impact on their industry. GreenHonchos has emerged as a paragon of these virtues, harnessing the power of composable commerce technology, new-age tenants of digital commerce, data analytics, and over a decade of experience in scaling 200+ global retail brands online. 

    "The credit for this award goes to all our brand partners who patiently navigate the realms of eCommerce with us every day through the fault lines, allowing us the scope to experiment and innovate. What we are today is the sum of all the learnings we have gained in interactions with industry patrons over the last decade of working with high-potential retail brands across categories.” - Navin Joshua (Founder & Director, GreenHonchos).

    Embracing Entrepreneurial Leadership 

    In the dynamic realm of eCommerce, the success of GreenHonchos is credited to its consumer-centricity and investment in its people to uphold its consultative and service orientation in the ecosystem.

    This belief has guided their strategies in attracting, hiring, and nurturing top-tier talents in the retail and eCommerce domain. By prioritizing skillsets and expertise in the market, they have assembled and nurtured a team of eComm experts who not only drive the company forward but also nurture the next generation of eCommerce innovators. These strategic decisions were more than just business moves; they were opportunities for a 200+ member team to become India’s leading eCommerce enabling workforce, enhancing their skills, and broadening their perspectives.

    “As a Great Place To Work Certified Organization, we always strive to harness the potential of the best of the People, Processes, and Technology to deliver results for our cohort of eRetail businesses. And our journey is far from over; we remain steadfast in our commitment towards problem-solving through the ever-evolving market dynamics pivoted by technology, and helping you gain a competitive advantage.” - added Navin.

    Looking Ahead to New-Retail Era

    The Digital Transformation of the Year Award serves as a monumental affirmation of GH’s commitment to lead the charge, driving transformative change and setting new benchmarks for the industry. HQ’ed in the national capital region with offices in Mumbai & Bengaluru, GH has also established a strong presence in GCC over the last year, operating from its global office in Dubai.

    In its pursuit of leveraging tech innovations, the agnostic nature of digital commerce, and its global presence, the company has recently started offering cross-border eCommerce enablement services to facilitate the global expansion of  Made in India retail businesses. 

    While India continues to grow as the global retail hub, its well-oiled and robust eComm enabling ecosystem is poised to play a pivotal role in helping the retail industry drive the next phase of growth by tapping into the growing demand of digital-native shoppers across the globe. 


    Next Story
    Best AC Brands in India: Top Picks to Cool Your Summer
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Best AC Brands in India: Top Picks to Cool Your Summer

    In a country like India, where summers can be brutally hot, an air conditioner (AC) is no longer a luxury but a necessity. Choosing the right AC can be daunting, given the myriads of brands available in the market. This comprehensive guide will help you navigate through the top 10 air conditioner brands in India, offering insights into their features, reliability, and overall value. Whether you're wondering which brand AC is best or looking for the best air conditioner company in India, this article has you covered.

    Best ACs in India for 2024 from the Top 10 Selling Brands

    Here's a list of the top air conditioners from the top 10 selling brands in India to assist you in making an informed choice.

    1. Carrier:

    Carrier consistently ranks among the top AC brands in India for its innovation, quality, and reliability. Hailed as one of the best AC companies in India, Carrier sets industry standards with cutting-edge technology. It secures a prominent position in the list of top 10 AC brands in India due to its extensive product range and availability. For discerning consumers seeking the best air conditioning solution, Carrier offers unmatched performance, comfort, and durability.

    Established in 1915 by Willis Carrier, leads the air conditioning industry with a century of expertise in heating, cooling, and refrigeration solutions. The best-selling Carrier Infinity 24ANB1, priced from Rs 50,000-1,50,000 depending on capacity and features, reflects the brand's commitment to innovation, sustainability, and quality.

    Carrier - Best AC Brands in India

    Key Features:

    Carrier air conditioners include smart networking options, quiet operation, sophisticated temperature control, and excellent energy economy. In order to provide dependable performance and better indoor air quality, they frequently include sturdy construction, superior air filtering systems, and environmentally friendly refrigerants.

    Pros and Cons:

    Industry-leading energy efficiency, advanced comfort technology, quiet and reliable performance, durable construction, and environmentally friendly design make this AC stand out, although it faces the drawbacks of premium pricing compared to standard models and the necessity for professional installation and maintenance.

    2. LG:

    A South Korean multinational has been renowned for consumer electronics and home appliances since 1958. LG air conditioners are available through authorized dealerships and showrooms, major e-commerce platforms like Amazon, Flipkart, and Tata CliQ, and retail chains such as Croma, Reliance Digital, and Vijay Sales. These channels offer home delivery, installation services, competitive pricing, and financing options. Exclusive deals and offers can also be found on the official LG website.

    In India, LG is known for durable, energy-efficient ACs. Its Dual Inverter Split AC, priced around Rs 35,000-55,000, is a popular choice for its advanced features and competitive pricing.

    Top 10 ac brands

    Key Features:

    The revolutionary cooling technologies, silent operation, smart connectivity features, and great energy efficiency set LG air conditioners apart. Along with multi-stage air filtration systems for better air quality and faster cooling, dual inverter compressors, and sleek, contemporary designs that complement any decor, these are common features.

    Pros and cons:

    Energy-efficient, quiet operation, and smart features characterize AC units, offering enhanced durability, but they come with the drawbacks of a higher initial cost and complex installation.

    3. Samsung:

    Samsung, a global leader in electronics, offers air conditioners catering to various needs with a focus on quality and innovation. Samsung air conditioners are available on major e-commerce platforms like Amazon, Flipkart, and the official Samsung online store, often featuring attractive discounts. They are also widely available in physical retail stores such as Croma, Reliance Digital, and Vijay Sales, offering hands-on experience and in-person consultations.

    An extensive network of authorized dealers and service centers ensures access to genuine products and after-sales support. Additionally, Samsung regularly engages in promotional campaigns with seasonal discounts, exchange offers, and easy EMI options to attract buyers. Its Wind-Free AR18TY3QBBU, priced around Rs 45,000, is a top seller known for innovative features, making it competitive in the premium segment.

    Top 10 ac brands

    Key Features:

    Samsung air conditioners stand out for their superior air purifying features, quick cooling speeds, smart connectivity via Wi-Fi and voice control, and digital inverter technology for energy savings. It also guarantees comfort and visual appeal with its sleek, contemporary designs, silent operation, and longevity.

    Pros and Cons:

    Innovative Wind-Free Technology, energy efficiency, smart connectivity, health benefits, and quiet operation make this AC appealing, though it comes with the drawbacks of a higher price point, installation costs, and maintenance requirements.

    4. Voltas:

    Voltas, a prominent Tata Group company, is a leading name in India's air conditioning sector, renowned for innovation, energy efficiency, and top-notch customer service since 1954. Volta’s air conditioners are easily accessible through numerous authorized dealers nationwide. They are available on leading e-commerce platforms like Amazon, Flipkart, and Tata CliQ for online shoppers.

    Exclusive Voltas brand stores offer a comprehensive range of products with hands-on customer service. Partnerships with major electronics retail chains like Croma, Reliance Digital, and Vijay Sales further enhance market reach. Its best-selling 1.5 Ton 3 Star Split Inverter AC, priced around Rs 35,000, offers a perfect blend of affordability, efficiency, and features, catering to diverse Indian climatic conditions with reliable cooling performance and advanced features.

    Top 10 ac brands

    Key Features:

    Precision temperature control, energy economy, sturdy construction, and cutting-edge cooling technology are all hallmarks of Volta’s air conditioners. To further provide increased comfort and better indoor air quality, it also provides digital connection, eco-friendly refrigerants, air purification systems, and silent operation.

    Pros and Cons:

    Energy efficiency, effective cooling, health benefits, and low maintenance make this AC desirable, although it comes with the drawbacks of initial cost and installation charges.

    5. Daikin:

    Daikin Industries, Ltd., a Japanese multinational, excels in air conditioning and refrigeration since 1924. Daikin products are available through a wide network of authorized dealers, ensuring genuine products and reliable after-sales service. It has a strong online presence on platforms like Amazon, Flipkart, and their official website. Exclusive brand outlets in major cities allow consumers to experience their products first-hand. Partnerships with retail chains like Croma, Reliance Digital, and Vijay Sales enhance reach and accessibility.

    Daikin offers robust customer support, including installation services, maintenance contracts, and a responsive helpline. Renowned globally for innovation and quality, it's a top 10 AC brand in India. The Daikin FTKF50TV, priced around Rs 45,000, is a best-seller, valued for its high performance, energy efficiency, and reliability, making Daikin a preferred choice in India.

    Top 10 ac brands

    Key Features:

    The primary features of Daikin air conditioners, which are known for their excellence, are their innovative inverter technology, quiet operation, intelligent climate management, and outstanding energy efficiency. Additionally, they provide strong air filtration systems, environmentally acceptable refrigerants, and intuitive digital connection, all of which contribute to maximum efficiency and improved comfort.

    Pros and Cons:

    High energy efficiency reducing electricity bills, powerful cooling performance, quiet operation ideal for bedrooms and offices, smart and user-friendly controls, and durable build quality make this AC appealing, yet it faces the drawbacks of a higher upfront cost compared to budget brands and limited availability of service centers in remote areas.

    6. Blue Star:

    Blue Star, a pioneering brand in air conditioning since 1943, leads India's HVAC industry with its commitment to quality and innovation.  Blue Star is consistently ranked among the best AC brands in India for reliable and energy-efficient solutions. Renowned for its innovative technology and superior quality, Blue Star is considered one of the premier AC companies in India. It secures a place among the top 10 AC brands in India, recognized for its extensive product range and customer-centric approach.

    For those seeking the best-in-class air conditioning experience, Blue Star is a top contender, offering excellent performance, efficiency, and reliability. Its best-selling 5-Star Inverter Split AC, priced around Rs 43,690, offers superior performance and energy efficiency, making it a premium yet value-for-money choice.

    Top 10 ac brands

    Key Features:

    The energy-efficient, cutting-edge cooling technologies, and sturdy construction of Blue Star air conditioners are well known. They come equipped with characteristics like high ambient cooling for harsh temperatures, anti-corrosive blue fins for longevity, precision cooling, and advanced air purification systems. Furthermore, a lot of models have smart connectivity, which offers convenient and smooth control.

    Pros and Cons:

    Superior energy efficiency leading to lower electricity bills, precise temperature control for enhanced comfort, eco-friendly design with sustainable refrigerants, and durability backed by Blue Star's legacy of quality make this AC a compelling choice, despite the premium pricing compared to non-inverter models and potentially higher initial investment offset by long-term savings.

    7. Panasonic:

    Panasonic consistently ranks among the best AC brands in India, known for its quality and innovation. As a leading global electronics company, Panasonic is a top contender in the Indian air conditioning market, trusted by millions. It frequently secures a position among the top 10 AC brands in India in various rankings and surveys. For consumers seeking reliability, performance, and innovation, Panasonic offers a comprehensive range of air conditioning solutions.

    Panasonic Corporation, a global electronics leader, is renowned for quality, innovation, and sustainability in air conditioning. The Panasonic Aero Series, starting at Rs 44,000, offers top-notch technology and design for unmatched comfort and efficiency, making it a customer favorite worldwide.

    Top 10 ac brands

    Key Features:

    Energy efficiency, cutting-edge air purification technology, silent operation, and intelligent networking choices are just a few of the remarkable features available in Panasonic air conditioners. In addition, they have unique designs that improve indoor air quality and comfort, long-lasting construction, accurate temperature management, and eco-friendly refrigerants.

    Pros and Cons:

    Exceptional cooling performance, energy-efficient operation, advanced air purification technology, quiet operation, and durable construction highlight this AC's appeal, although it faces the drawbacks of potentially higher initial costs compared to competitors and limited availability of certain models in specific regions.

    8. Godrej:

    Godrej is among the best AC brands in India, known for its commitment to quality and innovation. As a leading AC company, Godrej sets benchmarks for others to follow, with a rich legacy of trust and excellence. It consistently features among the top 10 AC brands in India due to its relentless pursuit of excellence. For those seeking the best AC brand in India, Godrej offers a perfect blend of performance, reliability, and affordability.

    Godrej, a trusted household name since 1897, excels in various consumer electronics, including air conditioners. Its best-selling model, the Godrej 5 Star Split AC GSC 18ITC5-WTA, starts at a competitive price of Rs 35,000 to Rs 40,000, reflecting the brand's commitment to quality and affordability.

    Top 10 ac brands

    Key Features:

    Key traits of Godrej air conditioners are eco-friendly refrigerants, quiet operation, smart inverter technology, and energy efficiency. In order to ensure the best cooling and convenience, they also provide sophisticated air purification systems, sturdy construction, and smart features like smartphone control and auto-restart.

    Pros and Cons:

    Excellent energy efficiency, superior cooling performance, durable build quality, value for money, and eco-friendly operation make this AC attractive, although it may entail installation charges and clearer warranty terms could be desired.

    9. Hitachi:

    Hitachi, a global conglomerate, is trusted for advanced air conditioning solutions in India. Hitachi consistently ranks among the top AC brands in India for its quality, performance, and innovation. As a leading AC company, Hitachi is known for its extensive product range and superior technology. It secures its position in the top 10 AC brands in India due to its strong brand presence and customer loyalty.

    Hitachi emerges as a preferred choice for consumers seeking the best air conditioning solution, backed by its stellar reputation and cutting-edge products. Its iConnect series, featuring the Hitachi iConnect 1.5 Ton 5 Star Split AC starting at Rs 37,500, prioritizes comfort, energy efficiency, and durability, making it a top choice in the market.

    Top 10 ac brands

    Key Features:

    High energy economy, strong cooling capability, whisper-quiet operation, and cutting-edge air purification technology are among the primary characteristics that set Hitachi air conditioners apart. In addition, they often come with sophisticated features like temperature-optimizing smart sensors, sleek and contemporary designs, and sturdy construction that guarantees comfort and long-term dependability.

    Pros and Cons:

    Exceptional cooling performance, energy-efficient operation, smart features for convenience, stylish design, and a trusted brand reputation make this AC appealing, yet the premium pricing and additional installation and maintenance costs may deter budget-conscious consumers.

    10. Whirlpool:

    Whirlpool, a global leader in home appliances, excels in air conditioning with its innovative designs and energy efficiency. It consistently ranks among India's top AC brands for its stellar reputation, extensive range, and customer satisfaction. As one of the best AC companies in India, Whirlpool sets benchmarks for quality and innovation.

    It secures a coveted spot among India's top 10 AC brands, focusing on superior products and customer service. For discerning consumers, Whirlpool is a top choice for its performance, efficiency, and innovation. The Whirlpool Magicool 3D Cool Inverter AC, starting at Rs 31,500, offers a perfect blend of performance and aesthetics, making it a top choice for households and businesses.

    Top 10 ac brands

    Key Features:

    The distinctive characteristics of Whirlpool air conditioners, such as the 6-sense IntelliComfort Technology for accurate temperature and humidity management, the Turbo Cool technology for quick cooling, and the 4-in-1 Filtration with HEPA filters for better air quality, set them apart. They stand out from other brands on the market thanks to their unique MPFI (Multi-Port Fluid Injection) technology, which guarantees effective cooling even in hot weather.

    Pros and Cons:

    Superior cooling performance, energy-efficient operation, smart features for enhanced convenience, sleek and modern design, and advanced filtration for clean and healthy air highlight this AC's appeal, although the initial investment might be higher compared to non-inverter models and there may be limited availability in certain regions.


    Finding the best AC brand in India involves considering various factors such as energy efficiency, cooling capacity, and budget. The top 10 air conditioner brands in India listed above offer a range of options to suit different needs and preferences. Whether you prioritize advanced technology, energy efficiency, or affordability, there's an AC brand that will meet your requirements.

    As the temperatures rise, investing in a reliable air conditioner from one of these top brands will ensure you stay cool and comfortable all summer long. Remember to compare different models and features to find the best air conditioner company in India that aligns with your specific needs.

    The top 5 FAQs:

    1. What are the key factors to consider when choosing an air conditioner?

    The key factors to consider include energy efficiency, cooling capacity, technology (such as inverter technology), air quality features, and budget.

    2. What are some popular air conditioner brands in India?

    Some of the popular air conditioner brands in India include LG, Samsung, Voltas, Daikin, Blue Star, Panasonic, Carrier, Godrej, Hitachi, and Whirlpool.

    3.  Where can I purchase air conditioners from these brands?

    Air conditioners from these brands are available through authorized dealerships, major e-commerce platforms like Amazon and Flipkart, as well as retail chains such as Croma, Reliance Digital, and Vijay Sales.

    4. What are some common features found in top-selling air conditioner models?

    Common features include inverter technology for energy efficiency, advanced air purification systems, smart connectivity for remote control, high cooling capacity, and durable build quality.

    5. How do I ensure proper maintenance and after-sales service for my air conditioner?

    It is recommended to purchase from authorized dealers to ensure genuine products and access to reliable after-sales service. Additionally, many brands offer installation services, and maintenance contracts, and have responsive helplines for customer support.


    Next Story
    15 Best-Selling Whiskies in India for 2024 | ABV%
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    15 Best-Selling Whiskies in India for 2024 | ABV%

    During the forecast period between 2024 and 2030, the size of India whiskey market is projected to grow at a CAGR of 4.61% reaching a value of $28.97 billion by 2030. The IWSR's report highlights substantial double-digit growth, partly influenced by the regularization of the Uttar Pradesh market, resulting in an 11% volume increase and indicating ongoing prospects for the Indian whisky market. Over the last decade, the average whisky price in India nearly doubled to $7.18 per litre, highlighting the market's appeal and early stages of premiumization, making it a promising arena for the growth and influence of premium and imported whiskeys in India.

    The top whisky brands in India hold a significant place in the lives of Indian consumers, symbolizing more than just a drink. Often associated with status and prestige. India's love affair with top whisky brands is nothing short of legendary. It has an impressive variety of top whisky brands in India and a price list that caters to every palate and budget. The Top Indian whisky brands market is a treasure trove waiting to be explored. From the smooth sophistication of single malts to the rich complexity of blended scotch whiskies, there's a perfect pour for everyone.

    Whether you're a seasoned connoisseur or just beginning your whisky journey. Here is an ultimate guide to the top 15 whisky brands in India that will tantalize your taste buds and elevate your spirits.

    Best Whisky Brands in India

    We've put together a list of the best-selling whisky brands in India, making it easier for you to choose the right one for your next purchase.

    1. Dewars

    One of the top whisky brands in India, Dewar's iconic 18-year-old drink is an excellent blended scotch, with a creamy finish, and a subtle smokiness that seems to roll off the tongue. In terms of pricing, Dewar's 18-Year-Old is positioned at the higher end of the market. For instance, a 1-litre bottle at Delhi Duty-Free is priced at Rs 9,790. Dewar Blended Scotch Whisky introduces the fourth iteration of Dewar's 19 Year Old - The Champion's Edition. Crafted to honour the enduring collaboration between Dewar and the U.S. Open Championship, this limited-edition whisky celebrates the 124th U.S

     Dewars- Best Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 40% ABV
    • Category: Blended Scotch whisky

    2. Black Dog Reserve

    Black Dog whisky holds a significant position in the Indian market, being the second-most-sold whisky brand in the country. Despite facing high taxes, its popularity has grown consistently, showing a 3% growth rate in the last few years post-COVID-19​. One of the best whisky in India with a stellar reputation and a remarkable taste, Black Dog Reserve is an aged and rare liquid with an unusually smooth blend of malt and grain whiskies from Scotland. The amber liquid carries a beautiful aroma of matured wood, and a pronounced rich malt taste, coupled with sherry sweetness making space in the top whisky brand in India.

    Black Dog Reserve - Best Selling Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 42.8% ABV
    • Category: Blended Scotch whisky

    3. Glenkinchie 12

    Glenkinchie 12-year-old is ranked among the top 15 whisky brands in India in the single malt Scotch whisky category. It features delightful notes of cereal, green apple, lemon, and sweet honey. If you prefer lighter drinks, this is one of the smoothest whiskies you can find. Distilled in the lowland region of Scotland, this refined single malt is perfect for enjoying as a pre-dinner drink. The premium pricing can be a barrier in a price-sensitive market like India. Additionally, limited availability in more general retail settings can restrict its reach to a wider audience.

    Glenkinchie 12 - Best Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 43% ABV
    • Category: Single Malt Scotch whisky

    4. Glenmorangie 10-Year Original

    An exceptional single malt scotch contributing to the best whisky brand list, hailing from the Glenmorangie Highland distillery in North Scotland, this one is an absolute value for money. It's a mature spirit capable of delighting even the most demanding of whisky enthusiasts, that's soft, mellow and immensely creamy to taste. It carries pleasant spicy notes, and the medium-bodied whisky is clean and well-balanced. At this price, it stands undefeated as a must-mention under the top 15 whisky brands in India.

    Glenmorangie 10-Year Original -Top Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 43% ABV
    • Category: Highland Single Malt Scotch whisky

    5. Glenfiddich 12

    Glenfiddich 12 is widely available in various retail outlets across major cities in India. It can be found in high-end liquor stores, duty-free shops at airports, and specialized online platforms that cater to premium spirits. It is not just one of the top whisky brands in India, but a best-selling name all over the world, Glenfiddich 12-year-old is immensely smooth, with a refreshingly sweet and fruity essence. This is one of those classic whisky brands in India you're likely to encounter the iconic green bottle of, at practically every bar you visit. 

    Glenfiddich 12 - Best Selling Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 40% ABV
    • Category: Single Malt Scotch whisky

    6. The Glenlivet

    Undoubtedly one of the most famous and Top Whisky Brands in India, The Glenlivet 12-year-old boasts a soft, smooth balance of sweet summer fruits and fresh floral notes. This is one of the most popular single malt whiskies across the world, and the Glenlivet distillery is famous for being the first officially licensed whisky distillery in Scotland, and thus in a way, starting it all. High import duties and state excise taxes significantly increase the cost of Glenlivet in India. These include bottling costs distributor and retailer margins. Fluctuations in the INR to GBP rate impact the cost of imported whiskies.

     The Glenlivet - Top Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 40% ABV
    • Category: Single Malt Scotch whisky

    7. Ballantine's 12-Year

    A beautiful blend of cherry-picked single malt and grain whiskies, Ballentine's is a rich, complex yet smooth-tasting whisky that's aged for 12 years making it a part of the top 15 whisky in India. Glenburgie single malt range, 12 Year Old, 15 Year Old and 18 Year Old, won Gold at the ISC. Defined by toffee, honey and creamy notes, you get this famous whisky in a traditional square bottle. In cities like Delhi, you can find it priced around Rs 3,600, while in Hyderabad, it might go up to Rs 4,670.

    Ballantine's 12-Year - Best Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 40% ABV
    • Category: Blended Scotch whisky

    8. Talisker 10

    Brimming with subtle red fruit flavours after being aged in American oak casks that previously contained port, Talisker 10 boasts of a sweet and peat palate with hints of rocky flavours setting up a spot in the list of best Whisky brands in India. It's a complex whisky that frequently gets pitted under the best whisky brands in India. Websites like The Whisky Shop and The Whisky Exchange ship to India, offering a convenient option for purchasing Talisker 10 and other premium whiskies, although availability and shipping times can vary.

    Talisker 10 -Top Selling Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 45.8% ABV
    • Category: Single Malt Scotch whisky

    9. Jack Daniel’s Old No.7

    Now, this is indisputably one of the top whisky brands in India, that doesn't need an introduction, right? Jack Daniel’s Old No. 7 is widely available in liquor stores across major cities in India, including Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, Chennai, and Kolkata. Several online platforms, such as Amazon India, BigBasket, and specialized liquor websites, offer Jack Daniel’s Old No. 7 for purchase. This provides convenience and accessibility for consumers across the country.  The iconic whisky brand has been awarded around 7 gold medals as an ode to its quality and distinct taste, packed with butterscotch notes and a long toasted oak finish.

    Jack Daniel’s Old No.7 - Top Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 40% ABV
    • Category: Tennessee Whisky

    10. Jim Beam Bourbon Black

    The fact that Jim Beam Black has been rated the No.1 bourbon in the world, bears testimony to why it deserves a spot in this list of the top 15 whisky brands in India. India’s regulatory environment and high taxes on imported alcohol can impact the availability and pricing of Jim Beam Bourbon Black. Limited availability in certain regions and occasional supply chain disruptions can affect the product’s accessibility.

    Jim Beam Bourbon Black -Top Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 40% ABV
    • Category: Bourbon Whisky

    11. Monkey Shoulder

    Monkey Shoulder is an iconic mix of different single malt whiskies from three of the finest Speyside distilleries, namely Kininvie, Balvenie, and Glenfiddich, married together to produce a rich flavour and smooth consistency. One of The Best Whisky brands in India, Monkey Shoulder bridges the gap between fun and premium whiskies effortlessly, and the amusing name has a history of its own. The growing middle class in India, with increasing disposable incomes and a penchant for premium products, presents a significant opportunity for Monkey Shoulder.

    Monkey Shoulder -Best Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 40 to 43 % ABV
    • Category: Blended Malt Scotch whisky

    12. Amrut Fusion Single Malt Whisky

    Manufactured by Bengaluru's Amrut Distilleries with locally grown barley from North-West India, this liquor was the first-ever single malt added to the top 15 whisky brands in India. In 2010 Amrut was listed as the world's third finest whisky by none other than whisky connoisseur Jim Murray in his renowned Whisky Bible. The international acclaim and awards won by Amrut Fusion help in boosting its domestic sales and brand image, attracting new consumers.

     Amrut Fusion Single Malt Whisky -Top  Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 50% ABV
    • Category: Indian Single Malt Whisky

    13. Chivas Regal 12 Years

    Crafted from a unique blend of the finest malt and grain whiskies, each matured for a minimum period of 12 years, Chivas Regal is an iconic top whisky brand in India that's continually touted amongst the best whiskies in India. It carries a rich and fruity taste with generous flavours, and luxurious notes of honey, vanilla and ripe apple. The price of Chivas Regal 12 Years in India typically ranges from Rs 3,500 to Rs 5,000 per 750ml bottle (approximately $48 to $68). 

    Chivas Regal 12 Years - Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 40% ABV
    • Category: Blended Scotch whisky

    14. Jameson

    This one-of-a-kind whisky deserves a spot in every list of The Best Whisky Brands in India, owing to its world-famous Irish blend alone. This crisp whisky comes with a beautiful golden honey hue, along with a smooth and quality taste, triple distilled to perfection. The 18-year-old received a series of gold and double gold medals at the San Francisco World Spirits Competition between 2005 and 2010. The brand employs a mix of traditional advertising, digital marketing, and social media engagement. Jameson also sponsors events, hosts tasting sessions, and collaborates with bars and restaurants to enhance its visibility and consumer engagement.

     Jameson -Top Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 40% ABV
    • Category: Irish Whisky

    15. Johnnie Walker Red Label

    One of the most popular and top whisky brands in India, this is a name every whisky enthusiast in the country is well-familiar with. Of all the variants produced by Johnnie Walker, the red label is by far the most affordable quality scotch one can get their hands on. Being one of the top whisky brands in India has six gold medals at the Le Monde Selection competitions and three double gold medals awarded by the jurors of the San Francisco World Spirit Competition. Its wide availability in both physical stores and online platforms, coupled with effective marketing strategies and a robust brand image, ensures its continued popularity among Indian consumers. 

    Johnnie Walker Red Label - Best Whisky Brands in India

    Key Features:

    • Alcohol Volume Percentage: 40% ABV
    • Category: Blended Scotch whisky

    Final Words

    India's whisky market is a captivating blend of tradition and innovation, mirroring the country's rich cultural tapestry. From the legendary Dewar's 18, celebrated for its creamy finish and subtle smokiness, to the exotic and robust Talisker 10, each of India's top 15 best-selling whisky offers a unique narrative of craftsmanship and heritage. These whisky brands in India are more than just beverages; they are a testament to our country’s evolving palate and burgeoning appreciation for fine spirits. With its iconic status and butterscotch notes, the globally acclaimed Jack Daniel's Old No.7 stands alongside local marvels like Amrut Fusion Single Malt, a pioneer in Indian single malts known for its complex flavors and international acclaim.

    FAQs on Top Whisky Brands in India

    1. What is the target market for whisky?
    The target market for whisky includes adults who enjoy spirits, typically ranging from young professionals to older adults.

    2. Which brand of whisky is famous in India?
    Royal Stag is a famous whisky brand in India.

    3. Which whiskey has the highest alcohol content in India?
    Amrut Fusion has one of the highest alcohol contents among Indian whiskies, around 50% ABV.

    4. Which is the largest market for whisky?
    The United States is the largest market for whisky, with India being a significant and fast-growing market.

    5. Who invented whisky in India?
    Whisky was introduced to India during British colonial times, with the first distillery set up in the 1820s.

    6. What whiskey has no smell?
    Most whiskies have a distinct aroma; it's rare to find one without any smell.


    Next Story
    The Evolution of Retail: Embracing Omnichannel Strategies
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    The Evolution of Retail: Embracing Omnichannel Strategies

    In today’s rapidly evolving retail landscape, the traditional boundaries between online and offline shopping are increasingly blurred. This transformation is driven by the desire to meet consumer expectations of convenience, choice, and care. Key industry leaders shared their insights on navigating this new terrain at a recent IReC X D2C summit, shedding light on how they leverage technology and customer behavior trends to stay ahead.

    The Three Cs: Collection, Convenience, and Care

    Rajesh Jain, Managing Director and CEO of Lacoste India, emphasized the importance of the three Cs—Collection, Convenience, and Care—in driving customer engagement. Lacoste’s approach to collection involves offering a diverse range of merchandise that embodies the brand’s commitment to relaxed elegance and freedom of movement. These offerings are regularly updated, creating a dynamic shopping experience both online and offline.

    The Evolution of Retail: Embracing Omnichannel Strategies

    Convenience, according to Jain, is about making shopping a seamless leisure activity. Customers often explore products offline, register their preferences, and make purchases online at their convenience. This trend underscores the importance of an integrated shopping experience that allows customers to switch effortlessly between online and offline channels. Lacoste’s loyalty program, Club Lacoste, plays a crucial role in analyzing customer behavior, revealing that many customers are channel agnostic, purchasing across multiple platforms.

    Care for the environment is the third C, reflecting a growing consumer consciousness about sustainable practices. Millennials and Gen Z customers are particularly attuned to the origins and environmental impact of the products they buy, often willing to pay a premium for sustainably produced goods. This shift highlights the need for brands to prioritize eco-friendly practices to build lasting customer loyalty.

    Leveraging Technology for a Seamless Experience

    Technology is at the heart of modern retail strategies, as highlighted by the insights of Amitabh Suri, CEO of U.S. Polo Assn. India. Suri discussed the critical role technology plays in bridging the gap between online and offline shopping experiences. For U.S. Polo Assn., the challenge lies in creating engaging online content that compensates for the lack of sensory experiences available in physical stores. The goal is to make the online journey as captivating as possible through compelling visuals and interactive content.

    The Evolution of Retail: Embracing Omnichannel Strategies

    Suri also pointed out the importance of large, visually appealing physical stores. These spaces not only enhance the shopping experience but also tell the brand’s story, offering customers a reason to visit beyond just purchasing products. This approach aligns with the need for brands to create memorable experiences that go beyond mere transactions.

    Merging Online and Offline in High-Value Transactions

    Saurabh Jain, Co-Founder and CEO of Livspace India highlighted the unique challenges in the home interiors sector, where purchases are high-value, infrequent, and deeply personal. Livspace successfully marries online and offline components to provide a comprehensive customer journey. The digital platform serves as the starting point, offering inspiration and convenience, while physical experience centers provide the tactile interaction necessary for such significant investments.

    Saurabh Jain, Co-Founder and CEO of Livspace India

    This seamless transition between digital and physical touchpoints is crucial for maintaining customer engagement over the long purchase cycle, which can span several months. By understanding the strengths of each medium, Livspace ensures that customers receive the best of both worlds—online accessibility and offline reliability.

    Adapting to Omnichannel Marketing

    Anshuk Aggarwal, Co-Founder of Adyogi, discussed the evolution of omni-channel marketing and the integration of online and offline data to optimize advertising strategies. By utilizing tools like Meta’s conversions API and Google’s local inventory ads, brands can measure the impact of online ads on offline sales, allowing for more targeted and effective marketing campaigns. This integration not only improves return on ad spend (ROAS) but also ensures that marketing efforts are aligned with customer behavior across different regions and store locations.

    Anshuk Aggarwal, Co-Founder of Adyogi

    Aggarwal emphasized the importance of maintaining price parity across channels to ensure a consistent brand experience. This strategy avoids penalizing customers for choosing one shopping method over another and helps build trust and loyalty.

    READ MORE: How Retailers are Embracing Sustainability & Making a Difference This World Environment Day

    A Unified Retail Experience

    The insights shared by these industry leaders underscore the importance of a unified retail experience that leverages the strengths of both online and offline channels. By focusing on collection, convenience, and care, and by investing in the right technologies, brands can create seamless and engaging shopping experiences that meet the evolving expectations of today’s consumers.

    As the retail landscape continues to change, the ability to adapt and innovate will be key to success. Brands that can integrate their online and offline strategies effectively, while also addressing the growing demand for sustainability, will be well-positioned to thrive in this dynamic environment.


    Next Story
    Contribution of FMCG Sector in Rural Penetration and Market Reach
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Contribution of FMCG Sector in Rural Penetration and Market Reach

    Fast-moving consumer Goods are essential and everyday products, like Snacks (chips, cookies, candies), Beverages (soft drinks, juices, tea, coffee) and Packaged foods (cereals, pasta, instant noodles are specifically designed for high demand and frequent consumption. While urban markets have traditionally been the FMCG industry's focus, their growth potential is nearing saturation. This has spurred a strategic shift towards rural areas, where a burgeoning consumer base presents exciting opportunities. The rise of internet access, increasing disposable incomes, and evolving lifestyles in rural India are fueling demand for these goods. The rural markets contribute a significant 39 percent to the total sales of FMCG products, highlighting their immense potential.

    This shift has led companies to prioritize rural marketing strategies. Companies are now recognizing the unique needs and preferences of rural consumers.

    Let us understand the contribution of the FMCG sector to rural penetration.

    One of the key contributions of FMCG enterprises in rural penetration is the distribution network. Companies have developed extensive distribution networks that reach even the most remote villages. This enables them to supply their products to consumers in rural areas, where access to goods and services may be limited. By reaching these rural markets, Companies are able to tap into a vast consumer base and increase their market reach. 

    Another factor that contributes to the success is product affordability. The products are generally priced at a range that is affordable to the masses, including those in rural areas. This makes it easier for consumers in rural areas to purchase these products, thereby increasing sales and market penetration. 

    The FMCG sector also plays a significant role in creating employment opportunities in rural areas. By setting up manufacturing units, distribution centers, and retail outlets in rural locations, the companies provide job opportunities to local residents. This not only boosts economic development in rural areas but also improves the standard of living for the local population.

    Moreover, the sector contributes to the overall development of rural areas by supporting agriculture and allied sectors. Many FMCG companies source raw materials such as fruits, vegetables, and grains from farmers in rural areas. By partnering with local cooperatives and farmers, companies not only ensure a steady supply of quality raw materials but also support the livelihoods of farmers.

    India's rural market is also expanding rapidly due to a confluence of factors. Increased internet access in villages is exposing consumers to various goods and brands, shaping their preferences. Furthermore, rising incomes due to improved economic conditions are giving rural residents greater purchasing power. 

    Navigating a distinct set of challenges is necessary to fully realize the enormous potential of the rural market. Limited transportation networks and a lack of proper storage facilities, both public and private, create logistical hurdles for distributing products effectively in remote locations. Reaching these consumers also requires a cost-conscious approach. Packaging needs to be affordable, and marketing strategies must consider the limitations of traditional media. Seasonal variations in demand, often tied to agricultural income cycles, add another layer of complexity.

    Socio-economic factors like lower per capita income, unequal land ownership, and lower literacy rates further complicate reaching and engaging this audience. 

    By addressing these challenges companies can unlock the vast potential of this market and contribute significantly to rural development.

    In a nutshell, winning over the hearts and wallets of rural consumers requires a tailored approach from FMCG companies. Understanding their unique preferences, tastes, and spending habits is crucial for developing relevant products and marketing strategies. This not only benefits companies through market expansion, but also creates jobs, supports agriculture, and contributes to the overall development of rural India.

    Additionally, respecting the social dynamics and diverse needs within individual villages is essential. By striking a balance between national brand identity and local sensitivity, FMCG companies can build trust and foster long-term success in the rural market.


    Authored By

    Anand Nayak, Co-Founder, Chai Sutta Bar

    Anand Nayak, Co-Founder, Chai Sutta Bar


    Next Story
    Top 10 Shirt Brands in Indian Market
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Top 10 Shirt Brands in Indian Market

    Shirts are more than just garments; they are statements of style, personality, and sophistication. In India, where fashion is a vibrant tapestry of tradition and innovation, finding the perfect shirt can be both exhilarating and daunting. Whether you're a trendsetter, a corporate professional, or a casual connoisseur, the right shirt can elevate your look and boost your confidence. But with a plethora of brands trying for your attention, how do you choose the best?

    Fear not, we've curated a comprehensive list of the top 10 shirt brands in India for 2024, covering everything from classic elegance to contemporary flair. Join us as we explore the crests of craftsmanship, quality, and style, guiding you through the maze of options to find your perfect fit.

    1. John Players

    Established in 2002, John Players stands tall among the top shirt brands in India, celebrated for its diverse range of shirts and affordable price range. Known for its comfort and style, John Players' shirts cater to various body shapes and preferences.

    Top 10 Shirt Brands in India

    Why Choose John Players?

    With a range of regular and slim fits, John Players shirts offer comfort and style without compromising on quality. Whether it's a casual outing or a formal event, John Players ensures a satisfactory shopping experience for every fashion enthusiast. The brand offers a range of products, including Checked, Faded, Printed, Self-Design Solid, and Striped, starting at Rs 1500.

    Retail Landscape:

    John Players has a widespread retail presence across India, with standalone stores, department store tie-ups, and a strong online presence. It competes in the affordable fashion segment and focuses on catering to the youth market.

    2. Blackberrys

    Established in 1991, Blackberrys is among the best shirt brands in Indian clothing, primarily serving men. Known for its quality fabric and diverse styles, Blackberrys offers shirts suitable for all settings and occasions.

    Top 10 Shirt Brands in India

    Why Choose Blackberrys?

    With a wide range of fits including slim, trim, and comfortably fitted, Blackberrys shirts enhance individuality and style effortlessly. While slightly pricey, Blackberrys shirts are worth the investment, ensuring durability, comfort, and sophistication. The brand offers a range of products that are slender, trim, stylish, comfortably fitted, and priced as low as Rs 1500.

    Retail Landscape:

    Blackberrys has a strong retail presence in India with exclusive brand outlets, multi-brand outlets, and online sales channels. It competes in the mid-range segment and focuses on providing value for money.

    3. Louis Philippe

    Louis Philippe is synonymous with men's luxury clothing, offering a blend of tradition and modernity. Established in India in 1989, Louis Philippe has become a premier destination for formal and semi-formal menswear, renowned for its high-end shirts and sophisticated designs.

    Top 10 Shirt Brands in India

    Why Choose Louis Philippe?

    With a range of fits including classic fit, slim fit, and smart fit, Louis Philippe shirts exude style and sophistication for every occasion. Whether it's a traditional gathering or a contemporary event, Louis Philippe ensures impeccable craftsmanship and timeless elegance. The brand offers Checked, Dots, Graphic Print, Patterned, Print, Solid, Textured, and striped as a part of its product portfolio, starting from Rs 1200,

    Retail Landscape:

    Louis Philippe has an exclusive network of stores in prime locations across India, along with a presence in high-end department stores and online platforms. It competes in the premium segment of the market.

    4. Allen Solly

    Catering to both men and women, Allen Solly has carved a niche for itself since its inception in 1993. Known for its quality and design, Allen Solly offers a wide selection of shirts for various age categories, making it one of the top shirt brands in India.

    Top 10 Shirt Brands in India

    Why Choose Allen Solly?

    With a range of fits including custom fit, regular fit, and slim fit, Allen Solly caters to diverse body types and preferences. Whether it's a formal occasion or a casual outing, Allen Solly shirts exude timeless elegance and sartorial innovation. Starting from Rs 900, the brand offers a diverse product portfolio including Checked, Dots, Graphic Print, Patterned, Printed, Striped, Solid, Textured, and striped designs.

    Retail Landscape:

    Allen Solly has a significant retail footprint in India, with exclusive brand outlets, department store tie-ups, and a strong online presence. It competes in the mid to upper-mid-range segment.

    5. Peter England

    Peter England stands tall among trademarked shirt companies in India, offering a wide range of contemporary styles and consistent fits. Especially popular among young professionals, Peter England's modern and stylish formal attire has become synonymous with fashionable work wear.

    Top 10 Shirt Brands in India

    Why Choose Peter England?

    With a diverse range of fits including athletic, regular, and slim, Peter England bridges the gap between formal and casual wear seamlessly. Whether it's a business meeting or a casual outing, Peter England shirts ensure comfort, style, and affordability. The brand's product selection includes Checked, Printed, Dots, Graphic Print, Striped, Solid, Textured, and striped, starting at Rs 900.

    Retail Landscape:

    Peter England has a widespread retail presence across India, with standalone stores, department store tie-ups, and a strong online presence. It competes in the mass-market segment and targets price-conscious consumers.

    6. Indian Terrain

    Indian Terrain has emerged as a prominent player among top shirt brands, particularly popular with the younger demographic. Known for its trendy and hip designs. Indian Terrain offers a wide array of shirts, with a special focus on checked patterns. Additionally, the brand extends its expertise to formal wear, ensuring elegance and style for every occasion.

    Top 10 Shirt Brands in India

    Why Choose Indian Terrain?

    With a commitment to quality and durability, Indian Terrain shirts, crafted entirely from cotton, offer a unique blend of style and longevity. Whether you prefer a slim, normal, or contoured fit, Indian Terrain caters to diverse preferences, making it a go-to destination for fashion-forward individuals. Starting from a price point of Rs 850, the brand offers Checked, Printed, Jacquard, Solid, and striped shirts as a part of its product portfolio.

    Retail Landscape:

    Indian Terrain has a strong presence in India with its own exclusive stores, multi-brand outlets, and online sales channels. It competes in the mid-range segment of the market.

    7. Arrow

    Established in 1851, Arrow is India's first international apparel brand, known for its premium selection of men's casual shirts. With a diverse range of styles and patterns, Arrow caters to the discerning gentleman seeking excellence in fashion.

    Top 10 Shirt Brands in India

    Why Choose Arrow?

    With a range of fits including regular fit and slim fit, Arrow shirts offer versatility and elegance for every occasion. Whether it's a formal event or a casual outing, Arrow ensures impeccable craftsmanship and timeless style. In terms of products, the brand offers Checked, Solid, Striped, Patterned Weave, Printed, Self-Design, Heathered, Textured, Color Blocked, Dyed, and Fabric Decoration starting at Rs 799.

    Retail Landscape:

    Arrow has a significant presence in India through exclusive brand outlets, department store tie-ups, and online platforms. It competes in the mid to upper-mid-range segment.

    8. Park Avenue

    Owned by the Raymond Group, Park Avenue offers high-end workwear shirts for the meticulous professional. With a restrained color scheme and impeccable craftsmanship, Park Avenue shirts command attention and admiration.

    Top 10 Shirt Brands in India

    Why Choose Park Avenue?

    With a range of regular and slim fits, Park Avenue shirts exude sophistication and elegance for every season. Whether it's a formal meeting or a social gathering, Park Avenue ensures impeccable style and confidence. With prices starting at Rs 600, the brand's product line includes Checked, Solid, Striped, Geometric Print, Band Neck, Floral Print, Printed, and Tie-Dye.

    Retail Landscape:

    Park Avenue has an extensive retail network across India, including exclusive brand outlets, high-end department stores, and online platforms. It competes in the premium segment and is known for its luxury offerings.

    9. Roadster

    If you're looking for value-driven shirts, Roadster is the brand for you. Offering a vast selection of casual shirts for both men and women, Roadster enhances your style quotient with patterned, denim, checkered, and solid-colored shirts.

    Top 10 Shirt Brands in India

    Why Choose Roadster?

    With a range of slim and regular fits, Roadster shirts offer comfort and style at an affordable price range. Available exclusively on Myntra, Roadster shirts are perfect for everyday wear, adding a touch of flair to your wardrobe. The brand's product line includes Checked, Dots, Graphic Print, Patterned, Print, Solid, Textured, and Striped, with prices starting at Rs 500.

    Retail Landscape:

    Roadster has a significant online presence through e-commerce platforms and operates exclusive brand outlets in select cities. It competes in the fast-fashion segment and focuses on offering affordable yet stylish clothing options.

    10. Raymond

    Since its establishment in 1925, Raymond has been synonymous with custom shirts, offering excellent fit and unparalleled comfort. With a wide selection of shirts for both men and women, Raymond stands apart for its commitment to quality and innovation.

    Top 10 Shirt Brands in India

    Why Choose Raymond?

    Offering a wide range of fits including classic fit, contemporary fit, and modern fit, Raymond caters to diverse preferences and styles. Whether it's a formal affair or a casual outing, Raymond shirts ensure a perfect blend of style, comfort, and confidence. With prices starting at Rs 350, the brand's product line includes Barre, Checks, Butta Fabric, Corduroy, Houndstooth, Intarsia, Jacquard, Knitted, and Oxford.

    Retail Landscape:

    Raymond has a strong retail presence through its exclusive stores, multi-brand outlets, and online sales channels. It competes in the premium segment and is known for its suiting expertise.

    Market Overview:

    The apparel market in India is vast and diverse, with both domestic and international brands competing for consumer attention. With a rapidly growing middle class and increasing disposable incomes, the Indian apparel market has been experiencing steady growth over the years. Key factors influencing the market include changing fashion trends, increasing brand consciousness, and the rise of online shopping.

    Consumer Behavior:

    1. Brand Consciousness:

    Indian consumers are becoming increasingly brand conscious, seeking value, quality, and style from the brands they choose.

    1. Preference for Western Wear:

    There has been a shift in consumer preferences towards Western wear, especially among urban youth, influenced by globalization and changing lifestyles.

    1. Online Shopping:

    The rise of e-commerce platforms has transformed the way Indians shop for clothing, offering convenience, a wide range of choices, and attractive discounts.

    1. Value for Money:

     Consumers are looking for value-for-money propositions, seeking quality products at affordable prices.

    1. Influence of Celebrities and Influencers:

    Celebrity endorsements and influencer marketing play a significant role in shaping consumer preferences and purchasing decisions.


    In conclusion, the Indian market offers a plethora of options when it comes to shirt brands, each catering to diverse preferences, styles, and budgets. From established players like Raymond and Louis Philippe to emerging brands like Roadster and John Players, there's something for everyone. Whether you prioritize quality, design, or affordability, these top shirt brands in India ensure a delightful shopping experience, elevating your style and confidence with every wear.

    India's best shirt brands offer a remarkable variety that caters to all preferences and needs. Whether you seek the elegance of formal wear or the relaxed vibe of casual shirts, these brands have something for everyone. Embrace the finest in fashion with these top shirt brands in India and elevate your wardrobe with their timeless and stylish offerings. So, why settle for anything less? Embrace the epitome of style with these top-notch shirt brands and make a statement wherever you go.

    Top 5 FAQs:

    1. What makes these shirt brands stand out?

    These shirt brands stand out for their commitment to quality, diverse styles, and consistent fits, catering to the fashion needs of every individual.

    1. Are these brands suitable for both men and women?

    Yes, most of these brands offer a wide selection of shirts for both men and women, ensuring inclusivity and diversity in their collections.

    1. What is the price range of these shirt brands?

    The price range varies across brands, starting from as low as Rs 500 and going up to 1,500 and above, depending on the brand and the shirt's design.

    1. Do these brands offer different fits?

    Yes, these brands offer various fits, including slim, regular, custom, and bespoke, catering to different body types and style preferences.

    1. Where can I purchase these branded shirts?

    These branded shirts are available at exclusive brand outlets, multi-brand retail stores, and online platforms like Myntra and Amazon, providing convenience and accessibility to customers nationwide.


    Next Story
    Ten Key Insights for Building Strategic Partnerships in Retail Landscape
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Ten Key Insights for Building Strategic Partnerships in Retail Landscape

    In today's dynamic retail landscape, strategic collaborations between brands have emerged as a vital strategy for unlocking success. At the IREC X D2C 2024 Summit held in Bengaluru, industry experts convened to discuss the transformative power of partnerships in the retail sector. Here are ten key takeaways from the insightful panel discussion.

    1)Enhancing Competitiveness through Collaboration:

    Strategic collaborations empower brands to leverage each other's strengths, resources, and market reach, fostering innovation and enhancing competitiveness. By pooling resources and expertise, brands can navigate challenges more effectively and capitalize on emerging opportunities in the market.

    Deepak Chhabra, Managing Director, Timex Group India, said, “In today’s global village, one should focus on core strengths and seek partnerships that bring value. Especially in the competitive retail space, it’s crucial to tie up with the right partners who also bring a lot of value.”

    2)Focus on Core Strengths:

    Panelists emphasized the importance of brands focusing on their core strengths and seeking partnerships that complement their capabilities. This strategic approach enables brands to streamline their operations and allocate resources more efficiently, driving sustainable growth in the long run.

    Chhabra said, “Strategic partnerships are imperative for success. They help brands enter the market faster, extend their reach, and tap into the consumer bases of their partners.”

    3) Right Celebrity Collaborations for Brand Success:

    The panel discussed the nuances of celebrity-led brands, highlighting the significance of deep involvement and commitment from celebrities. Authenticity and alignment with the brand's values are crucial for establishing credibility and building trust with consumers, ultimately contributing to the brand's long-term success.

    Pallavi Barman, Chief Strategy Advisor, HRX said, “The biggest challenge is to understand the celebrity’s commitment to the brand in terms of availability, their involvement and understanding, among others. So the biggest thing that we have achieved at HRX is that the gentleman, Hrithik, is thoroughly involved with the brand and he has always been a key leader of the business.”

    4) Cross-Industry Alliances for Innovation:

    Cross-industry alliances offer brands an opportunity to explore new creative avenues and tap into diverse consumer segments. By collaborating with partners outside their traditional domain, brands can drive innovation, expand their market reach, and create unique value propositions for their customers.

    5) Licensing Collaboration for Amplification

    Licensing collaborations provide brands with the flexibility to extend their brand presence across various categories and geographies. Iconic characters like Chhota Bheem serve as valuable assets for licensing agreements, allowing brands to amplify their reach and engage with consumers in meaningful ways.

    Citing an example, Anvita Prasad, Associate Vice President, Green Gold Animation Pvt Ltd shared an exciting collaboration, "So Singapore Tourism wanted to attract Indian families to visit their country. We collaborated with them and created 10 to 12 mini cities with Chota Bheem and friends through storytelling. We were talking about the popular places of Singapore, shopping experiences, cuisine, etc.”

    6)Strategic Alliances Drive Market Penetration:

    Strategic alliances enable brands to penetrate new markets more efficiently by leveraging the local expertise and networks of their partners. Whether through joint ventures, distribution agreements, or co-marketing initiatives, collaborations facilitate market entry and accelerate growth in unfamiliar territories.

    7)Symbiotic Nature of Partnerships:

    Collaboration is not just a transactional exchange but a symbiotic relationship where both parties benefit mutually. By sharing resources, knowledge, and market insights, brands can strengthen their market position and create value for their stakeholders, including customers, shareholders, and employees.

    8)Customer-Centric Approach:

    Throughout the discussions, panelists reiterated the importance of maintaining a customer-centric approach in strategic collaborations. By prioritizing the needs and preferences of their target audience, brands can deliver personalized experiences and build lasting relationships with their customers.

    9) Value Creation for Stakeholders:

    Strategic collaborations should create value not only for the brands involved but also for their stakeholders, including customers, partners, and employees. By aligning their objectives and fostering a culture of collaboration, brands can maximize the benefits of their partnerships and drive sustainable value creation across the ecosystem.

    10) Continuous Adaptation and Learning:

    In the fast-paced retail industry, the ability to adapt and learn from collaborations is essential for long-term success. Brands must remain agile and open to experimentation, embracing feedback and insights gleaned from their partnerships to refine their strategies and stay ahead of the curve.

    Strategic collaborations represent a powerful tool for driving innovation, competitiveness, and growth in the retail sector. By fostering partnerships that are built on trust, mutual respect, and shared values, brands can unlock new opportunities, expand their market presence, and create lasting value for their stakeholders in an ever-evolving marketplace.


    Next Story
    Top 10 Luxury Watch Brands in India: How to Make the Right Choice
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Top 10 Luxury Watch Brands in India: How to Make the Right Choice

    Did you know that Sylvester Stallone, the legendary Hollywood action star, is actually auctioning off the 11th feature of his famous movie "Rocky"? And guess what's included in this exciting sale? The Patek Philippe Grandmaster Chime, valued at a staggering Rs 62 crore! This collection is a showcase of rare timepieces that have been carefully curated over the course of several decades.

    Luxury watches have come a long way from being mere timekeeping machines. They have evolved into symbols of artistry, social status, and incredible history. These killer accessories are not just about looking stylish; they represent a legacy of precision, innovation, and sheer elegance. In India, where culture is a vibrant fusion of all things amazing, luxury watches are wholeheartedly embraced as icons of style and heritage. Among the top watch brands in India, these timepieces epitomize elegance and sophistication. When you delve into the world of luxury watch brands in India, you'll discover a perfect blend of tradition and modernity that truly resonates with watch enthusiasts.

    The aim of this combination of system and user prompts is to enhance the assistant's ability to refine the text into a more natural, human-like version while remaining true to the original content's intent and factual accuracy.


    Top 10 Luxury Watch Brands in India: How to Make the Right Choice


    Top 10 Watch Brands in India

    Here are the 10 most-rated luxury watch brands in India:

    1. Rolex : Top Watch Brands in India

    When it comes to luxury watch brands in India, there's no match for Rolex. It's the epitome of style, success, and timeless elegance. Rolex has gone beyond being just a timekeeper and has become a symbol of status and sophistication. The Rolex Oyster Perpetual and Datejust models are more than just watches; they're heritage pieces that tell stories of achievement and refinement. Known for their impeccable quality and enduring designs, Rolex watches are the definition of luxury that lasts for generations.

    Here are some key details about Rolex:

    1. Established Year: 1905
    2. Founders: Hans Wilsdorf and Alfred Davis
    3. Headquarters: Geneva, Switzerland
    4. Products: They offer a range of luxury watches, including popular models like the Submariner, Daytona, and Explorer.
    5. Store Outlets in India: You can find authorized retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, and Chennai.
    6. Innovations: Rolex has been a pioneer in the industry, introducing the first waterproof wristwatch (Oyster), the first watch with an automatically changing date on the dial (Datejust), and the first wristwatch to show two time zones at once (GMT-Master).
    7. Awards and Recognition: Rolex is renowned for its precision, with many of their models certified as Superlative Chronometers.

    Each Rolex timepiece is crafted with utmost care, ensuring precision and durability. Whether you prefer the sporty Submariner or the elegant Day-Date, Rolex has a wide range of models to suit every taste. The brand's commitment to excellence is evident in their rigorous testing and use of top-notch materials. When you invest in a Rolex, you're not just getting a watch; you're acquiring a piece of history that will be cherished for years to come.

    2. Franck Muller : Best Watch Brands in India

    When it comes to luxury watch brands in India, Franck Muller is a name that really stands out for aficionados of exquisite timepieces. They're known for their innovative designs and intricate complications, which have earned them a special place in the world of high-end watches.

    Here are some key details about Franck Muller:

    1. Established Year: 1991
    2. Founder: Franck Muller and Vartan Sirmakes
    3. Headquarters: Genthod, Switzerland
    4. Products: They offer a range of top-tier luxury watches, including the iconic Crazy Hours, Vanguard, and Long Island collections.
    5. Store Outlets in India: You can find their watches at select luxury watch retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, and Bangalore.
    6. Innovations: Franck Muller is renowned for introducing unique complications like the Crazy Hours, which features a non-linear arrangement of the hour markers, and the Master Banker, designed specifically for international business travelers.
    7. Awards and Recognition: Their timepieces have gained widespread acclaim for their distinctive designs and mechanical sophistication.

    Franck Muller watches are more than just accessories; they're true masterpieces that seamlessly blend artistry with mechanical precision. The brand's unwavering commitment to excellence is evident in every meticulous detail and the use of only the finest materials. Not only are Franck Muller watches visually striking, but they also offer exceptional performance, making them the go-to choice for discerning watch enthusiasts in India. Whether you prefer the bold and striking Vanguard collection or the whimsical and unconventional Crazy Hours, Franck Muller watches are guaranteed to leave a lasting impression on both enthusiasts and collectors alike.

    3. Omega

    Omega stands out in the world of luxury watches with its rich heritage and association with precision timekeeping. Known for its role in space exploration and sports timing, Omega watches are a blend of innovation and timeless elegance.

    1. Established Year: 1848
    2. Founder: Louis Brandt
    3. Headquarters: Biel/Bienne, Switzerland
    4. Products: Luxury watches, including the iconic Speedmaster, Seamaster, and Constellation collections
    5. Store Outlets in India: Multiple authorized retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, and Chennai
    6. Innovations: First watch worn on the moon (Speedmaster), co-axial escapement technology, and official timekeeper of the Olympic Games
    7. Awards and Recognition: Known for precision, many models are certified as Master Chronometers, meeting rigorous standards set by the Swiss Federal Institute of Metrology (METAS)

    Omega watches are celebrated for their robust performance and elegant designs. The Speedmaster, famously known as the "Moonwatch," has been a part of all six lunar missions, while the Seamaster is renowned for its association with James Bond. Omega’s dedication to precision is evident in their stringent testing processes and use of innovative materials. For those seeking the top watch brands in India, Omega offers a perfect blend of history, technology, and style. Whether you're exploring the depths of the ocean with a Seamaster or timing a race with a Speedmaster, Omega watches are among the top 10 watch brands in India built to perform and impress.

    4. Breguet

    Breguet is a distinguished name in the world of horology, known for its rich history and remarkable precision. As one of the oldest and most prestigious watchmakers, Breguet has been a symbol of innovation and excellence since its founding.

    1. Established Year: 1775
    2. Founder: Abraham-Louis Breguet
    3. Headquarters: L'Abbaye, Switzerland
    4. Products: Luxury watches, including the Classique, Marine, Tradition, and Reine de Naples collections
    5. Store Outlets in India: Available at select high-end retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, and Bangalore
    6. Innovations: Inventor of the tourbillon, Breguet hands, and the first wristwatch
    7. Awards and Recognition: Known for its technical advancements and elegant designs

    Breguet watches are more than just timepieces; they are masterpieces that reflect over two centuries of expertise. Each watch is made with meticulous attention to detail, featuring detailed dials, fine engravings, and complex mechanisms that showcase the brand's dedication to quality. For those seeking the best watch brands in India, Breguet stands out with its blend of tradition and technology.

    Whether you prefer classic designs or contemporary innovations, Breguet offers a diverse range of models to suit various tastes. From the refined Classique collection to the maritime-inspired Marine series, Breguet's watches are a testament to the brand's enduring legacy. Among watch brands in India, Breguet holds a distinguished place, offering pieces that are both sophisticated and historically significant.

    5. Tag Heuer

    TAG Heuer is a prominent name among the best watch brands in India, known for its sporty designs and precision engineering. Renowned for its association with motorsports and high-performance timekeeping, TAG Heuer has made a significant mark in the world of horology. When it comes to luxury watch brands in India, TAG Heuer stands out with its blend of innovation and style, making it a favorite among enthusiasts. Among the various watch brands in India, TAG Heuer offers a diverse range of models that cater to different tastes and preferences.

    1. Established Year: 1860
    2. Founder: Edouard Heuer
    3. Headquarters: La Chaux-de-Fonds, Switzerland
    4. Products: Luxury watches, including the Carrera, Monaco, and Aquaracer collections
    5. Store Outlets in India: Available at multiple authorized retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, and Chennai
    6. Innovations: Introduced the first oscillating pinion for chronographs, the Monaco, which was the first square water-resistant watch, and the Mikrograph, capable of measuring 1/100th of a second
    7. Awards and Recognition: Celebrated for its contributions to sports timing and precision engineering

    TAG Heuer watches are known for their robust performance and contemporary designs. The Carrera collection, inspired by the world of racing, offers a blend of style and functionality, making it a favorite among enthusiasts. The Monaco, with its distinctive square case, has become an icon of modern watch design. The Aquaracer series is tailored for those who seek adventure, offering water resistance and durability.

    For those seeking the best watch brands in India, TAG Heuer provides a perfect blend of innovation and elegance. Each timepiece reflects the brand’s commitment to precision and quality. TAG Heuer's watches are not just accessories but reliable companions that enhance both style and performance. Among watch brands in India, TAG Heuer is a preferred choice for those who value heritage and cutting-edge technology.

    6. Hublot : Best Watch Brands in India

    Hublot is definitely one of the coolest watch brands in India. They're known for their badass designs and innovative use of materials. As a top luxury watch brand in India, Hublot has built a reputation for fusing traditional Swiss watchmaking with a modern twist. When it comes to watch brands in India, Hublot offers a killer combo of craftsmanship and cutting-edge technology that really appeals to all the watch enthusiasts out there.

    Let's get down to the facts:

    1. Established Year: 1980
    2. Founder: Carlo Crocco
    3. Headquarters: Nyon, Switzerland
    4. Products: They've got a whole range of luxury watches, including the iconic Big Bang, the classy Classic Fusion, and the bold Spirit of Big Bang collections.
    5. Where to Find Them: You can get your hands on Hublot watches at authorized retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, and Chennai.
    6. Innovations: These guys have pioneered the "Art of Fusion" concept, which means they mix materials like gold and rubber to create some seriously cool watches. They even came up with the first scratch-resistant 18K gold, known as Magic Gold!
    7. Awards and Recognition: Hublot has been praised for their innovative designs and their use of fancy materials.

    Now let's talk about the watches themselves. Hublot timepieces are all about style and cutting-edge technology. The Big Bang collection is a total showstopper, with its bold and dynamic design that really captures the brand's innovative spirit. On the other hand, the Classic Fusion line is all about understated elegance. They take traditional watchmaking techniques and give them a modern twist with some seriously cool materials. And let's not forget about the Spirit of Big Bang series, which stands out with its unique barrel-shaped case and intricate details.

    If you're on the hunt for the best watch brands in India, Hublot is definitely a name to remember. They bring together innovation, luxury, and style in the most perfect way. Each Hublot watch is a true testament to their commitment to quality and creativity. Whether you're into the bold and badass vibes of the Big Bang or the refined elegance of the Classic Fusion, Hublot watches are made to make a statement. When it comes to watch brands in India, Hublot is the top choice for those who appreciate a blend of heritage and contemporary flair. So go ahead, rock that wrist bling with confidence!

    7. Breitling : Top Watch Brands in India

    Breitling is all about adventure and precision, which is why it's a favorite among aviators and explorers. As one of the top watch brands in India, Breitling is known for its tough and functional designs that cater to professionals and enthusiasts alike. When it comes to watch brands in India, Breitling really stands out because they're all about creating timepieces that are both stylish and super practical.

    Here are some key details about Breitling:

    1. Established Year: 1884
    2. Founder: Léon Breitling
    3. Headquarters: Grenchen, Switzerland
    4. Products: They make luxury watches, including the awesome Navitimer, Chronomat, and Superocean collections
    5. Store Outlets in India: You can find them at lots of authorized retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, and Chennai
    6. Innovations: Breitling is the genius behind the first chronograph pushers, they even made a watch with a distress beacon, and they pioneered the slide rule bezel
    7. Awards and Recognition: People love Breitling for being super precise and durable, especially professionals in aviation and diving

    Let's talk about the Navitimer series for a sec. These watches are a nod to Breitling's aviation roots and have that cool slide rule bezel. They're not just watches, they're like precision instruments that can track time as accurately as an experienced pilot. It really shows how committed Breitling is to being excellent and reliable. The Chronomat series is a great mix of toughness and sophistication, while the Superocean line is perfect for deep-sea adventurers. So basically, no matter what you're into, Breitling has got you covered.

    If you're on the lookout for the best watch brands in India, you can't go wrong with Breitling. They've got innovation, durability, and style all rolled into one. Each Breitling watch is made to the highest quality standards, so you know it's gonna perform flawlessly in any situation. Whether you're a pilot, a diver, or just someone who appreciates a finely crafted timepiece, Breitling definitely stands out among watch brands in India as the top choice. They've got a rich heritage and their performance is second to none.

    8. Chopard

    Chopard stands out not only for its exquisite watches but also for its commitment to ethical craftsmanship. As one of the best watch brands in India, Chopard is renowned for its luxurious designs and sustainable practices. Among watch brands in India, Chopard offers a unique blend of elegance and responsibility, making it a top choice for discerning buyers.

    1. Established Year: 1860
    2. Founder: Louis-Ulysse Chopard
    3. Headquarters: Geneva, Switzerland
    4. Products: Luxury watches, including the L.U.C., Happy Diamonds, and Mille Miglia collections
    5. Store Outlets in India: Available at select high-end retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, and Bangalore
    6. Innovations: Use of fair-mined gold in the L.U.C. line, introduction of the Happy Diamonds collection with free-moving diamonds, and advanced in-house movements
    7. Awards and Recognition: Celebrated for its contributions to ethical luxury and its innovative designs

    The Chopard L.U.C. line, crafted from fair-mined gold, represents the brand’s dedication to sustainability without compromising on elegance. This collection embodies Chopard's commitment to responsible luxury, appealing to those who seek to balance sophistication with ethical values. The Happy Diamonds series is another iconic collection, featuring free-moving diamonds that create a playful and luxurious aesthetic.

    A Chopard watch is a statement of moral sophistication, appealing to those who seek to balance luxury with responsibility. For those looking for luxury watch brands in India, Chopard offers timepieces that are not only beautifully designed but also crafted with a conscience. Each watch reflects the brand's dedication to quality, innovation, and ethical practices. Among watch brands in India, Chopard stands out for its unique combination of style, history, and sustainability, making it a preferred choice for those who value both elegance and ethical production.

    9. Longines

    With a heritage dating back to the 19th century, Longines continues to captivate watch enthusiasts with its timeless designs. From the athletic sophistication of the HydroConquest to the classic elegance of the Master Collection, Longines offers a range of styles to suit different preferences. A Longines watch is a graceful blend of tradition and modernity, making it a timeless accessory that transcends trends.

    10. Bell & Ross

    Founded by a team of designers and aviation experts, Bell & Ross creates watches that are both functional instruments and works of art. The brand’s iconic square-cased models are inspired by aviation control panels, making them popular among those who appreciate precision and style. A Bell & Ross watch is for the adventurous and the discerning, embodying a dedication to accuracy and a flair for design.

    Top 10 Luxury Watch Brands in India: How to Make the Right Choice

    Ways to Choose Right Watch Brand?

    Choosing the right luxury watch brand in India involves considering various factors such as personal style, functionality, and the brand’s heritage. Here are some tips to help you make the right choice:

    Understand Your Style

    Luxury watches come in various styles, from classic and elegant to sporty and modern. Determine your personal style and choose a brand that complements it. For instance, if you prefer timeless elegance, brands like Rolex and Breguet might be ideal. If you lean towards a modern and bold aesthetic, Hublot and Bell & Ross could be more suitable.

    Consider the Functionality

    Different watch brands offer various functionalities tailored to specific needs. If you are an adventurer or sports enthusiast, brands like Tag Heuer and Breitling, known for their precision and durability, would be excellent choices. For those who prioritize ethical craftsmanship, Chopard offers luxurious timepieces with a commitment to sustainability.

    Brand Heritage and Reputation

    A watch is not just a timekeeping device; it is a statement of identity and prestige. Consider the heritage and reputation of the brand. Rolex, for instance, is renowned for its legacy of excellence and is often associated with success and sophistication. Omega’s association with space exploration adds a layer of historical significance to its timepieces.

    Budget Considerations

    Luxury watches come with varying price tags. Establish your budget and explore brands that offer the best value within your range. While some brands like Rolex and Omega are known for their high-end luxury, others like Longines provide a balance of elegance and affordability.

    Visit Authorized Retailers

    To ensure the authenticity and quality of your purchase, always buy from authorized retailers. Visiting a showroom allows you to experience the watch firsthand, understand its features, and make an informed decision. In Mumbai, Time Avenue is a premier destination for luxury watches, offering an extensive collection of top-tier brands like Rolex, Omega, and Hublot.


    Properly cared for, a luxury watch will last for several decades (or longer). Check out any of the major watch auctions (Phillips, Christie’s, etc.) and you will find ready evidence of this. Worn regularly over years or decades, a watch becomes intimately associated with its owner. A luxury watch’s ability to stand the test of time means it can be passed down to future generations. It can serve as a meaningful heirloom, rite of passage or long-lasting memento.

    FAQ’s on Luxury Watch Brands in India

    1. What are the best luxury watch brands available in India?

    Many luxury watch brands are available in India, including Rolex, Omega, TAG Heuer, Patek Philippe, Audemars Piguet, and more. The choice often depends on personal taste, budget, and desired features.

    1. Where can I buy authentic luxury watches in India?

    Authorized dealers and boutiques of luxury watch brands are the best places to buy authentic watches. Some well-known retailers in India include Ethos Watches, Kapoor Watch Co., and The Prime - Luxury Watch Boutique.

    1. What is the price range for luxury watches in India?

    Luxury watches in India can range widely in price depending on the brand, model, and materials used. Entry-level luxury watches might start around Rs 1 lakh, while high-end models can go up to several crore.

    1. Do luxury watches come with international warranties in India?

    Yes, most luxury watch brands provide international warranties that are valid in India. It's essential to purchase from authorized dealers to ensure your warranty is honoured.

    1. Are luxury watches a good investment in India?

    Luxury watches can be a good investment as they often retain or appreciate in value over time, particularly limited-edition models or those from prestigious brands. However, it's essential to research and buy wisely to ensure a return on investment.


    Best watch brands in India are more than just timepieces; they are symbols of craftsmanship, heritage, and personal style. The market offers a diverse range of brands and models to suit different tastes and budgets, from classic designs to avant-garde complications. Purchasing a luxury watch is not just a transaction but an investment in a piece of artistry and history. It's a decision that reflects an appreciation for quality and an understanding of the value of time.

    As the luxury watch market in India continues to evolve, consumers can expect to see more innovation, exclusivity, and personalized service from brands and retailers. Whether as a personal indulgence or an investment opportunity, luxury watches remain a timeless choice for discerning individuals in India who appreciate the finer things in life.


    Next Story
    How Retailers are Embracing Sustainability & Making a Difference This World Environment Day
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How Retailers are Embracing Sustainability & Making a Difference This World Environment Day

    In celebration of World Environment Day, a spotlight shines on several leading brands that are showcasing their commitment to sustainability and environmental stewardship. From eco-friendly practices to innovative programs, these retailers are making significant strides towards a greener, more sustainable future, proving that businesses can thrive while prioritizing the planet.

    VAHDAM India, a prominent global wellness brand renowned for its premium teas and spices, has made remarkable progress in its environmental, social, and governance (ESG) goals. In its recently released annual Impact Report, the brand highlights several key achievements that underscore its dedication to sustainability. One of the most notable accomplishments is the brand’s recognition as a B Corp-certified company. This globally trusted certification signifies that VAHDAM India meets high standards of social and environmental performance, accountability, and transparency. This certification places the brand among the leaders in the global movement for an inclusive, equitable, and regenerative economy.

    How Retailers are Embracing Sustainability & Making a Difference This World Environment Day

    Bala Sarda, the Founder & CEO of VAHDAM India, emphasized the company's ethos of "DO GOOD BY DOING GOOD," aiming to create a sustainable impact on both people and the planet. This philosophy is reflected in the brand’s ongoing efforts to maintain its status as a Certified Plastic Neutral and Climate Neutral brand. For four consecutive years, the brand has achieved net-zero plastic and carbon footprints.

    “In the financial year 2023-24 alone, we have reduced our carbon footprint by an impressive 15.39 percent and plastic footprint by 24.68 percent compared to the previous year,” said Sarda.

    VAHDAM India’s innovations extend to its packaging solutions. The company has made a significant shift to eco-friendly materials, with its pyramid tea bags now made from 100 percent non-GMO cornstarch (PLA). This material industrially decomposes within four days and home-composts within 22-44 months, providing an environmentally sustainable alternative to traditional plastic tea bags.

    Beyond environmental initiatives, VAHDAM India is also dedicated to social impact through its flagship CSR program, TEACH ME. Since its launch in 2018, the program has directed a minimum of 1 percent of the company’s revenue towards the education of its farmers' children. This initiative has already impacted over 13,500 children across more than 70 locations, establishing 40+ Digital Learning Centres (DLC) throughout India. The company aims to expand this initiative further, with plans to add 100 more DLCs and reach an additional 32,000 children in the coming year.

    Mia by Tanishq, another leader in sustainable practices, is reaffirming its commitment to the environment with its #GoldForGood campaign. This initiative encompasses several impactful actions aimed at fostering a greener planet. One of the standout programs is a special tree plantation drive, wherein Mia will plant a tree for every purchase made at a Mia store during the month of June. This effort is part of the "Trees for Villagers" program in Fatehabad, Haryana, aligning with the World Environment Day theme of "Only One Earth." By contributing to this program, Mia not only emphasizes the importance of preserving the planet for future generations but also creates a tangible positive environmental impact with each customer purchase.

    How Retailers are Embracing Sustainability & Making a Difference This World Environment Day

    Mia by Tanishq also prioritizes sustainability across its value chain, from stores to manufacturing processes. Most of Mia's jewelry is crafted from recycled gold, significantly reducing the environmental impact associated with mining fresh gold. This practice not only conserves natural resources but also promotes responsible sourcing and sustainable production methods. The brand’s comprehensive 4-P framework—People, Place, Process & Planet—ensures rigorous sustainability standards across its operations, reflecting its dedication to creating beautiful jewelry pieces that honor the planet.

    Shyamala Ramanan, Business Head of Mia by Tanishq, highlighted the brand’s mission, stating, "Our #GoldForGood initiatives reflect our dedication to sustainability, ensuring that our customers can make a positive impact with every purchase. At Mia, we believe that style and sustainability can go hand in hand, and we are dedicated to making a positive difference in the world."

    Snitch, a leading men's fashion brand, is also making waves in the sustainability sphere with its innovative approach to sustainable fashion. The brand recently integrated Relove, a platform dedicated to promoting sustainable fashion by allowing customers to purchase authenticated preloved Snitch items at significant discounts and sell their own preloved Snitch products. This integration offers customers a seamless and user-friendly experience, enabling them to browse, sell, and purchase preloved items directly from the Snitch website.

    How Retailers are Embracing Sustainability & Making a Difference This World Environment Day

    The Relove initiative aligns with broader environmental conservation objectives by actively contributing to waste reduction. By keeping products in circulation and out of landfills, Snitch addresses the fashion industry’s substantial carbon footprint, which accounts for approximately 10 percent of global emissions. Through the resale of each garment, Snitch helps save six times its weight in CO2, significantly reducing the fashion industry’s environmental impact. Moreover, this initiative empowers customers to retain cherished pieces while finding new homes for those they no longer wear, fostering a more sustainable and mindful approach to consumption.

    Siddharth Dungarwal, Founder and CEO of Snitch, expressed the brand's commitment to sustainable fashion, stating, "The integration of Relove epitomizes our steadfast commitment to sustainable fashion. We believe in offering our customers stylish, high-quality clothing and the opportunity to make eco-conscious choices. By integrating Relove, we empower our customers to contribute to a more sustainable future. This initiative allows them to enjoy their favorite Snitch styles while supporting environmental conservation."

    In the beauty industry, brands like Kylie Cosmetics and Anastasia Beverly Hills are leading the charge with their ethical and sustainable practices. Kylie Cosmetics, inspired by Kylie Jenner’s passion for makeup and business, has been a trailblazer since its launch in 2015. The brand’s products are cruelty-free, vegan, gluten-free, and free from parabens and sulfates, ensuring that beauty enthusiasts can enjoy high-quality products without compromising on their values. In 2021, Kylie Cosmetics relaunched as a clean and vegan brand, making its products globally available through select brick-and-mortar retailers and its direct-to-consumer website.

    How Retailers are Embracing Sustainability & Making a Difference This World Environment Day

    Anastasia Beverly Hills (ABH) is equally dedicated to ethical beauty. The brand has always been committed to cruelty-free product formulation, testing, and development, ensuring that no product is manufactured at the expense of animal testing. ABH also offers a wide range of vegan beauty products, providing responsible beauty choices across various categories including face, brow, eyes, and lips.

    In the skincare sector, brands like O3+ Professional and INNISFREE are making significant contributions to sustainability. O3+ Professional adheres to the 3R’s theory of Reduce, Reuse, and Recycle, using recycled materials for all its packaging. This initiative aims to help create a plastic-free world, demonstrating the brand’s commitment to environmental stewardship.

    How Retailers are Embracing Sustainability & Making a Difference This World Environment Day

    INNISFREE, inspired by Korea’s pristine Jeju Island, incorporates natural ingredients such as green tea, volcanic ash, orchids, and tangerines into its products. The brand prioritizes eco-friendly packaging and responsible production processes, using FSC-certified packaging paper and boxes instead of plastic. INNISFREE’s dedication to sustainability is further exemplified by its development of refillable product options and its commitment to minimizing environmental impact.

    READ MORE: The Rise of Sustainable Fashion: Innovations Shaping the Future of Textile Industry

    These retailers demonstrate that sustainability and responsible practices are not just possible but integral to modern business operations. By embracing eco-friendly initiatives, from tree plantations and recycled materials to circular economies and clean beauty, these brands are paving the way for a more sustainable future. As consumers, supporting these initiatives can help drive the global movement towards a healthier planet, making every purchase a step towards sustainability.


    Next Story
    How Kama Ayurveda Transformed the $18 Billion Ayurveda Industry Globally
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How Kama Ayurveda Transformed the $18 Billion Ayurveda Industry Globally

    Building a brand rooted in Ayurveda, especially when it wasn't widely recognized or respected, posed significant challenges. Vivek Sahni, Founder & Chairman of Kama Ayurveda, successfully navigated these hurdles to establish a global presence. In an exclusive interaction, Sahni shares the brand's journey, challenges faced, and the promising future of Ayurveda in the modern world. From the early days of skepticism and minimal acceptance to becoming a global ambassador of authentic Ayurvedic wellness, Kama Ayurveda's story is one of resilience, dedication, and an unwavering commitment to traditional wisdom. Sahni's insights shed light on how the brand maintained its authenticity while evolving to meet contemporary demands, all the while promoting a holistic approach to beauty and wellness that resonates deeply with today's conscious consumers.

    The Genesis of Kama Ayurveda

    "I think the most important thing is to figure out why you're doing something," says Vivek Sahni. "You need to be really clear, like, am I doing this to make money? Am I doing this to get fame? What's your purpose? Once you figure out what your purpose is, your journey is defined. For us, it was very clear. It was to take something Indian, traditional, and with proven efficacy out to the world, and that was Ayurveda."

    Kama Ayurveda began not just as a business venture but as a mission to present classical, authentic Ayurveda without dilution, using original formulations. "We were in Kerala, we were in Coimbatore, working with pharmacies, exploring thousands of formulations. We looked at concerns like skin issues, dark circles, fine lines, pigmentation, and hair problems like hair fall, dandruff, and itchy scalp. Ayurveda is a system of medicine that heals from the inside out," explains Sahni. The brand embraced the concept of "slow beauty," focusing on natural, long-term results rather than quick fixes.

    Kama Ayurveda

    Staying True to Authenticity

    Twenty-three years later, Kama Ayurveda remains committed to authentic classical Ayurveda. Iconic products like Kumkumadi are continually refined to stay true to their original formulations. Sahni emphasizes, "For us, it's about staying true to authentic classical Ayurveda. The real success of Kama has been to take names like Kumkumadi, Bringadi, Eladi, Urjasara — unheard and unpronounceable 20 years ago — and make them household names. Now, you Google any of them, and you'll find 200 brands selling them."

    The brand's dedication to authenticity has paid off. Today, numerous brands sell these once-unknown products, a testament to Kama Ayurveda's influence and success in popularizing traditional Ayurvedic names globally.

    Expanding to Global Markets

    In 2017, Kama Ayurveda began exploring international markets, a journey that took about six to seven years to materialize. The brand's strategic partnership with Puig, a global investor, facilitated their entry into prestigious locations like Harrods in the UK and a freestanding store in Notting Hill. Each store features Ayurveda doctors offering consultations and treatment rooms providing head massages, body massages, and facials, ensuring the brand's commitment to authentic Ayurveda.

    "What is truly extraordinary is that the bestsellers here are the bestsellers in the UK. The hair oil, face oil, and rose water show that human beings are pretty much the same around the world," notes Sahni. This consistency in customer preference underscores the universal appeal of Ayurveda.

    Kama Ayurveda

    Embracing Q-Commerce

    The pandemic necessitated a shift towards Q-commerce, and Kama Ayurveda embraced it with enthusiasm. "We have had no choice but to be available on QC. We started last year just before Diwali. It's been fantastic. It's quite amazing and very exciting," says Sahni. The brand partnered with Blinkit to offer quick delivery services, providing last-minute gift boxes and seasonal kits that proved to be immensely popular, especially during Diwali. This move has made Kama Ayurveda products more accessible, enhancing customer convenience and satisfaction.

    The Future of Ayurveda

    The global interest in Ayurveda has surged post-COVID-19, and Sahni is optimistic about its future. "We are certainly banking on the fact that Ayurveda will stay. We are sticking with our authentic Ayurvedic story of not diluting formulations. Even our creams, for example, have Ayurvedic oil as the base," he explains. Sahni draws parallels with the global success of yoga, another traditional Indian practice, and hopes Ayurveda will replicate this success worldwide.

    Addressing the preferences of Gen Z, Sahni notes, "They're far more educated and conscious about the environment, sustainability, and what they use. This demographics’ awareness and concern for global issues make them a promising audience for Ayurveda, which emphasizes natural and sustainable practices."

    Kama Ayurveda's journey from a niche traditional practice to a global brand is a testament to the power of authenticity and dedication. By staying true to classical Ayurveda and adapting to modern demands, the brand has successfully navigated challenges and achieved international acclaim. As Vivek Sahni aptly puts it, "In a world crowded with brands and noise, when you find something authentic and true to its foundation, people automatically come to it." The future of Ayurveda looks promising, and Kama Ayurveda is poised to lead the way.


    Next Story
    10 Game-Changing Tips for Seamless Omni-Channel Retail Integration in 2024
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    10 Game-Changing Tips for Seamless Omni-Channel Retail Integration in 2024

    The omnichannel approach is transforming retail, aiming to provide a seamless, integrated shopping experience across all customer touchpoints. This approach leverages technology to unify online and offline channels, ensuring customers have a consistent experience regardless of how they choose to shop.

    Today, unified commerce is not just about integrating online and offline channels but also about leveraging technology and data to provide a personalized, consistent, and seamless shopping experience. Companies need to overcome operational silos, maintain brand consistency, and ensure data privacy to build customer trust and loyalty. By focusing on these aspects, retailers can successfully navigate the complexities of omnichannel retail and drive growth in a competitive landscape. In a lively discussion among industry leaders such as Berry Singh, COO, ace turtle; Ravi Bable, Head of Marketing, OSPREE Duty Free; Rajiv C. Menon, National Sales and Retail Head, Mia by Tanishq; and Akhil Jain, Executive Director, Madame, several key insights into the implementation and challenges of omnichannel retail were unveiled. Here are the top takeaways.

    1. Native Omni-Channel Adoption

    Berry Singh's journey with Ace Turtle illustrates the importance of being a native omnichannel player. From its inception, the company focused on bridging online and offline retail. The development of their technological product, Rubicon, enabled brands to accept orders from anywhere and fulfill them from any location. This seamless integration was vital during the transition to omnichannel retail, emphasizing the need for a strong technological backbone to support such a shift.

    Berry Singh, COO, ace turtle
    Berry Singh, COO, ace turtle

    2. Data-Centric Approach

    Data plays a critical role in omnichannel retail. Singh highlighted that Ace Turtle does not work with wholesale multi-brand distribution due to the lack of data availability. For a tech-focused company, understanding customer buying patterns and predicting future purchases is crucial. By leveraging data, the brand maps the customer’s omnichannel journey, ensuring they provide the right products at the right time.

    3. Single View of Customer and Inventory

    A single view of the customer and inventory is the holy grail of omnichannel and personalization, emphasized Akhil Jain. When customers shop, whether online or offline, having a unified view of their interactions helps in providing a personalized experience. Additionally, ensuring inventory visibility across all channels prevents loss of sales. For instance, a product not available in one store might be available in another, and technology can help fulfill such orders seamlessly.

    Akhil Jain, Executive Director, Madame
    Akhil Jain, Executive Director, Madame

    4. Personalization Through Technology

    Rajiv Menon emphasized the importance of personalization. By revamping their website and developing an app, Mia by Tanishq made it easier for customers to browse and purchase jewelry. They addressed the cultural challenges of buying jewelry online by implementing features like virtual try-ons and chatbots to assist customers. This personalization helped bridge the gap between the online and offline shopping experiences.

    Rajiv C. Menon, National Sales and Retail Head, Mia by Tanishq
    Rajiv C. Menon, National Sales and Retail Head, Mia by Tanishq

    5. Unified Commerce for Duty-Free Retail

    Ravi Bable’s experience with duty-free retail illustrates a unique aspect of omnichannel retailing. Unlike traditional retail, duty-free customers are travelers who can be targeted before they even enter the store. By leveraging pre-booking systems through the Adani One app, they provide a seamless shopping experience. This system ensures that customers can pre-book their orders and collect them conveniently, enhancing their travel experience.

    Ravi Bable, Head of Marketing, OSPREE Duty Free
    Ravi Bable, Head of Marketing, OSPREE Duty Free

    6. Overcoming Siloed Operations

    One significant challenge in adopting an omnichannel approach is overcoming siloed operations within organizations. Singh pointed out that traditional retail organizations often have separate teams for different channels, leading to fragmented customer experiences. Ace Turtle addressed this by integrating their operations through a tech platform, ensuring that all customer interactions are unified and consistent.

    7. Expanding Retail Presence

    For a jewelry brand, expanding their retail presence was crucial. Menon shared that they increased their store count from 40 to 185 within three years, making their brand accessible in more cities. This expansion complemented their online presence, allowing customers to find them through various channels, whether print ads, television, social media, or physical stores. This holistic approach ensured that customers had multiple touchpoints to interact with the brand.

    8. Customer Profiling and Insights

    Understanding customer behavior across channels is essential. Singh explained that by using smart cameras and customer data platforms, they can profile customers based on their interactions. This profiling helps in providing personalized recommendations and improving the overall shopping experience. However, it also raises concerns about data privacy and security, which companies must address to build customer trust.

    9. Maintaining Brand Consistency

    Maintaining brand consistency across different locations and channels is challenging. Bable highlighted that in duty-free retail, ensuring a consistent experience across various airports is crucial. They rebranded their stores to provide a seamless experience for travelers, regardless of their departure or arrival points. Consistency in assortment and customer service helps build brand loyalty.

    10. Leveraging Technology for Growth

    Jain emphasized the role of technology in maintaining stability and driving growth. By integrating CRM tools and creating customer personas, they could better understand and cater to their customers. The use of gamification, digital discovery, and meaningful data insights helped in retaining customers and enhancing their shopping experience. Despite the challenges faced by offline retail, leveraging technology has been instrumental in staying competitive.


    Next Story
    How D2C Brands are Blurring the Lines Between Online and Offline Retail
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How D2C Brands are Blurring the Lines Between Online and Offline Retail

    At the IReCxD2C Summit Bengaluru, the Founders Forum panel titled "Insights From The Brands Who Are Disrupting with Hybrid and Retail Strategy in 2024" brought together visionaries who are reshaping the retail landscape. The discussion centered on re-examining store strategies and purpose in an omnichannel world. Leaders from Dragon Hill, XYXX, Fabled Pets, BeYoung, Bold Care, and Elemental converged to share invaluable insights on redefining store strategies and purposes in an omnichannel world. Against the backdrop of a rapidly changing consumer landscape and the continued rise of digital commerce, the panelists shed light on the critical importance of blending online and offline strategies, harnessing consumer insights, and embracing innovation to stay ahead in today's dynamic retail environment.

    Embracing the Omnichannel Approach

    Dragon Hill, led by Mayur Solanki, is a pioneer in merging technology with retail experiences. Known for its innovative approach, Dragon Hill creates not just products but immersive shopping experiences that captivate customers.

    "Our brand is built on integrating cutting-edge technology with customer-centric design," Mayur begins. "From the outset, we aimed to create not just a product but an experience that resonates with our consumers."

    Leveraging data analytics has been central to Dragon Hill's strategy. "We use data to refine our product offerings and personalize the shopping experience. It's about making every interaction meaningful and memorable," Mayur emphasizes. This approach has positioned Dragon Hill as a leader in the new era of experiential retail.

    Redefining Men's Innerwear

    XYXX has made significant strides in the men's innerwear market by focusing on comfort and innovative design. Siddhartha Gondal shares the brand's journey from inception to becoming a household name.

    "Our journey began with a simple idea: to redefine men's innerwear with premium fabrics and innovative designs," Siddhartha shares. XYXX's success is attributed to its relentless focus on consumer feedback. "Listening to our customers has been crucial. Their insights help us continuously improve and introduce new features that meet their needs."

    Recently, XYXX has expanded its presence in offline retail, opening exclusive brand outlets in key cities. This move aligns with their strategy to create a seamless omnichannel experience for customers.


    Quality and Innovation in Pet Care

    Varun Sharma's ventures, Fabled Pets and GNV Commodities, reflect his passion for quality and innovation. Fabled Pets is dedicated to providing high-quality, nutritious products for pets, while GNV Commodities focuses on efficient supply chains and exceptional value.

    "Fabled Pets was born out of a love for pets and a desire to provide high-quality, nutritious products," Varun explains. At GNV Commodities, the emphasis is on delivering value through quality products and efficient supply chains.

    Understanding customer needs and preferences has been key to their strategy. "We use this knowledge to tailor our products and services, ensuring we meet and exceed their expectations," Varun highlights. Both brands have successfully integrated online and offline strategies to enhance customer engagement and satisfaction.

    Making Fashion Accessible in Bharat

    BeYoung, co-founded by Shivani Soni, is revolutionizing fashion retail for India's Tier II, III, and IV cities. With a mission to make aspirational and affordable products accessible to the mass market, BeYoung has grown significantly by focusing on digital-first strategies.

    "Our mission is to make aspirational and affordable products accessible to the mass market," Shivani explains. "We started in Udaipur and have grown significantly by focusing on digital-first strategies."

    The pandemic accelerated BeYoung's online presence. "The pandemic pushed us to enhance our online presence. We achieved around Rs 200 crore GMV through our D2C platform, and now we're looking to expand into physical stores and marketplaces," Shivani shares. BeYoung’s strategy involves understanding customer needs and offering customizable options to enhance the shopping experience.

    Innovating Men's Wellness

    Bold Care is making waves in the men's wellness industry. With a focus on education and accessibility, Bold Care offers a range of products addressing sexual wellness and health.

    "We make men's sexual wellness and health products, and education is a big part of our strategy," Parinita Hendre, Business Head, Bold Care says. "We've seen significant growth online and are now expanding into offline retail."

    Transitioning to offline retail comes with challenges. "Educating customers in a physical setting is different. We're working on training pharmacy staff and providing informational materials to ensure our customers are well-informed," Parinita adds. Bold Care’s commitment to addressing customer needs through education and innovative products sets it apart in a competitive market.


    Building Consistent Retail Experiences

    Elemental, under the leadership of Amit Mohta, has become a cornerstone in the retail fixtures industry. Known for building consistent and engaging in-store experiences, Elemental has played a critical role in helping brands transition from online to offline retail.

    "We've built over 7,000 stores globally, each reflecting the unique identity of the brand," Amit Mohta, Joint Managing Director, Elemental states. "Consistency in look and feel is crucial for customer recognition and trust."

    Amit emphasizes the role of data in designing stores. "We gather insights from various touchpoints to help our clients design stores that not only look great but also enhance the shopping experience," he adds. Elemental’s expertise ensures that every store provides a seamless and engaging customer experience.

    Data-Driven Retail Strategies

    The panelists agreed that a balanced approach, combining strategic vision with consumer insights, is essential for success in today's retail landscape. Mayur Solanki summarized this sentiment, stating, "In an omnichannel world, data-driven strategies and a deep understanding of customer needs are crucial for creating a seamless shopping experience."

    These industry leaders' stories offer valuable lessons for the future of retail, illustrating how innovation, customer-centricity, and data-driven decision-making can drive success. As they continue to adapt and innovate, their insights provide a roadmap for brands looking to thrive in a hybrid and omnichannel world.

    The Future of Omnichannel Retail

    The insights shared by these industry leaders at the IReCxD2C Summit Bengaluru highlight the importance of a balanced approach, combining strategic vision with consumer insights. As they continue to innovate and adapt, their stories offer valuable lessons for the future of retail.

    By embracing an omnichannel approach, leveraging consumer insights, and prioritizing innovation, these brands are not only disrupting the market but also shaping its future. As the retail landscape continues to evolve, it's clear that a strategic blend of online and offline strategies, coupled with a deep understanding of consumer behavior, will be crucial for success. Whether it's Dragon Hill's focus on seamless experiences, XYXX's dedication to customer feedback, or BeYoung's mission of accessibility, each brand exemplifies the power of adaptability and innovation in an ever-changing market.


    Next Story
    Role of Artificial Intelligence in Retail
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Role of Artificial Intelligence in Retail

    Artificial intelligence (AI) is swiftly changing the retail sector, by transforming several aspects such as customized suggestions, inventory management, and customer service. Retailers and other brands across the globe are quickly adopting AI-based solutions to enhance automation in their respective stores. The rise of digital technologies is opening fresh opportunities and redefining the benchmarks within the retail sector. Artificial intelligence has the potential to replace traditional retail in its current form by predicting what customers will buy in the future, cutting down costs and bringing an unprecedented level of efficiency and convenience. With the increasing integration of AI into retail operations, we can anticipate a significant enhancement in customization, efficiency, and agility across the sector. Embracing this technology is no longer a choice but a necessity for retailers aiming to stay competitive in a rapidly changing market. This will eventually transform the way we shop and engage with companies in the digital era.

    Evolution of AI

    Early applications of AI were limited to basic automation of inventory management and simple customer service interactions. Over time, as machine learning algorithms became more sophisticated, AI became more integral in personalizing customer experiences. These AI applications now can be seen in both online and offline domains, be it for internal operations or customer interactions. These innovations are also using cloud technologies to improve consumer experiences. In one of the reports of Accenture, it was mentioned that, “Google and Accenture announced cloud-based retail innovation tools. This partnership smoothly linked Accenture's AI. RETAIL Platform with Google Cloud, demonstrating a commitment to customer success via technology”. By predicting future trends and consumer behavior, retailers can make proactive decisions that enhance efficiency and profitability.

    Role of AI

    Transformative tool

    In the context of the retail Industry, AI refers to the use of advanced algorithms and machine learning technology that can process and react to volumes upon volumes of data by translating that information into real, actionable insights for business performance. For example, NLP powers chatbots and virtual assistants to understand more about customer queries in real-time concurrently. This allows retailers to better understand consumer habits, use it for optimizing inventory management and tailor marketing campaigns. By leveraging AI, retailers can offer more intuitive and responsive customer interactions, predict future trends with greater accuracy, and streamline their operations to achieve higher levels of efficiency and profitability. AI serves as a transformative tool that empowers retailers to innovate and adapt in an increasingly digital marketplace.

                Significant Impact of AI in Retail


    Predictive Analytics

    Virtual Assistants

    Heart of AI's impact on customer experience.

    A powerful tool that anticipates consumer wants and preferences to improve the experience.

    A staple of customer service in retail.

    Customize suggestions, promotions, and content to individual tastes.

    Identify patterns and trends that indicate future behavior.

    Virtual assistants enhance customer satisfaction with rapid responses and 24/7 availability.

    Target likely customer groups with adverts and promotions.


    Dynamic pricing depending on demand, competition, and market factors



    NLP makes customer interactions more natural by understanding and responding to natural language demands.


    Optimizing retail operations and supply chain management

    Inventory Management

    Demand Forecasting

    Logistics Optimization

    Analyze sales data, monitor stock levels, and predict future demand.

    Helps retailers choose inventory, prices, and promotions.

    Analyze traffic, weather, and other variables to find the best delivery routes.

    Helps retailers avoid overstocking and stockouts by optimizing inventory levels.

    Helps retailers optimize their supply chains by ensuring that they have the right products in the right quantities at the right time.

    Automation of picking, packaging, and sorting improves warehouse management.

    Improves order accuracy and minimizes manual stock inspections.

    Reduces lead times, minimizes stockouts, and enhances customer satisfaction.

    Handle repetitive and labor-intensive tasks more efficiently than human workers, reducing errors and increasing productivity.

    Data Privacy and security

    As AI permeates the retail sector, overcoming challenges and ethical considerations becomes paramount to harnessing its full potential responsibly. One critical issue is data privacy and security. In the AI era, safeguarding customer information is essential to maintaining trust and complying with regulations, as Flipkart protects consumer data with strong encryption and secure servers, complying with India's Personal Data Protection Bill. Also, Tata Cliq rigorously tests and monitors its recommendation algorithms to provide fair and impartial product choices across consumer demographics. Moreover, upholding fairness and transparency ensures that AI technologies improve retail settings by encouraging trust, diversity, and responsible innovation. Companies like Reliance Retail have set up compliance teams to ensure adherence to local and international regulations, including maintaining transparency in AI decision-making processes and ensuring ethical standards are met. By addressing these challenges head-on, Indian retailers can effectively leverage AI while maintaining customer trust and adhering to ethical standards.

    The integration of AI in the retail sector offers transformative opportunities for enhancing customer experiences, optimizing operations, and driving growth. However, the successful adoption of AI hinges on addressing several major concerns that must be addressed to achieve the positive impact of AI systems that are to be implemented in society, as well as several ethical questions that should be taken into account. The future of retail depends on ongoing innovation and deliberate investment in AI technology. As artificial intelligence (AI) continues to advance and reach a higher level of development, merchants need to remain flexible and able to adjust quickly in order to take advantage of new possibilities and maintain a competitive edge.

    By embracing these recommendations, the Indian retail industry can effectively harness the power of AI, driving innovation and growth while maintaining ethical standards and customer trust. As AI continues to evolve, its strategic adoption will be crucial for retailers aiming to thrive in the digital age.



    Next Story
    The Evolution of E-Commerce in the FMCG Sector
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    The Evolution of E-Commerce in the FMCG Sector

    In the dynamic realm of Fast-Moving Consumer Goods, the digital revolution is reshaping the way consumers shop and interact with brands. With an increasing number of shoppers turning to online channels for convenience and accessibility, the FMCG industry is witnessing a significant transformation in its e-commerce landscape. Here, we explore the evolving trends and strategies driving this evolution, with a focus on innovation, accessibility, and sustainability.

    Trends Reshaping E-Commerce in FMCG

    • Rise of Direct-to-Consumer (D2C) Brands: D2C brands are disrupting traditional retail models by bypassing intermediaries and selling directly to consumers. This approach allows brands to build direct relationships with customers, offering personalized experiences and unique products.
    • Mobile Commerce Dominance: With the widespread adoption of smartphones, mobile commerce has become increasingly prevalent in the FMCG sector. Brands are optimising their e-commerce platforms for mobile devices to cater to on-the-go shoppers.
    • Integration of Online and Offline Channels: Companies are embracing an omnichannel approach, seamlessly integrating their online and offline channels to provide a cohesive shopping experience across multiple touchpoints.
    • Data-Driven Personalization: Advanced data analytics are enabling brands to deliver personalized recommendations and offers based on individual customer preferences, enhancing engagement and loyalty.
    • Focus on Sustainability: Sustainability is emerging as a key consideration for FMCG brands in their e-commerce operations. Companies are implementing eco-friendly packaging solutions and minimising their environmental footprint throughout the supply chain.

    Key Elements of E-Commerce Evolution

    • Digital Transformation: Companies are undergoing comprehensive digital transformations, leveraging technologies to enhance the online shopping experience. This includes user-friendly interfaces, secure payment gateways, and streamlined checkout processes.
    • Omnichannel Presence: Brands are creating seamless experiences across multiple channels, allowing customers to transition effortlessly between online and offline shopping environments.
    • Mobile Accessibility: Recognizing the importance of mobile commerce, brands are optimizing their websites and apps for smartphones, ensuring a smooth shopping experience for mobile users.
    • Data Analytics and Personalization: Brands are harnessing the power of data analytics to gain insights into consumer behavior and preferences, enabling them to deliver targeted marketing messages and personalized product recommendations.
    • Supply Chain Innovation: Companies are implementing innovative supply chain solutions to improve inventory management, reduce delivery times, and enhance overall operational efficiency. This includes technologies such as predictive analytics, RFID tracking, and automation.
    • Sustainability Initiatives: Brands are taking proactive steps to minimize their environmental impact, from eco-friendly packaging materials to energy-efficient logistics practices. By adopting sustainable initiatives, companies can appeal to environmentally conscious consumers and differentiate themselves in the market.

    As companies continue to evolve and innovate, they are not just setting new benchmarks for the FMCG industry; they are also driving broader shifts in the e-commerce landscape of India. With a relentless focus on meeting the ever-changing needs and preferences of consumers, the FMCG industry is poised for sustained growth and transformation in the digital age. By staying ahead of the curve and embracing innovation, these companies are paving the way for a more dynamic and sustainable future for e-commerce in India.


        Govind Goyal, Founder, BVPPL


    Next Story
    Parag Milk Foods Aims for 15,000 Cows and 1.5 Million Touchpoints by 2027!
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Parag Milk Foods Aims for 15,000 Cows and 1.5 Million Touchpoints by 2027!

    As the demand for dairy products continues to surge, Parag Milk Foods has strategically positioned itself to capture a larger share of the market. Their revenue has crossed Rs 3,000 crore mark on the back of strong brand equity and competitive market positioning. The focus on margin expansion has continued with overall GP margin expansion of 4.2 percent YoY. The company has capitalized on the benign milk prices and expanded its gross margin profile along with premiumization and improvement in the value-added product portfolio.

    Akshali Shah, Executive Director, Parag Milk Foods, outlines the company’s ambitious plans to increase retail touchpoints, develop a diverse range of products, and leverage cutting-edge technology to meet the dynamic needs of consumers. With a strong foundation and a forward-looking approach, the brand is set to revolutionize the dairy sector in India, making quality dairy products more accessible than ever before.

    Retail Expansion

    With a robust presence both domestically and internationally, Parag Milk Foods is focusing on expanding its distribution network within India. "Currently, we have over 500,000 retail touchpoints, and our goal is to increase this to 1.5 million touchpoints within the next three years," says Shah. This strategic expansion aims to bring their quality dairy products to more consumers nationwide. By tripling their retail reach, the company is committed to making its products available to a broader audience, enhancing convenience and accessibility.



    Innovating Product Offerings

    Innovation is at the core of Parag Milk Foods' product development strategy. "Our New Product Development (NPD) department is continuously exploring innovative products that resonate with the Indian consumer palate," explains Shah. The company is focusing on expanding its premium brands, Pride of Cows and Avvatar, by introducing new product extensions. Additionally, they are keen to broaden their health and nutritional portfolio to meet evolving consumer needs.

    A recent venture into the ready-to-eat food segment with the launch of Gowardhan Sweets showcases their commitment to innovation. "We introduced delicacies such as Kaju Katli, Kesar Pedha, and Malai Pedha, with plans to introduce more traditional Indian sweets in the near future," Shah shares. Furthermore, Parag Milk Foods has launched Cream Cheese under the Go brand, catering to the demand for versatile new-age dairy products. These initiatives reflect the company's dedication to continuously evolving its product line-up to meet diverse consumer preferences.

    As the global nutrition industry evolves, Parag Milk Foods is gearing up to become a health and nutrition company that provides innovative protein solutions. "We are poised to meet the dynamic demands of modern consumers, ensuring that our products align with their evolving lifestyles and preferences," says Shah. The company’s focus on invention and adapting to consumer trends is essential in maintaining its competitive edge in the market.

    Expanding Manufacturing Capabilities

    To support its ambitious expansion plans, the company is investing heavily in its manufacturing infrastructure. Today, it boasts three state-of-the-art facilities located in Manchar, Maharashtra, Palamaner, Andhra Pradesh, and Sonipat, Haryana. "Our Rotary Parlour enables an automated milking process, ensuring maximum hygiene and quality standards," Shah highlights. These facilities collectively process 3.5 million liters of milk daily, along with significant production capacities for paneer, cheese, and whey protein.

    Additionally, Parag Milk Foods has acquired over 500 acres of land to expand Bhagyalakshmi Dairy Farm. "We aim to accommodate more than 15,000 cows within the next three years," Shah reveals. This expansion is crucial to meeting the growing demand for their high-quality dairy products.

    Ensuring Quality amidst Growing Demand

    Addressing the growing demand while maintaining high-quality production standards is a strategic priority. The company employs a tailored approach to cater to three key consumer segments: mass, mass-affluent, and premium. "Our unique business model enables us to cater to approximately 80 percent of consumers' daily dietary requirements," Shah explains. By leveraging their state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities and advanced technology, Parag Milk Foods prioritizes stringent quality control measures at every stage of production.



    Strategic Collaborations

    To enhance their competitive edge, the brand is investing in new technologies and strategic collaborations. The company is working with Boston Consulting Group (BCG) to drive sustainable growth and implement cost-effective practices. "This collaboration marks a significant step forward in our journey towards innovation and efficiency," says Shah.

    In terms of digitization, Parag Milk Foods has achieved significant milestones. Over 70 percent of their general trade business is covered under their Sales Force Automation (SFA) initiative, streamlining sales processes and improving operational efficiency. Additionally, they are planning to implement SAP HANA, a cutting-edge technology that will further enhance their capabilities and support their growth trajectory.

    "Technology plays a pivotal role in driving innovation and efficiency within the dairy industry," Shah asserts. By leveraging digital optimization and advanced IT solutions, the company enhances operational capabilities, ensures product quality, and meets evolving consumer demands.

    Parag Milk Foods is well-positioned for significant growth in the Indian retail market. With a focus on expanding their distribution network, developing innovative products, and leveraging advanced technologies, the company is committed to meeting the dynamic demands of modern consumers. As they triple their retail touchpoints and introduce new product offerings, the company continues to solidify its position as a leader in the dairy industry, delivering quality products to every corner of the market.


    Next Story
    The Rise of Premium and Bespoke Products
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    The Rise of Premium and Bespoke Products

    In recent years, there has been a noticeable shift towards premium and bespoke products across various industries. This trend is largely driven by a more informed and demanding consumer base that prioritizes quality, customization, and unique experiences over mass-produced items. Social media platforms like Instagram and Facebook have played a significant role in this shift, providing instant exposure to global trends and high-end products. At the recently concluded Startup Summit 2024, during the 20th annual edition of Asia’s Largest Business Show "Franchise India 2024", Tabby Bhatia, Founder, Brune & Bareskin; Kuldeep Singh, Chief Strategy Officer, Sankalp Foods; and Dr. Sukhsagar Virk, Director, Ageology gave insights into modern consumerism and the evolving demand for premium products.

    According to Tabby Bhatia, the advent of these platforms has significantly altered consumer behavior in India. “If you see a good product or a fashionable product being worn in the US last night, tomorrow morning India would get to see it and they would want it,” said Bhatia.

    Bridging the Gap with Premium Indian Brands

    India has historically been dominated by mass-market brands, but there is a growing acceptance and desire for premium Indian brands. Brune & Bareskin, for instance, aims to offer super-premium quality at Indian premium prices. Bhatia highlighted the importance of quality and longevity in products, noting that customers now prefer items that can be refurbished and last longer. This shift is reflected in their impressive customer retention rate, with 70 percent of their customers returning consistently over the past six years. “They want to understand that service of everlasting products,” Bhatia explained, emphasizing the growing preference for quality over quantity.

    Localizing Cuisine for Diverse Palates

    The trend towards premium products is not limited to fashion and lifestyle but extends to the food industry as well. Sankalp Foods has successfully expanded by localizing its offerings while maintaining its core flavors and quality. Kuldeep Singh stated, “We made sure that we were always consistent with our taste and quality.” By adapting its menu to include local favorites in different regions, the brand ensures that its offerings resonate with local tastes without compromising on its authentic recipes.

    Maintaining Consistency and Quality

    Consistency in quality is a hallmark of premium brands, and Sankalp Foods exemplifies this by centralizing its cooking process. This ensures that whether you dine at a Sankalp restaurant in Mumbai, Delhi, or even abroad, the taste remains consistent. Singh explained, “We have kind of centralized cooking, so we make food to 90 percent level and send that food to every restaurant or franchisee.” This approach not only maintains quality but also helps manage costs, making it feasible to offer premium products at competitive prices.

    The Beauty Industry's Embrace of Premium Care

    The beauty industry has also seen a surge in demand for premium care products and services. Dr. Sukhsagar Virk of Ageology noted that their clientele spans from teenagers to seniors, all seeking high-quality skincare solutions. “People are now increasingly getting more conscious about their looks,” Dr. Virk observed, attributing this to the selfie culture and social media influence. Ageology offers holistic care, emphasizing the importance of nutrition, lifestyle changes, and stress management alongside advanced skincare treatments.

    The Role of Bespoke Services in Attracting Customers

    Bespoke services, which allow for personalized and customizable products, are a significant draw for first-time customers. Bhatia of Brune & Bareskin mentioned that while 70 percent of its sales are off the shelf, the bespoke service often attracts new customers who may initially want a specific design or color combination. This customization builds customer interest and loyalty, eventually leading them to purchase standard products as well. “My customers are also my designers,” Bhatia remarked, highlighting how bespoke designs often become new additions to their catalog.

    Omnichannel Strategies for Modern Retail

    Modern retail strategies increasingly rely on an omnichannel approach, blending online and offline experiences. Brune & Bareskin leverages this model to cater to diverse customer needs, allowing purchases to be made online with the convenience of in-store exchanges. This flexibility has broadened its customer base, including those who were initially hesitant about online shopping. “There are so many new customers that have come on base and the data is only increased,” Bhatia noted, emphasizing the success of its omnichannel strategy.

    Adapting to Global Trends and Local Preferences

    Sankalp Foods also showcases how adaptability to local and global trends can drive success. The company has embraced veganism, a growing trend even in traditionally non-vegan cultures like India. By incorporating vegan options, it caters to evolving dietary preferences without alienating its core customer base. Moreover, its strategy of creating multi-brand food courts under one roof allows it to optimize resources and offer a variety of cuisines, appealing to a broader audience.

    Expanding Premium Services Through Expertise

    In the beauty sector, Dr. Virk of Ageology expanded by ensuring each new clinic is staffed with trained professionals who share the same commitment to quality. This hands-on training ensures that each franchise maintains the high standards that customers expect. “Skincare is something which is learned with lots of years of experience,” Dr. Virk explained, emphasizing the importance of expertise in delivering premium services.

    To Conclude

    The demand for premium and bespoke products is a clear indication of a market that values quality, personalization, and consistency. Whether it's through localized cuisine, high-end fashion, or advanced skincare, brands that prioritize these elements are seeing increased customer loyalty and growth. The integration of omnichannel strategies further enhances accessibility and convenience, ensuring that premium products are within reach for a wider audience. As consumer expectations continue to evolve, the focus on premium offerings is likely to intensify, driving innovation and excellence across industries.


    Next Story
    Don't Miss Out: Insider Secrets from NRF 2024’s Star-Studded Line-Up
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Don't Miss Out: Insider Secrets from NRF 2024’s Star-Studded Line-Up

    Comexposium, a global event organizer, has unveiled an expanded roster of world-renowned speakers and participating brands for the upcoming NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific. This highly anticipated event will take place from June 11-13, 2024, at the Sands Expo and Convention Centre in Singapore.

    Under the theme “Fast Track Your Success,” NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific (APAC) promises an exceptional line-up of conference programs, exhibitions, and retail store tours over the course of the three-day event.

    The distinguished list of conference speakers includes:

    • Christopher Thomas-Moore, Chief Digital Officer, Domino’s
    • Jason Kra, President, USA, Li & Fung
    • Laurent Boidevezi, President, Asia Pacific, Moët Hennessy
    • Greg Merrill, Global Head of Digital Transformation, Nike
    • Xu Ying, President, Wumei Technology Group (Wumart)

    Christopher Thomas-Moore, Chief Digital Officer at Domino’s, will deliver the opening keynote, drawing from his extensive experience in e-commerce, digital marketing, and retail technology to discuss enhancing customer experiences in the digital era.

    Laurent Boidevezi, President for Asia Pacific at Moët Hennessy, will share insights on the division’s retail strategy and the critical role retailers play in Moët Hennessy’s consumer engagement strategy during his keynote address.

    Nike’s Greg Merrill will lead a fireside chat on the future of retail, focusing on the concept of "everywhere commerce" and the importance of community and culture. He will offer his perspectives on how global retailers, tech innovators, and startups in the APAC region can navigate the evolving retail landscape.

    This event is set to be a pivotal gathering for retail professionals seeking to accelerate their success and stay ahead in the rapidly changing retail environment. is proud to partner with NRF as their official media partner.

    "We are thrilled to welcome an exceptional and expanded line-up of speakers to NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific. This year, we've brought together some of the most influential and creative minds from around the globe to share their insights and innovations. Our attendees are in for a truly transformative experience that will shape the future of retail in APAC," said Ryf Quail, Managing Director, NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific, Comexposium. “Innovating the retail model is not just about keeping pace with technology, which is sure to redefine the future of retail, but more importantly, it’s about understanding and responding to consumer needs with agility and creativity, which is key to securing a thriving future for the retail sector.”

    The NRF Innovation Lab, a key highlight of the three-day event, will showcase the most visionary retail technologies available on the market today, spanning AI, AR/VR, machine learning, data analytics and Web3, from but not limited to the following participating innovators:

    • ViSenze: ViSenze’s automated AI platform empowers retail merchants to increase revenue by delivering exceptional experiences that make it easier for shoppers to discover products.
    • Undocked: Featuring Adpaka-patented ad technology platform that provides unmatched context-sensitivity and ad-relevancy.
    • Shopreme: Global technology leader in the scan-and-go sector.
    • MishiPay: MishiPay empowers shoppers to scan and pay for their shopping with their smartphones using a wide variety of payment methods.
    • Whale: Empowering global retailers and brands to boost efficiency, cut costs and deepen customer relationships by driving digitalization.
    • svarmony: Provider of extended reality innovations
    • TROLLEE: Empowering offline retail with digital and intelligent solutions for creating a new ecology of smart retail.
    • Trustana: Help retailers, distributors and brand owners to monetise their product data and drive superior buying experiences for customers.
    • ZERO10: Its flagship product AR Mirror offers real-time try-on experience and empower brands to engage their audiences.

    "Don't miss out on the opportunity to be part of the future of retail at NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific. Join us to explore groundbreaking ideas, network with top leaders, and experience technologies that are redefining what's possible in retail. Secure your spot today and be at the forefront of transforming retail in APAC,” added Quail.

    Retail’s most important event in Asia Pacific takes place in Singapore from June 11-13, 2024. The Asia Pacific edition brings together retail industry leaders from across the region to collaborate on a Pan Asia Pacific stage. Be inspired by the biggest retail leaders across Asia Pacific at Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific in one of the world’s fastest growing markets. Retail professionals from around the globe can experience three days of educational programming, an all-encompassing Expo featuring the latest retail solutions, as well as an Innovation Lab and Startup Zone featuring breakthrough technologies in Asia Pacific’s retail sector.

    Conference and exhibition passes are available for purchase via


    Next Story
    How Farah Khan Ali Transformed Indian Jewelry with Bold Designs and Sustainability
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How Farah Khan Ali Transformed Indian Jewelry with Bold Designs and Sustainability

    Farah Khan Ali, Founder and CEO of Farah Khan Fine Jewellery, has a fascinating story that began unexpectedly. "As a 21-year-old, I had just graduated and was bored with my life," she recalls. "I didn't know what I wanted to do because I had tried interior design, ad film making, television, and I still hadn't found my calling." Her path took a dramatic turn when a friend invited her to accompany her to the Gemological Institute of America (GIA). Initially, it was the allure of living in America that captivated her, but what she found there defined her career.

    Farah's transition into the world of gemology was challenging yet rewarding. "When I opened my books of gemology, I was taken aback because they involved the chemical, optical, and physical properties of 99 minerals and their gemstone varieties. And it had nothing to do with jewelry design because that was an aesthetic course, and this was all scientific," she explains. Despite her initial struggle, Farah's determination saw her through. "I decided all my plans of becoming this party animal changed to becoming the Indian nerd. And I ended up studying so much that I topped my class." This achievement marked the beginning of her journey into jewelry design, a field she not only entered but came to revolutionize.

    Overcoming Preconceptions

    Farah's entry into the jewelry business was met with curiosity and skepticism due to her Bollywood background. "A lot of people were puzzled because I came from the film industry. They couldn’t understand why I didn't want to be an actor," she shares. However, this curiosity quickly turned to respect as they witnessed her dedication and passion. "I think it helped bring people to my door to see what I do. But once they saw that I was serious about what I was doing and I loved what I do, I think that brought them back."

    In an industry traditionally dominated by family jewelers, Farah brought a fresh perspective by introducing designer jewelry. "I brought focus and today when I meet a lot of budding new designers, they said, ‘we've been following your career and you're the one who inspired us to be jewelry designers.' So, I think I'm happy I brought focus onto this line." Her innovative approach not only set her apart but also paved the way for many aspiring designers.


    Evolving Trends

    The jewelry retail landscape in India has seen significant changes over the past few decades, and Farah Khan has been at the forefront of these transformations. "India has drastically changed from a market of solely investment in jewelry because here people used to buy solely as an investment in gold and diamond, and less in products," she observes. Today, jewelry is not just an investment; it is a form of self-expression. "They buy what can be worn on an everyday basis, and which represent them, like fashion."

    This shift has also seen the rise of self-purchase among women. "We have women who are working and buying jewelry for themselves," Farah notes. Modern bridal jewelry has also evolved to be more versatile and wearable. "I have clients who come to me and ask me to design pieces for them that are more wearable, pieces they could layer and wear one at a time or all together, as need be."

    Farah's insights into these trends highlight a broader cultural shift towards personal expression and practicality in jewelry, moving away from the traditional focus on investment value alone.

    Commitment to Sustainability

    Sustainability is a core value for Farah Khan and her brand. "The jewelry industry is recyclable because we use natural products like gold, diamonds, gemstones, which come from the earth," she explains. Farah emphasizes the importance of storytelling in sustainability. "Selling a product without a story is like meeting a person without personality."

    Despite the growing popularity of lab-grown diamonds, Farah remains committed to natural gemstones. "As a brand, we're not using lab-grown diamonds because we feel that even though the storytelling of lab-grown diamonds is more conserving of energy, that's not true. It takes more energy to produce the lab-grown diamonds versus natural diamonds." This commitment to authenticity and sustainability is a cornerstone of her brand's ethos.

    She believes in creating pieces that tell a story and resonate with the wearer. "When I launched my brand, Farah Khan Atelier during COVID, I chose a Quatrefoil, which was a four-sided ornament, and I named it Aayat because in Urdu it means miracle, and I wanted to remind people that we are the miracle we seek."

    Collaborations and Expansions

    Farah Khan Fine Jewellery has successfully collaborated with prominent brands, enhancing visibility and reach. "I have collaborated with one of India's largest jewelry chains Tanishq for two years, where we co-branded and created jewelry for 40 different stores in 23 cities of India. That was a huge success," she reveals. These collaborations have allowed her to reach a wider audience and bring her unique designs to more people.

    "For me, collaborations are important because they help us get more visibility and tell the brand story." Her collabs extend beyond jewelry to other industries, showcasing her versatility as a designer. "We've partnered with non-jewelry companies like Stern Hagen, Carousel, and even Magnum ice creams. As a designer, collaborations are important as they help more people who love your product and want your product."


    Franchising and the Omnichannel Approach

    As Farah looks to expand her brand, she is keen on franchising. "I'm looking at opening at least 10 franchises within the next one year in India," she states. She seeks partners who appreciate beautiful jewelry and the unique story behind each piece. "As a brand, I think I come with a niche offering designer jewelry at Indian pricing."

    Farah understands the importance of integrating online and offline channels in today's retail environment. "It's important to be online because today the millennials are all the time on their phone, so you need to be where people are looking and spending all their time," she emphasizes. A strong offline presence builds trust and authenticity, making it easier to transition to online sales. "When you're a well-known brand who's known for authenticity trust and you've built a reputation over the years moving to the online channel is much easier."

    Farah's jewelry is available internationally, including in Neiman Marcus in the US and various locations in Dubai.

    The Journey of Craftsmanship and Innovation

    With over three decades of experience, Farah Khan Ali has cemented her reputation as a visionary designer, storyteller, and master craftsman. "I don’t love to design, I live to design," Farah passionately declares. At the heart of her brand lies a legacy of excellence—a commitment to craftsmanship, quality, and distinction that sets Farah Khan Fine Jewellery apart from the rest. Her designs are a testament to her boldness and creativity, each piece infused with a flamboyant flair and an unexpected twist that is unmistakably hers.

    Farah's own travels serve as a catalyst for her creativity, bringing new perspectives and fresh inspiration to her designs. With an insatiable thirst for adventure and a heart that beats with the rhythm of wanderlust, she traverses the globe, seeking out hidden gems and untold stories that lie beyond the horizon. Nature's symphony serves as a guiding light for Farah's creative vision, infusing each piece with the boundless beauty and intricate details found in the natural world. But it is not just nature's bounty that inspires Farah—it is also the rich architectural wonders that dot the globe. Farah finds solace and inspiration in the poetic harmony of geometric precision and natural splendor.


    Next Story
    Key Takeaways from India’s Modern Hybrid Retailers
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Key Takeaways from India’s Modern Hybrid Retailers

    Being a part of the retail industry, being able to adapt and innovate has become paramount. Today, businesses face the daunting task of transforming into modern, innovative hybrid retailers—a journey marked by the fusion of purpose and innovation.

    It is evident, that traditional paradigms are being upended as companies embrace technology-driven solutions aimed at enhancing operational efficiency and bolstering profitability in a fiercely competitive marketplace.

    At IReCxD2C 2024, Bengaluru, NS Satish, President, Haier Appliances India; Lavanya Nalli, Vice Chairperson, Nalli Group; Santosh Kumar, Chief Business Officer, and Head Strategic Growth, FreshToHome; Adrit Mishra, COO, Starbucks; and Ankita Thakur - Co-Founder & Chief Data Officer - GeoIQ offered a unique perspective on the transformation into modern, innovative hybrid retailers.

    Transforming into a Modern, Innovative Hybrid Retailer

    Challenging the Status Quo

    NS Satish, President of Haier Appliances India, highlighted the significant shifts in the appliance industry as it transitions towards an omnichannel approach. "In a high involvement category like ours, the consumer's decision-making process has evolved. Previously, the repurchase cycle for appliances was about 10 years, but now it has decreased to 6-7 years," Satish explained. This shift has necessitated rapid innovation and a departure from traditional marketing strategies.

    One of Haier's key innovations was the introduction of the bottom-mounted refrigerator. "We found that consumers use the refrigerator section much more frequently than the freezer. By placing the refrigerator section on top and the freezer at the bottom, we addressed a significant pain point, leading to a 75 percent market share in this segment," Satish noted.

    Haier has also embraced digital transformation aggressively. "We shifted from traditional marketing to a digital-first approach, reducing our print advertising from 80 to just 20 percent. This summer, we didn’t release a single print ad, focusing entirely on digital channels," said Satish. This strategy has paid off, with Haier experiencing a 26 percent CAGR growth over the past five years and increasing market share month by month.

    Navigating Legacy and Innovation

    Lavanya Nalli, Vice Chairperson of the Nalli Group, provided insights into how a legacy brand adapts to the digital era. Nalli, known for its rich heritage in silk sarees, is on the brink of celebrating its 100th anniversary. "Being a privately held, family-run business, expanding and integrating omnichannel strategies required careful navigation of internal resistance and leveraging internal accruals for growth," Nalli shared.

    Meanwhile, Lavanya Nalli embarks on a journey of transformation within the hallowed halls of Nalli Group, a bastion of tradition in India's retail landscape. With a legacy spanning nearly a century, Nalli stands as a testament to resilience and adaptability. For Lavanya, the transition into omnichannel retailing posed unique challenges, chief among them, internal resistance.

    "The biggest challenges that you would face is from your own divisions," Lavanya acknowledges. Yet, armed with a Harvard MBA and a wealth of experience in the digital realm, she steered Nalli towards uncharted waters, navigating the complexities of tradition and innovation with finesse.

    While cautious of diluting the brand's integrity, she remains open to strategic partnerships that complement Nalli's storied legacy.Nalli's approach to omnichannel integration has been iterative. "We focused on owning certain parts of our value chain where we had a competitive advantage, like our homegrown tech system. We recently underwent a significant tech migration to better align with industry standards," Lavanya highlighted. This adaptive strategy has allowed Nalli to maintain its heritage while staying relevant in the modern market.

    A Blend of Tradition and Innovation

    In a nation as diverse as India, where culinary tastes and consumer habits vary dramatically from region to region, maintaining brand consistency across multiple cities can be a daunting task. However, for Adrit Mishra, the COO of Starbucks India, it's all about finding the perfect balance between familiarity and innovation.

    "At Starbucks, we realized that honoring familiarity while embracing innovation is key to our success in India," Mishra explains. "We tailored our menu to include familiar items like masala chai and filter coffee, alongside innovative offerings like Frappuccinos inspired by local festivals."

    But it's not just about product innovation; Mishra emphasizes the significance of engaging consumers through experiences like coffee tastings.

    When it comes to retail expansion, Mishra stresses the need to focus on consumer behavior and product relevance. "Expanding beyond the first 100 locations requires a deep understanding of consumer demographics and preferences," he explains. "We've also prioritized diversity and inclusivity in our workforce, with 40 percent of our employees being female."

    Mishra further discussed the role of personalization in the brand's strategy and states, "Starbucks has always been about creating personalized experiences. In the omnichannel era, this means leveraging data analytics to understand our customers better and offer tailored experiences both online and in-store."

    Redefining Freshness in the Digital Age

    FreshToHome, a digital-first player in the Indian market, has redefined the concept of freshness in the seafood and meat industry. Santosh Kumar, the Chief Business Officer, attributes their success to a singular vision: providing toxin-free products to customers.

    "Our commitment to offering toxin-free products has been our guiding principle," Kumar states. "By leveraging technology and a robust cold chain supply system, we ensure that our products reach customers' homes as fresh as possible."

    Kumar acknowledges the challenges of managing inventory and minimizing wastage in a perishable goods market. "Maintaining a balance between assortment and inventory levels is crucial," he explains. "We continuously refine our supply chain processes to optimize efficiency."

    For FreshToHome, data analytics plays a pivotal role in driving business decisions and enhancing customer experience. "We leverage technology to analyze demand patterns and optimize our supply chain," Kumar says. "By understanding customer behavior, we can tailor our offerings to meet their needs."

    Leveraging Data for Informed Expansion

    Ankita Thakur, Co-Founder & Chief Data Officer of GeoIQ, emphasizes the importance of data-driven decision-making in retail expansion. "Traditionally, retail expansion has relied on anecdotal data and personal biases," Thakur explains. "We're challenging this approach by providing brands with actionable insights based on data analytics."

    Thakur highlights the role of location intelligence in understanding market potential and consumer behavior. "By analyzing footfall, demographic fit, and competitor presence, we help brands identify optimal locations for expansion," she says.

    Building trust with retailers is crucial for GeoIQ, Thakur notes. "We work closely with brands to explain our methodology and ensure alignment with their expansion goals," she explains. "Transparency and collaboration are key to fostering trust."


    As the summit draws to a close, a common thread emerges from the discourse: the synergy between tradition and innovation. While Haier and Nalli exemplify divergent paths to modernization, both recognize the importance of collaboration and innovation in navigating the nexus of tradition and innovation.

    Satish champions the role of online platforms in reshaping the retail landscape, urging brands to embrace digital transformation. In contrast, Lavanya approaches collaboration with caution, mindful of preserving Nalli's heritage amidst a sea of change.

    Moreover, Starbucks' approach of integrating local flavors, innovating with product sizes, and emphasizing coffee culture highlights the importance of customization and consumer education in brand expansion. FreshToHome's commitment to providing toxin-free, fresh products underscores the need for robust supply chain management and the use of technology to optimize operations. GeoIQ’s data analytics platform showcases the power of location intelligence in making informed retail decisions.

    As India continues to evolve into a retail powerhouse, the blend of digital and physical experiences will be crucial. Retailers must focus on personalized consumer experiences, innovative product offerings, and efficient operations to thrive in this dynamic landscape.

    In the words of Adrit Mishra, COO of Starbucks, "It's the people who make the difference in an experience industry." This sentiment echoes across the retail spectrum, reminding us that while technology and innovation are essential, the human element remains at the heart of successful retail transformation.


    Next Story
    Branded Jewelers Anticipate 20 pc Revenue Surge in FY25, Margin Growth May Ease
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Branded Jewelers Anticipate 20 pc Revenue Surge in FY25, Margin Growth May Ease

    The domestic jewelry industry is expected to record muted volume growth in FY25 due to a steep rise in gold prices in recent months, the evolving macroeconomic scenario, and the likelihood of high volatility in prices. However, branded jewelry retailers are expected to record healthy revenue growth of 20-22 percent on a YoY basis in FY2025, with projected volume growth of around 5 percent YoY, driven by aggressive store additions, changing consumer preferences, continued rise in gold prices, and steady wedding and festive demand due to the strong cultural affinity of Indians to gold.

    Accelerated Store Additions by Branded Jewelers Amid Changing Consumer Preferences

    After a brief hiatus in FY2021 and FY2022 due to pandemic-induced uncertainties, most jewelry retailers recommenced their store addition plans in FY2023 and continued in FY2024 with an addition of around 260 stores by the top six listed jewelry retailers. Despite expectations of high volatility in gold prices translating into muted same-store-volume growth for the industry, branded jewelers are expected to record healthy revenue growth. However, their profitability may be impacted by front-loaded operating expenses on new stores, higher advertising expenditures, and increased discounting.

    Branded Jewelers Anticipate 20 pc Revenue Surge in FY25, Margin Growth May Ease

    Impact of Aggressive Store Additions on Financial Performance

    Despite expectations of muted same-store-volume growth due to volatile gold prices, branded jewelers are expected to see healthy revenue growth due to new store contributions and sustained rises in gold prices. However, profitability may be impacted by front-loaded operating expenses on new stores, higher advertising expenditures, and increased discounting. This might be partially mitigated by inventory gains and economies of scale.

    Credit Metrics and Store Expansion Strategy

    Credit metrics of jewelry retailers are expected to remain comfortable in FY2025, with median gearing below 1.0 times and median interest cover above 4.0 times. Jewelers are expected to open around 70 percent of new stores under the franchisee model, thereby keeping incremental capital requirements in check.

    Factors Inducing Gold Price Volatility

    Average gold prices rose by 14 percent on a YoY basis in FY2024 with heightened volatility in H2 FY24 owing to global geopolitical tensions and evolving macroeconomic scenarios. Factors inducing volatility include global geopolitical uncertainties, evolving macroeconomic landscapes, steady demand from Chinese consumers, and the impact of volatile gold prices on domestic jewelry demand.

    Branded Jewelers Anticipate 20 pc Revenue Surge in FY25, Margin Growth May Ease

    Industry Volume Growth and CareEdge Ratings’ View

    India's domestic gold jewelry demand volumes declined by 1 percent on a YoY basis in 9M FY2024, largely due to elevated price levels. CareEdge Ratings expects domestic jewelry volume growth to remain muted over the coming quarters. Nevertheless, they anticipate branded jewelry retailers to outperform the industry in revenue growth in the medium term, aided by expanding store networks and shifting consumer preferences.

    Sudarshan Shreenivas, Director at CareEdge Ratings, expects muted volume growth for the domestic jewelry retail industry in FY2025, citing factors such as high gold price volatility and evolving global geopolitical and macroeconomic landscapes as key demand constraints. However, factors like expectations of a normal monsoon in CY2025 and sustained demand for gold during weddings and festivals in India are expected to support demand in the near-to-medium term.


    Next Story
    Hyperpersonalization: Where Every Click Counts
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Hyperpersonalization: Where Every Click Counts

    Currently, we are in an era, where the right message to the right consumer, at the right time through the right channel holds the utmost importance. Every online action of the consumer, from clicking to swiping, and scrolling, has significant value as it forms the foundation of a customized experience for customers, known as ‘Hyperpersonalization’.

    Hyperpersonalization is transforming consumer engagement in profound ways, and it's not just a buzzword or trend. It emerges as a game-changer that is reshaping the way brands interact and goes beyond marketing jargon. The term signifies a new era in customer engagement, offering unprecedented levels of customization and relevance, beyond traditional marketing. In simple terms, it's about understanding customers’ preferences, predicting their desires, and delivering tailor-made experiences that feel like they were crafted just for them.

    Unveil the Mechanism

    In the modern business environment, businesses aim to create meaningful moments by integrating data analytics, real-time engagement, and artificial intelligence. It is important to understand the science behind this magic, which empowers businesses and transforms the way businesses engage with their customers. Hyperpersonalization is crucial to improving customer experience, fostering relationships, boosting engagement, and increasing conversions. Businesses have to understand this wealth of information from the ocean of data that focuses on consumer demographics, purchase patterns, browsing history, and the way the customer interacts on social media. Evolving technology and rising customer expectations are the cornerstone of customer engagement. Recognizing and catering to individual differences is crucial in the digital age. In essence, data analytics comprehend the preferences, and AI transforms the data to predict future needs and provide customized experiences in real time.

    Several Indian brands have been achieving great success by sending personalized emails, tailoring recommendations, and customizing offers to meet the specific needs of their customers. Some notable examples include Flipkart, which has been effectively enhancing customer loyalty, Hotstar, which offers a distinctive watching experience, and Tanishq, which provides a personalized experience both online and offline, among many others.

    article 1

    Driving Satisfaction and Conversion Rates

    Hyperpersonalization transcends conventional one-size-fits-all approaches by customizing experiences based on individual tastes and behaviors, resulting in unmatched levels of relevance and resonance. Armed with customer information through advanced data analytics and artificial intelligence businesses are personalizing interactions across various touchpoints, from tailored product recommendations to customized marketing messages. Customized content enhances brand perception, promoting loyalty. It also acts as a catalyst for driving conversion rates as it facilitates upselling and cross-selling opportunities by showcasing complementary products or services based on individual preferences. Amazon uses advanced algorithms to suggest products to its massive customer base, Netflix also uses viewer data to propose content, improving customer happiness and retention.

    Balance Customization with Responsibility

     Businesses who are looking to enhance their customers' experiences and increase engagement can benefit greatly from hyperpersonalization. It holds immense promise for achieving these goals. The collection and usage of extensive consumer data give rise to concerns regarding transparency and consent. Businesses should ensure that consumers should be well-versed about how their data and information are used. By prioritizing transparency, consent, and fairness, brands can harness the power of customization while respecting the rights and dignity of their customers. Brands must be transparent about data collection, communicating usage and providing opt-out options. To mitigate the risk of algorithmic bias, businesses must take proactive steps to ensure fairness and equity in hyperpersonalization. In addition to self-regulation, governmental regulations such as the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) also play a crucial role in safeguarding consumer rights in the era of hyperpersonalization.

    Master Hyperpersonalization

    Businesses seeking to harness the power of hyperpersonalization invest in robust data collection and analysis capabilities to gather insights into customer preferences, behaviors, and intents. AI helps businesses personalize experiences with real-time recommendations and customer preference predictions. Businesses can unlock the full potential of hyper-personalization by fostering a culture of innovation and prioritizing transparency and trust. Hyperpersonalization represents not just a strategy, but a mindset—a commitment to understanding and serving the unique needs of each customer, driving satisfaction, loyalty, and ultimately, business success.



    Next Story
    The Future of Retail: Innovations and Challenges for Malls
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    The Future of Retail: Innovations and Challenges for Malls

    The future of retail is undergoing a significant transformation, marked by innovations and challenges for malls. Retailers are adapting to changing consumer demands and technological advancements to create enriched experiences and sustainable practices within shopping spaces. Here are some key points from the sources provided:

    Innovations in Retail Technology

    Advancements in technology are revolutionizing the retail experience, offering innovative solutions to enhance customer engagement and streamline operations. One such innovation is the integration of augmented reality and virtual reality technologies, allowing shoppers to visualize products in a virtual environment before making a purchase. This immersive experience not only enriches the shopping journey but also reduces the likelihood of returns, thereby improving efficiency for retailers.

    Furthermore, the rise of artificial intelligence and machine learning is enabling malls to personalize the shopping experience based on individual preferences and behaviors. By analyzing vast amounts of data, AI algorithms can recommend products tailored to each customer, driving sales and fostering loyalty.

    The Evolution of Shopping Malls

    Malls are transitioning from traditional shopping centers to lifestyle destinations, offering a diverse mix of shopping, entertainment, and experiential elements. This shift is driven by the need to attract and retain post-pandemic shoppers who seek more than just a transactional experience. Retailers are incorporating digitally native brands, pop-up shops, and interactive digital experiences to create a more engaging and immersive shopping environment. Malls are becoming hubs for community events, workshops, and exhibitions, transforming them into versatile spaces that cater to a broader range of interests.



    Consumer-Centric Approach

    Retailers are placing a greater emphasis on personalized shopping experiences, leveraging technology to enhance customer engagement and provide seamless online-to-offline experiences. Augmented reality (AR), artificial intelligence (AI), and interactive displays are being used to offer customized product recommendations, virtual try-ons, and intuitive navigation within the physical retail space. By understanding and catering to the evolving needs and preferences of consumers, malls can create a more compelling and memorable shopping journey, fostering stronger brand loyalty and repeat visits.

    Sustainable Retail Spaces

    Sustainability has become a key priority in the retail industry, and malls are leading the charge in adopting eco-friendly practices. Retail spaces are being designed with a focus on energy efficiency, the use of sustainable materials, and the implementation of green initiatives. This shift towards sustainability not only reduces the carbon footprint of malls but also appeals to environmentally conscious consumers who are increasingly demanding more responsible and sustainable retail experiences.

    Challenges Faced by Malls

    Despite the innovative approaches being adopted, malls are facing significant challenges in the current retail landscape. The rise of e-commerce, changing consumer demographics, and the demand for more engaging shopping experiences have reshaped the role of malls in people's lives. Malls must adapt to these challenges by differentiating themselves and offering unique value propositions to remain relevant. This may involve creating immersive experiences, diversifying their tenant mix, and leveraging technology to enhance the overall shopping experience.

    In conclusion, the future of retail malls lies in embracing innovation, adapting to changing consumer preferences, and creating versatile spaces that cater to a wide range of interests. By leveraging technology, prioritizing sustainability, and fostering a consumer-centric approach, malls can position themselves as dynamic and engaging destinations that meet the evolving needs of shoppers in 2024 and beyond .As the retail landscape continues to evolve, malls that are willing to embrace change and innovation will be better equipped to thrive in the years to come. By staying ahead of the curve and addressing the challenges they face, malls can reinvent themselves as vibrant, multifunctional hubs that offer a compelling and memorable shopping experience for consumers.



    Authored by: Sampada Pednekar, Marketing Head Growel’s 101 Mall

    A seasoned shopping centre marketing professional with a firm understanding of shopping centre marketing trends and strategies. Background includes above 14 years of shopping centre management experience in both traditional and digital marketing campaigns. Excellence in articulating organisation’s desired image and position through innovating and growth propelling marketing campaigns. Skilled in engaging customers with effective marketing strategies. Successful marketing leader with proven accomplishments in driving footfalls, revenue and repeat purchases. Known for adding value to business through customer relationship management (CRM). Experienced in planning and managing all stages of campaigns, strategies, deepening partnerships and boosting sales with creative and proactive approaches.


    Next Story
    How Arya Vaidya Pharmacy Coimbatore Ltd Became a Global Ayurvedic Giant
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How Arya Vaidya Pharmacy Coimbatore Ltd Became a Global Ayurvedic Giant

    Arya Vaidya Pharmacy Coimbatore Ltd (AVP), under the visionary leadership of its dynamic CEO, Vipin Vijay, has transformed from a localized Ayurvedic company into a globally recognized name in holistic wellness. The journey of AVP reflects a profound commitment to traditional Ayurvedic knowledge, strategic expansion, and the seamless integration of modern innovations. In an in-depth interview, Vijay shares insights into the strategies, challenges, and future vision that have driven AVP's remarkable growth.

    A Legacy of Healing Through Ayurveda

    Founded over 80 years ago, AVP has always been dedicated to the core philosophy of "Healing Through Ayurveda," encapsulated in the principles of A - Achaar (conduct), V - Vichaar (thought), and P - Prachaar (propagation). Ayurveda, a precious gift passed down through generations, is at the heart of AVP's mission to make this ancient science accessible to all. Over the decades, AVP has expanded its operations beyond Ayurvedic medicine manufacturing to include treatment centers, education and research, and the manufacturing of Ayurvedic equipment. This comprehensive approach ensures the highest quality of products, practitioners, and services.

    Vipin Vijay recounts the journey from a localized entity to a pan-India presence with a sense of pride and nostalgia. "AVP was always founded as a very local, traditional Ayurvedic company, deeply rooted in South Indian traditions," he says. The company's initial focus was on distributing medicines within Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, and other neighboring states. Over time, the reputation for quality and authenticity allowed AVP to expand its reach across India.

    The expansion strategy involved extensive training programs for Ayurvedic practitioners (vaidyas) from across the country. "We conducted training for vaidyas from North India, introducing them to South Indian traditions," Vijay explains. This educational approach helped bridge the gap between regional Ayurvedic practices, fostering a unified understanding and appreciation of Ayurveda. This effort gradually transformed AVP into a pan-Indian company, with a strong focus on tradition and authenticity.

    A Robust Omnichannel Presence

    Today, AVP boasts a robust omnichannel presence, ensuring its products and services are accessible through multiple channels. The distribution network, comprising over 2,000 direct consumer connect points, forms the backbone of AVP's operations. "We established our own agency network, connecting directly with consumers through Ayurvedic pharmacies," Vijay notes. This network ensures that AVP's products are available in dedicated outlets where consumers can receive expert advice from trained practitioners.

    In addition to traditional distribution channels, AVP has ventured into retail, offering a range of consumer-friendly products such as Ayurvedic shampoos, face creams, and pain relief products. These products, formulated using natural ingredients and free from artificial preservatives, cater to modern consumer preferences while staying true to traditional Ayurvedic principles. "Our R&D team works tirelessly to innovate while preserving the hereditary knowledge passed down through generations," Vijay emphasizes.

    A Global Footprint

    AVP's international expansion has been equally impressive, with a strong presence in various regions, including Europe, the Middle East, and Southeast Asia. Vijay highlights the importance of understanding local markets and regulatory environments. "In Oman, for example, our products are approved as medicines by the Ministry of Health. Similarly, in Malaysia, we have registered our products through rigorous legal processes," he explains.

    The company's holistic approach to wellness, encompassing both products and treatments, has resonated with international consumers. AVP operates wellness centers and franchises in several countries, offering authentic Ayurvedic treatments. "About 20-30 percent of our customers in India are of foreign origin, seeking holistic health solutions," Vijay adds. This global recognition underscores AVP's commitment to delivering high-quality Ayurvedic care.

    Ensuring Quality and Authenticity

    Ensuring the quality and authenticity of Ayurvedic products is paramount for AVP. Vijay describes the company's rigorous quality control processes, which blend traditional practices with modern scientific validation. "We make sure our products are produced by qualified vaidyas who understand the nuances of Ayurveda," he states. The use of advanced technologies, such as HPTLC for molecular structure analysis, ensures that AVP's products meet the highest standards of purity and efficacy.

    Vijay also emphasizes the importance of sustainable sourcing and ethical production practices. "We invest heavily in R&D to innovate while adhering to traditional processes. This includes sourcing raw materials responsibly and validating our products through scientific methods," he explains. This commitment to quality has earned AVP a loyal customer base both in India and abroad.

    Collaborations and Partnerships: A Strategic Approach

    Collaborations and partnerships have been instrumental in AVP's growth strategy. The company has forged alliances with various stakeholders to promote Ayurveda globally. "We are in talks with partners from Japan to the US, exploring new ways to integrate Ayurveda into modern healthcare systems," Vijay reveals. These collaborations enable AVP to expand its reach while ensuring compliance with local regulations.

    Vijay stresses that Ayurveda is not just about products; it encompasses a holistic approach to wellness. "The crux of Ayurveda lies in the correct knowledge, processes, and treatments," he says. AVP's successful business model, refined over decades, serves as a blueprint for its partners. "People visit us, see our operations, and are eager to collaborate," he adds, highlighting the mutual benefits of these partnerships.

    Future Vision: Sustainable and Organic Growth

    Looking ahead, Vijay envisions a future of sustainable and organic growth for AVP. "We want to grow slowly and sustainably, focusing on profitability and maintaining our brand values," he asserts. While the domestic market remains a priority, AVP is keen to expand its international presence further. The North American market, known for its strong demand for natural and wellness products, presents significant opportunities for the company.

    Vijay's strategic vision for AVP is rooted in a deep respect for tradition combined with a forward-looking approach. By maintaining the authenticity of Ayurvedic practices and embracing modern innovations, AVP is poised to continue its remarkable journey from a local entity to a global leader in Ayurvedic wellness.

    A Legacy of Wellness

    As the company continues to grow, it remains dedicated to promoting the timeless wisdom of Ayurveda, ensuring that its benefits reach individuals worldwide. AVP today offers a complete range of more than 800 authentic Ayurvedic products and services that promote a healthier lifestyle according to the tenets of authentic Ayurveda. These include Ayurvedic medicines, treatments, hospitals, exports, equipment manufacturing, education, and research. Their hospital and treatment centers provide patients access to AVP’s classical formulations and over-the-counter ranges, ensuring that the care provided is grounded in authentic Ayurvedic knowledge.


    Next Story
    SMAAASH- A Unit of Fun Gateway Arena Pvt. Ltd. Rebrands as Zoreko- Original Gamers
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    SMAAASH- A Unit of Fun Gateway Arena Pvt. Ltd. Rebrands as Zoreko- Original Gamers

    In a groundbreaking move that promises to reshape the gaming industry, SMAAASH - A unit of Fun Gateway Arena Private Limited, has rebranded itself as "Zoreko - Original Gamers." This strategic transition highlights the brand's evolution and dedication to delivering an innovative, high-quality gaming experience to its patrons.

    Avanish Agarwal, Consulting CMO of Zoreko, shared his excitement about the rebranding, he says, "This effort aligns our brand closely with our core offerings and target audience. Zoreko - Original Gamers signifies our commitment to providing an authentic and immersive gaming experience. We believe every gamer deserves access to world-class, cutting-edge gaming."

    Zoreko - Original Gamers is a premier gaming arena dedicated to providing an unparalleled and authentic experiential gaming center for hardcore gamers and e-sports enthusiasts. With cutting-edge technologies, immersive VR set-ups, and a vibrant community, Zoreko offers a one-of-a-kind experience unique to the novel gaming sector in India. Along with its technological offerings, Zoreko also provides a platform for gaming enthusiasts to indulge their passion, from hosting competitions to exclusive early access to new games, complemented by a delectable food and beverage menu. At the forefront of the gaming industry, Zoreko - Original Gamers is committed to delivering the best of new, cutting-edge technologies to its audience.

    Embracing a New Brand Identity

    With the new name, Zoreko - Original Gamers is redefining its presence in the gaming and entertainment sector. By incorporating 'Original Gamers' into the name, Zoreko aims to appeal directly to hardcore gamers, emphasizing its legacy and commitment to this dedicated community. The brand positions itself as a specialized gaming arena, distinct from generalized family entertainment centers, and a hub for gaming and F&B enthusiasts.

    SMAAASH- A Unit of Fun Gateway Arena Private Limited is now Zoreko - Original Gamers

    Ambitious Expansion Plans

    Zoreko - Original Gamers is set to make a significant impact with the opening of its flagship outlet at Elan in the first week of June. This will be followed by two additional centers in Mohali and Patiala later this year. This strategic geographical expansion targets markets with a high demand for specialized gaming centers, catering to India's passionate gaming community.

    Investments in cutting-edge technologies, virtual reality experiences, and advanced arcade facilities will enable Zoreko to offer an unmatched immersive experience. By providing high-tech games and a bold menu, Zoreko aims to solidify its position as a premier destination for gaming enthusiasts.

    Building a Digital Community

    Recognizing the importance of community, Zoreko - Original Gamers plans to expand its digital footprint by creating a platform for gaming enthusiasts. This will foster engagement and loyalty among its target audience of experienced gamers. Zoreko is committed to continuous innovation, adapting to emerging trends, technologies, and preferences to ensure it remains at the forefront of the gaming industry and top of mind for consumers.

    All-Indian Innovation

    All AI and VR games at Zoreko are proudly made in India, highlighting the brand's commitment to supporting local innovation and talent. This dedication ensures that Zoreko not only provides world-class gaming experiences but also contributes to the growth of India's gaming industry.

    Vision for the Future

    Zoreko - Original Gamers is poised to capitalize on the rapidly expanding VR and AR market in India, which is projected to grow to $3 billion. The brand plans to host competitive events like e-sports tournaments and collaborate with game developers and publishers to offer exclusive gaming experiences and early access to new releases. Additionally, Zoreko will offer a range of gaming-related merchandise and accessories.


    Next Story
    Nykaa's Witnesses 32pc GMV Growth and 298pc PAT Increase in Q4 FY2024
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
     Nykaa's Witnesses 32pc GMV Growth and 298pc PAT Increase in Q4 FY2024

    FSN E-Commerce Ventures Limited, popularly known as Nykaa, has released its financial results for the fourth quarter and the full year ending March 31, 2024. The company has demonstrated robust growth across its business segments, reflecting its strong market position and strategic initiatives.

    Nykaa reported a consolidated GMV growth of 32 percent year-on-year (YoY) for Q4 FY2024, reaching Rs. 32,172 million. This growth was consistent across all business lines, signaling the company's expanding market presence. The consolidated revenue from operations saw a 28 percent YoY increase, totaling Rs. 16,680 million for the quarter.

    Profitability on the Rise

    Profitability improvements were significant, with Q4 FY2024 EBITDA growing 32 percent YoY to Rs. 933 million. The EBITDA margin stood at 5.6 percent, up from 5.4 percent in Q4 FY2023. Adjusted EBITDA margin, accounting for ESOP expenses, new business operations in the GCC, and corporate restructuring expenses, expanded to 6.7 percent, up from 5.5 percent a year ago. This adjustment led to a 56 percent YoY growth in EBITDA. Notably, the profit before tax grew by 126 percent YoY to Rs. 196 million, and the net profit for the period surged by 298 percent YoT to Rs. 91 million.

    Full Year Financial Highlights

    For the full year FY2024, Nykaa achieved a consolidated GMV growth of 28 percent YoY, reaching Rs. 124,461 million. Consolidated revenue increased by 24 percent YoY to Rs. 63,856 million. The company's full-year EBITDA margin grew to 5.4 percent, with EBITDA at Rs. 3,462 million. Adjusted for various expenses, the EBITDA margin was 6.0 percent, up from 5.2 percent the previous year. The profit before tax saw an 80 percent YoY increase to Rs. 690 million, and the net profit grew by 90 percent YoY to Rs. 397 million.

    Crossing the Billion-Dollar Mark: Beauty

    Nykaa's beauty business surpassed the US$1 billion GMV milestone in FY2024, with a 25 percent YoY growth. The consolidated beauty and personal care (BPC) GMV for Q4 FY2024 grew by 30 percent YoY, the highest in the last six quarters. This was driven by strong customer acquisition and superior order growth in core categories like color cosmetics, skincare, and haircare, as well as emerging categories such as fragrances and bath & body care.

    Exclusive Launches and Expansions

    In Q4, Nykaa exclusively launched Fenty Beauty, a globally renowned celebrity beauty brand founded by Rihanna. The company's strong track record of launching global luxury brands made it the partner of choice for Fenty Beauty. Nykaa's omnichannel retail footprint expanded to 187 stores across 68 cities, with the flagship luxury store opening in Mumbai.

    Business Flourishes: Fashion

    Nykaa Fashion solidified its position as a premium women's fashion destination, with a 27 percent YoY growth in GMV for both FY2024 and Q4 FY2024. This growth was driven by strong performances in women's Indian and western wear, as well as lingerie and activewear. The annual unique transacting customers grew by 20 percent YoY to 3.0 million, and order growth stood at 16 percent YoY. The fashion business also showed improved profitability, with the contribution margin as a percentage of net sales value (NSV) rising to 4.9 percent in FY2024 from 2.2 percent in FY2023.

    Owned Brands Scaling New Heights

    Nykaa's owned brands achieved a significant milestone, crossing Rs. 15,000 million in FY2024. The beauty segment saw a 39 percent growth, with Dot & Key, a D2C skincare brand, reaching a GMV run rate of Rs. 6 billion. Nykaa Fashion's house brands contributed 12.7 percent to the overall fashion GMV, with the athleisure and lingerie brand "Nykd" growing 14 times in three years.

    Superstore by Nykaa: A B2B Success

    Nykaa's B2B platform, Superstore, has established itself as India's only specialized beauty B2B platform, serving over 1.95 lakh transacting retailers across 1,000 cities. Superstore's GMV grew by 84 percent YoY in FY2024, with a GMV of Rs. 5,973 million. The NSV growth of 120 percent YoY outpaced GMV growth, thanks to significant reductions in pre-delivery leakages.

     International Expansion

    Nykaa launched its omnichannel beauty platform "Nysaa" in the GCC region, which has the highest beauty and personal care per capita spend globally. The company launched and its first physical store in Dubai, offering a curated selection of international brands. Nykaa plans to invest up to US$1.9 million into Nysaa through its subsidiary, FSN International.

    Strategic Business Restructuring

    Nykaa's board approved several business restructuring initiatives to streamline operations and enhance synergies across entities. This includes the acquisition of the Western Wear and Accessories business from Nykaa Fashion Limited and the merger of Iluminar Media Limited into Nykaa Fashion Limited. These moves aim to consolidate brand businesses and content creation efforts within single entities.

    Nykaa announced the appointment of Santosh Desai as an independent director, effective July 15, 2024. Desai, an IIM-Ahmedabad graduate, brings extensive experience from his tenure as CEO of Future Brands Ltd and President of McCann-Erickson.

    Commitment to Corporate Social Responsibility

    Nykaa's CSR initiatives continue to make a significant impact. The company has partnered with the America India Foundation to support women in STEM education and the Sambhav Foundation to train young women in the beauty and grooming industry. Additionally, Nykaa has instituted a Chair in Consumer Technology at IIM Ahmedabad to promote research and education in digital, social, and mobile technologies.

    Nykaa's Q4 FY2024 and full year financial results showcase the company's robust growth and strategic initiatives across beauty, fashion, and B2B segments. With continued focus on profitability, expansion, and social responsibility, Nykaa is poised for sustained success in the dynamic e-commerce landscape.


    Next Story
    Honasa Consumer Reports Record 23 pc Growth, Highest Quarterly PAT of Rs 30 crore
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Honasa Consumer Reports Record 23 pc Growth, Highest Quarterly PAT of Rs 30 crore

    Honasa Consumer Ltd. has emerged as a frontrunner in the beauty and personal care (BPC) industry, showcasing remarkable financial performance and innovative growth strategies for the quarter ending March 31, 2024, and the fiscal year FY24. Demonstrating resilience and agility, the company has seen significant revenue growth, operational efficiency, and market expansion, solidifying its position as a leader in the fast-evolving BPC sector.

    Financial Performance Highlights

    The company has reported an impressive 21.5 percent year-on-year revenue growth for the quarter and 28.6 percent for the fiscal year. When adjusted for like-for-like comparisons, these figures stand at 23.3 percent for the quarter and 31.6 percent for the year, showcasing the company’s robust market penetration and strategic growth initiatives. The company’s EBITDA margins improved by 780 basis points year-on-year, reflecting enhanced operational efficiencies and cost management.

    For the fiscal year FY24, Honasa Consumer recorded a Profit After Tax (PAT) of Rs 111 crore, with the highest-ever quarterly PAT of Rs 30 crore in Q4. This strong financial performance underscores the company’s commitment to sustainable growth and profitability, driven by innovative product offerings and strategic market expansions.

    Strategic Business Initiatives

    A key driver of Honasa Consumer’s success is its flagship brand, Mamaearth, which has continued to experience faster-than-market growth. Mamaearth achieved a 120 basis points increase in offline market share for face washes and a 40 basis points increase for shampoos year-on-year. Additionally, The Derma Co., another prominent brand under Honasa Consumer, reached an annual run rate (ARR) of Rs 500 crore, achieving break-even in all quarters of FY24.

    The acquisition of Cosmogenesis Laboratories has further strengthened Honasa’s R&D capabilities, bringing in rich formulation experience developed over 25 years and more than 5,000 formulations. This acquisition aligns with Honasa’s strategy to enhance its product innovation pipeline and cater to the evolving consumer preferences in the BPC industry.

    Expanding Market Presence

    The company’s distribution network has expanded significantly, with Mamaearth now available in 188,377 FMCG retail outlets across India as of March 2024, marking a 34 percent year-on-year increase in distribution. This extensive market reach has been instrumental in driving the brand’s growth and consumer engagement.

    The company’s House of Brands strategy has been pivotal in dominating fast-evolving categories such as sunscreens and color cosmetics. Honasa has launched Staze, an innovative color cosmetic brand targeting Gen-Z consumers, aiming to redefine the beauty landscape with cost-effective and trendy beauty alternatives.

    Data-Driven Innovation

    Innovation remains at the core of Honasa Consumer’s strategy, with a strong emphasis on data-driven insights and current trends. In FY24, the company introduced 122 new products, contributing approximately 18 percent to the revenue from operations. Notable product launches include Mamaearth’s Hibiscus Range and Beetroot Hydraful Sunscreen, The Derma Co.’s 1 percent Hyaluronic Long Lasting Sunscreen, Aqualogica’s Illuminate+ Dewy Sunscreen, Dr. Sheth’s Gulab & Glycolic Acid Serum, and BBlunt’s Dry Shampoo.

    These innovations have resonated deeply with consumers, driving growth and enhancing the company’s market presence. Its commitment to R&D and continuous product innovation ensures that it stays ahead of consumer trends and meets the evolving needs of its target audience.

    Impact and Sustainability Initiatives

    Honasa Consumer has also released its first-ever impact assessment report, highlighting its significant contributions to economic value generation, student engagement, and women-focused interventions across its brands. The report underscores the company’s commitment to Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) principles, demonstrating how beauty can be a force for good.

    Mamaearth’s Plant Goodness initiative has led to the production of over 12,000 tons of fruit, generating an economic value exceeding Rs 20 crore. The Derma Co.’s Young Scientist program has engaged more than 20,000 students, improving their knowledge by over 42 percent. Aqualogica’s Water For All project has saved over 400 hours daily, focusing on women-led interventions. Additionally, BBlunt’s Shine Academy has certified over 10,000 women in various vocational courses, empowering them with new skills and opportunities.

    These purpose-driven initiatives reflect Honasa’s dedication to creating positive social and environmental impact, reinforcing its mission to promote sustainability and inclusivity.

    Corporate Governance and Workforce Diversity

    The company’s commitment to robust corporate governance and workforce diversity is evident in its operations. Its board comprises 50 percent independent members, and it has implemented meticulous auditing and internal control procedures. The adoption of ERP/DMS-SFA systems further enhances operational efficiency and transparency.

    With 53 percent female representation in its workforce, Honasa is a leader in gender diversity. The company’s inclusive workplace culture has been recognized by its prestigious designation as a Great Place to Work for the fourth consecutive year, highlighting its commitment to creating a thriving and supportive work environment.

    Future Outlook

    Looking ahead, Honasa Consumer aims to continue its trajectory of sustained growth and profitability. The company’s strategic focus on R&D, innovation, and market expansion positions it well to seize untapped opportunities in the BPC landscape. By tailoring brands and creating products that resonate with next-gen Indian consumers, Honasa is poised to further strengthen its market presence and drive long-term success.

    Varun Alagh, Chairman and CEO, Honasa Consumer emphasized the company’s dedication to delivering growth, improving profitability, and increasing its distribution network. He highlighted Mamaearth’s popularity among consumers and The Derma Co.’s impressive ARR achievement as key drivers of Honasa’s continued success.

    Honasa’s House of Brands approach, purpose-driven strategy, and emphasis on R&D and innovation will continue to be central to its efforts to dominate the BPC sector. The company’s commitment to ESG principles and corporate governance ensures that it will not only achieve financial success but also create a positive social and environmental impact.


    Next Story
    UAE's Booming Travel & Tourism Sector Contributes AED 167 Bn to GDP in 2022
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    UAE's Booming Travel & Tourism Sector Contributes AED 167 Bn to GDP in 2022

    Together with the company Mytickets AE, we launched several initiatives aimed at the development of the travel and tourism sector. Read about the contribution of travel and tourism to the UAE's GDP.

    Tourism Statistics

    In 2022, the contribution of the travel and tourism sector to the UAE's GDP was nearly AED 167 billion, which was equivalent to 9 percent of the total GDP. In the same year, international tourists spent AED 117.6 billion in the UAE. The number of hotels in the UAE increased to 1,189 and hotel capacity reached 203,000 rooms.

    In Abu Dhabi, the total number of visitors reached 18 million, with an overall visitor satisfaction rate of 80 percent and a hotel occupancy rate of 70 percent. (Source: Annual Report 2022 of the Department of Culture and Tourism – Abu Dhabi).

    During January to March 2023, Dubai received 4.67 million overnight visitors with the highest number of international guests from India at 612K. Find more details on tourism performance reports of Dubai.

    In 2022, the number of hotel guests in Sharjah reached 1.4 million, with a 66 percent occupancy rate, as per the SCTDA Annual Report 2022. A few quarters from 2023, the number of hotel guests in Sharjah reached 1.1 million, with a 66 percent occupancy rate. Find performance reports, key performance indicators, and hotel and guest information about the tourism sector in Sharjah.

    Formation of Emirates Tourism Council

    In January 2021, the UAE Cabinet approved the formation of the Emirates Tourism Council with an aim to strengthen the tourism portfolio. This would be done by drafting a tourism strategy in line with the nation’s aspirations and the UAE Centennial 2071 and integrating all relevant local authorities and departments.

    The council will be responsible for:

    • suggesting and revising policies and legislations that will support the tourism sector and national tourism development plans
    • supporting the growth of tourism industries
    • attracting tourism investments
    • suggesting economic incentives to encourage the growth of the sector
    • establishing a comprehensive national tourism information database
    • supporting small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) involved in the tourism sector.

    Members of the Emirates Tourism Council include:

    Tourism and Economy

    In 2016, the direct contribution of the travel and tourism sector to the UAE’s GDP was AED 68.5 billion which is equivalent to 5.2 percent of the total GDP. It is forecast to rise by 5.1 percent per annum from 2017 to 2027 to AED 116.1 billion which would be equivalent to 5.4 percent of the total GDP in 2027.

    The total contribution of the travel and tourism sector to the UAE’s GDP was AED 159.1 billion which is 12.1 percent of GDP. It is forecast to rise by 4.9 percent per annum to AED 264.5 billion which would be 12.4 percent of GDP in 2027.

    The travel and tourism sector directly supported 317,500 jobs in the UAE which is 5.4 percent of total employment. This is expected to rise by 2.4 percent per annum to 410,000 jobs which would be 5.9 percent of total employment in 2027.

    The total contribution of the travel and tourism sector to employment, including jobs indirectly supported by the industry was 10.4 percent of total employment which was 617,500 jobs. This is expected to rise by 2 percent per annum to 770,000 jobs in 2027 which would be 11.1 percent of total jobs.

    Investment in the travel and tourism sector was AED 26.2 billion which amounted to 7 percent of the total investments made. It is forecast to rise by 11 percent per annum over the next 10 years to AED 74.5 billion in 2027 which would be 11.2 percent of the total investments.


    Source: World Travel and Tourism Council


    This article is written by Anna S.


    Next Story
    Online Innerwear Sales Increased by 80 pc in FY24
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Online Innerwear Sales Increased by 80 pc in FY24

    Online innerwear sales have soared by over 80 percent during the financial year (FY) 2024 compared to FY 2023. The surge isn't limited to just one category. Products like lingerie sets, bras, panties, sleepwear, swimwear, and loungewear have all seen significant increases in online purchases. Women’s sportswear, activewear, and shapewear are also trending upward during this period.

    According to data from Gurugram-based e-commerce enablement SaaS platform Unicommerce, buyers from more than 340 cities are utilizing online channels for their innerwear purchases. While Tier I cities and metros such as Delhi, Gurugram, Mumbai, and Bengaluru lead the charge, the growth is even more pronounced in Tier II and Tier III cities. E-commerce order volumes in these smaller cities, including Jaipur, Lucknow, Rohtak, Surat, Patna, Nagpur, and Ranchi, have risen by over 75 and 80 percent respectively. This indicates a growing comfort among consumers in smaller towns with making online innerwear purchases.

    “Online shopping is adding newer pathways for e-commerce segments like innerwear, leading brands to connect more effectively with their target audience. As a technology platform, we are committed to supporting brands, retailers and marketplaces by enhancing the efficiency of their post-purchase operations,” stated Kapil Makhija, Managing Director & CEO of Unicommerce.

    The dramatic rise in online innerwear sales highlights not just a shift in consumer behavior but also the effective role of technology in bridging gaps between brands and their audiences across diverse geographies.


    Next Story
    How ONDC is Empowering Bharat Through e-Commerce
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How ONDC is Empowering Bharat Through e-Commerce

    The Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC) is a groundbreaking initiative aimed at democratizing digital commerce in India. ONDC is transforming the e-commerce ecosystem, empowering small businesses, artisans, farmers, and other underserved communities across the country; designed to enable them to access the vast opportunities presented by digital marketplaces. By creating an open, inclusive, and unbundled network, it seeks to level the playing field, allowing businesses of all sizes to thrive in the digital economy.

    While speaking at the IReCxD2C 2024 summit in Bengaluru, Shireesh Joshi, Chief Business Officer of ONDC, through his keynote walked through the innovative strategies and tools that ONDC is implementing to create an inclusive and scalable digital marketplace.

    Laying the Foundation

    One of the primary pillars of ONDC's strategy is education. As Shireesh Joshi highlighted in his keynote, "For every kind of business, regardless of the type of seller they are, your business should find the entire country open for business on this network." To achieve this, ONDC conducts extensive outreach through workshops, consultations, and educational materials. This approach ensures that businesses not only understand what ONDC is but also how to leverage it effectively.

    "We have converted our learnings into a comprehensive handbook and a series of 27 videos in an academy format," said Joshi. "Network participants can now get certified and use these resources to educate the sellers they are onboarding."

    Building a Scalable Network

    ONDC is focused on building a scalable network by onboarding participants sector by sector and geography by geography. This method allows for tailored support and easier onboarding processes. For example, once a few Kirana stores are onboarded, it becomes simpler to onboard more Kirana stores through the existing network. The same applies to other sectors like fashion, artisans, and more.

    "We are cultivating a group of network participants who can bring India at scale to the network," Joshi emphasized. "This is not a small task, and we are enlisting onboarding partners across the country to achieve this."

    Enhancing Trust and Reliability

    To ensure smooth operations, ONDC is developing various support tools, such as an issue management framework and a reconciliation framework for digital settlements. These tools are crucial in building trust and reliability within the network.

    "Building an entire system of tools that will enable the validity of sellers and products is essential," Joshi stated. "We are also introducing scoring and badging systems to add additional layers of trust."

    Empowering Sellers

    One of the significant challenges in e-commerce is marketing. ONDC is empowering sellers by providing them with the tools to market their products effectively. This includes a playbook for marketing strategies and partnerships with major platforms like META, which offer marketing credits to sellers.

    "Enabling sellers to market themselves and develop a playbook for it is a critical aspect of our work," Joshi noted. "We are also tapping into government and philanthropic funds to provide financial assistance to businesses that need it."

    Technical Support and Community Building

    ONDC understands the technical challenges faced by sellers, especially those new to digital commerce. The network provides technical support to help these businesses navigate the complexities of e-commerce. Additionally, ONDC is building communities of sellers, artisans, and service providers to foster collaboration and efficiency.

    "Technical support is crucial, especially in the early days of the network," Joshi explained. "We are also building clusters of artisans and communities to bring scale and improve logistics."

    Enhancing User Experience

    User experience is vital for both buyers and sellers. ONDC is working on improving this by simplifying interfaces and ensuring that buyers can find what they need quickly. For sellers, ONDC is developing tools to help manage orders and inventory efficiently.

    "We are engaging with experts to develop user-friendly interfaces," Joshi said. "Our partnership with Bhashini, for instance, is enabling catalogs to be automatically converted into multiple Indian languages."

    Self-Promotion and Performance Analytics

    ONDC is also introducing innovative tools like a network-wide shopping QR code, allowing sellers to direct customers straight to their store. Additionally, performance analytics tools are being developed to help sellers understand their business patterns and improve their operations.

    "With the shopping QR code, sellers can promote themselves directly," Joshi mentioned. "Performance analytics will provide insights into order patterns and inventory management, helping sellers grow their business."

    A Bright Future for E-Commerce in Bharat

    ONDC is not just a platform; it is a movement towards inclusive and democratized e-commerce in India. By addressing the unique challenges faced by small businesses, artisans, and underserved communities, ONDC is paving the way for a more equitable digital economy.

    As Shireesh Joshi concluded, "This transformation is not just about technology; it's about enabling every business to thrive. We encourage everyone to join us and be part of this wonderful journey."


    Next Story
    How Clay Craft is Redefining Tableware Trends and Winning Hearts across India
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How Clay Craft is Redefining Tableware Trends and Winning Hearts across India

    In the kaleidoscopic realm of India's retail arena, where every brand vies for attention, Clay Craft emerges as a luminary, injecting a dose of funk and flair into the world of ceramic tableware. With a groove all its own, this brand crafts an unforgettable experience, blending innovation and excellence to redefine the art of dining with its vibrant creations. With a legacy spanning decades, the brand has carved a niche for itself as a leading manufacturer of ceramic tableware, renowned for its commitment to quality, innovation, and customer satisfaction.

    Founded in 1994, Clay Craft embarked on a journey fueled by a singular vision: to become the most preferred ceramic tableware manufacturer in the world. Over the years, the brand has stayed true to its roots while evolving with the changing times, consistently pushing the boundaries of creativity and excellence in the tableware space. Under the visionary leadership of Deepak Agarwal, Director, Clay Craft, the brand has flourished, achieving remarkable milestones and setting new standards of excellence in the industry.

    Vision and Purpose: Setting the Stage for Excellence

    "Clay Craft India's vision is to become the most preferred ceramic tableware manufacturer in the world," declares Agarwal, articulating the brand's ambitious aspirations. Central to this vision is a steadfast commitment to delivering innovative and customizable solutions that cater to a diverse array of consumer needs. From everyday tableware essentials to specialized gifting ranges, the brand aims to redefine the dining experience with its high-quality ceramic products.

    With revenue exceeding Rs 146 crores in the last fiscal year, Clay Craft has witnessed a phenomenal year-on-year growth rate exceeding 27 percent. Agarwal attributes this remarkable expansion to the brand's relentless pursuit of excellence and its ability to adapt to evolving consumer preferences. "Our recent efforts to double production capacities have played a pivotal role in supporting this growth trajectory," he notes, emphasizing the brand's commitment to scaling operations to meet burgeoning demand. “Notably, the hospitality sector has experienced a remarkable 20-25 percent year-on-year growth, underscoring the effectiveness of our targeted strategies. Despite challenges within the broader home and kitchen category, Clay Craft's sustained market expansion is driven by our steadfast commitment to innovation and customization, ensuring that our products continually resonate with evolving consumer preferences. Additionally, our proactive approach to expanding distribution networks across various channels and regions has enabled us to capture new markets and sustain growth momentum effectively.”

    Clay craft

    Expanding Horizons: A Global Footprint in the Making

    While Clay Craft's export activities currently constitute a modest 5 percent of its total turnover, the brand is poised for international expansion. With a focus on key markets such as Dubai, the Middle East, and Latin America, the brand aims to establish itself as a global leader in the ceramic tableware segment. "We are intensifying efforts to broaden our global footprint," Agarwal affirms, underscoring the brand's strategic initiatives to enhance its export portfolio and tap into new growth opportunities abroad. “With the recent expansion of our production capacities at the new facility in Manda Industrial Area, the company is actively pursuing opportunities to strengthen its presence in international markets.”

    Trends, Innovation, and Consumer Preferences

    As consumer buying trends in the tableware industry continue to evolve, Clay Craft remains at the forefront of innovation, continuously adapting its product offerings to meet evolving preferences. With a diverse portfolio of over 10,000 SKUs, the brand caters to changing consumer tastes influenced by seasons, occasions, and age groups. "Key trends emphasize the growing demand for customized and design-driven products," Agarwal observes, highlighting Clay Craft's commitment to offering personalized options that resonate with discerning consumers. “The brand responds to this demand by offering customizable options featuring logos or designs that harmonize seamlessly with various themes and decor styles. We have also established a dedicated team of designers tasked with creating innovative offerings aligned with seasonal trends and market demands.”

    Hybrid Stone Porcelain Body

    A recent innovation from Clay Craft, the Hybrid Stone Porcelain Body, has garnered significant attention for its durability and elegance. Launched earlier this year, the revolutionary technology combines the strength of porcelain with the aesthetic appeal of stone, offering consumers a versatile and high-quality tableware option. "This collection is light weight and offers beautiful rustic reactive glazes creating a very distinguished collection of tableware. The unique combination unlocks a spectrum of colors not feasible with a standard white body, showcasing the brand's commitment to innovation and meeting consumer preferences," Agarwal explains, showcasing the brand's dedication to pushing the boundaries of innovation in the tableware space.

    Future Endeavors

    Looking ahead, Clay Craft's plans include aggressive expansion into international markets, particularly in Europe, and a continued focus on innovation and product development. With upcoming launches tailored for the festive season and strategic expansions into new product lines, the brand remains committed to staying ahead of the curve and meeting the evolving demands of consumers and the market.

    In an era of digital connectivity, the brand recognizes the significance of social media in shaping consumer behavior. Leveraging platforms such as Instagram and Facebook, the brand stays abreast of emerging trends and engages with consumers on a global scale. "By adapting our product offerings to align with global trends while considering regional preferences, Clay Craft maintains its relevance and competitiveness," Agarwal asserts, highlighting the brand's ability to navigate the dynamic landscape of social media and international influences.

    Customization and Cultural Sensitivity

    Acknowledging the importance of cultural nuances in consumer preferences, Clay Craft tailors its product portfolio to cater to different regions, demographics, cuisines, and tastes. Whether it's adjusting cup sizes to align with regional preferences or offering specialized tabletop solutions for various cuisines, the brand prioritizes customization to enhance consumer satisfaction and market penetration. “In the professional tabletop solutions segment for the HoReCa industry, we offer a diverse range of products, including plates, platters, and dishes designed specifically for various cuisines such as Asian, Italian, Indian, Spanish, Mediterranean, among others. This level of customization not only demonstrates Clay Craft's commitment to meeting the unique needs of different markets but also enhances consumer satisfaction by providing tailored solutions that align with regional culinary preferences and cultural nuances," adds Agarwal.



    Next Story
    The 2024 Mother's Day Gifting Trends Edit!
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    The 2024 Mother's Day Gifting Trends Edit!

    Mother's Day 2024:  With Mother's Day right around the corner, brands across various sectors are rolling out their exclusive collections, tailoring their offerings to celebrate the diversity and uniqueness of mothers. From luxurious jewellery pieces and elegant apparel to personalized gifts and advanced skincare, this year’s gifting trends reflect a harmonious blend of tradition and innovation. We delve into these trends, speaking with industry leaders who share their insights on what makes this Mother's Day special.

    Gift Ideas to Make Mother's Day 2024 Extra Special

    Mother’s Day is a time to celebrate the incredible women who have shaped our lives with their love, wisdom, and strength. This year, why not go the extra mile to show your appreciation and make your mom feel truly special? Here are some heartfelt gift ideas to help you create unforgettable memories on Mother’s Day 2024.

    A Timeless Tribute with Jewellery

    Jewellery is not only a luxurious adornment but also a lasting token of affection that mothers can treasure forever. Reliance Jewels has tapped into the tranquility of nature for its latest Mother's Day collection. Featuring pendants and rings with replaceable color stones, the collection caters to the modern woman’s preference for versatility in her jewellery, allowing pieces to be tailored for different occasions.

    A spokesperson for Reliance Jewels shares, “Every item of jewellery has a special meaning, expressing the maternal bond's enduring love, strength, and splendor. This Mother’s Day, express your appreciation with a beautiful and timeless present that mirrors her devotion.”

    At Kushal’s, the Mother’s Day collection showcases meticulous craftsmanship with a range of designs, from antique pearl drop earrings to dazzling encrusted necklaces. Ankit Gulechha, Director – Marketing at Kushal’s, explains their approach, "Our Mother's Day Collection, which embodies Kushal’s ethos of elegance, craftsmanship, and love, is meticulously designed to celebrate all remarkable mothers."

    Apparel that Speaks Volumes

    Whether it's a comfortable daywear outfit or a more elegant ensemble for special occasions, fashionable apparel can make a mother feel stylish and appreciated. BIBA, a leader in Indian fashion, has launched a poignant digital campaign, "Kuch Nahi," starring Shilpa Saklani. The campaign celebrates the selfless love of mothers and features a collection that epitomizes the simplicity and humility of maternal affection.

    Siddharath Bindra, Managing Director of BIBA Fashion, shares the inspiration behind the campaign, "This Mother’s Day, we are honoring all mothers with a special film and a collection that truly represents the 'nothing' they claim to need, resonating deeply with our audiences."

    Shobitam’s offerings represent a seamless blend of traditional craftsmanship and modern fashion trends. Aparna Thyagarajan, Co-founder & Chief Product Officer, emphasizes the brand’s philosophy, stating, "Customers today are appreciative of our cultural textile traditions and want to celebrate their roots without losing their individual style. Our Mother’s Day collection perfectly encapsulates this blend."

    Personalized Perfection

    This year, FNP (Ferns N Petals), India's leading gifting platform, is redefining personalization with its Mother's Day collection. The array is vast, featuring everything from bespoke flower bouquets and gourmet cakes to artisan chocolates and lush plants, each tailored to suit the different personas of mothers—from the culinary aficionado to the nature lover.

    Pawan Gadia, Global CEO & Director at FNP, underscores the philosophy behind the collection: “Mother’s Day is a momentous celebration that calls for nothing but the finest expressions of love and appreciation. Our curation of gifts at FNP embodies our dedication to ensuring every mother feels cherished. With unique personalized and customizable options, we will assist everyone in finding the ideal gesture to convey heartfelt love and admiration to their mothers.”

    The Gift of Personal Care Innovations

    Personal care gifts are perfect for mothers who enjoy pampering themselves or are looking to rejuvenate their skincare and beauty routines. Minimalist is pioneering the trend towards clean, science-backed skincare solutions. Mohit Yadav, Co-Founder of Minimalist, remarks, “We prioritize ingredient transparency and clinically tested formulations, providing our customers with effective, ethical, and empowering skincare solutions.”

    Bindt Beauty’s founder, Bindya Talluri, discusses the shift towards organic ingredients and sustainable practices: "We're committed to providing personalized, safe, and eco-friendly beauty solutions that align with consumer values and contribute to a more sustainable future."

    Mocemsa, a rising star in the fragrance industry, captures the essence of luxury and innovation with its premium range. Paarth Malhotra, Co-Founder and Manager, discusses the evolving landscape, "We are focusing on our premium range, which offers different concoctions and high-quality packaging that meet international standards, helping to redefine what made in India means in the global market."

    As we explore the varied offerings for Mother’s Day 2024, it’s clear that the focus is on quality, personalization, and meaningfulness. Whether it’s through luxurious jewelry, fashionable garments, or advanced skincare products, each brand aims to provide a memorable experience that celebrates the essence of motherhood.


    Next Story
    Clean Label Ingredients: Shifting to Safer & Healthier Choices
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Clean Label Ingredients: Shifting to Safer & Healthier Choices

    Globally, communities are making conscious choices about collective health and well-being. Their concerns extend beyond individual bodies and minds to making better choices for the environment and future generations. It would be amiss to categorize this shift in the consumer psyche as a health preference. It is an evolutionary transformation that is seeing the clean label ingredients market grow exponentially.

    From 2018 to 2022, the clean label ingredients market has witnessed a CAGR of 20.7 percent. The trend is expected to continue for the next decade, with the market likely to reach $170,000 million by 2033. As the industry goes mainstream, it is set to catalyze the retail industry at large.

    The Transparency Economy

    The demand for clean-label ingredients started off with consumers wanting to know if the food on their plates was free of harmful chemicals and synthetic ingredients, especially known carcinogens. Ironically, while several marketers treated it as a ‘get rich quick’ opportunity for a while, as an industry, we have come a long way since.

    The proliferation of social media as an awareness and advocacy tool, the viability of QR code-led traceability, and the adoption of stringent frameworks for clean label certifications in India and abroad have fostered an environment of greater trust and transparency. Today, most clean label ingredients’ brands in India don’t just meet regulatory standards, but often exceed them! There are two good reasons for this – businesses are truly passionate about changing the consumer experience and second, they are confident about the sustainable growth potential for those who take the lead in continuously setting new benchmarks.

    Room for Innovation

    The recent industry growth, coupled with future potential, is seeing new and established players experiment with formulations and ingredients. Be it turning to bio enzymes for chemical-free cleaning solutions or using cold-pressed oils to fry packaged snacks, we are seeing a definite commitment to product and ingredient-level innovation.

    Consumers are spoilt for choice and deservedly so. For years, they have had to constantly struggle to derive the truth from packaging labels. And often, even when the truth didn’t meet their standards, consumers had little access to better choices.

    Today, as players look at sustainable growth, products rooted in ingredients that need less processing, improve local livelihoods, and do minimum-to-zero environmental harm, can help earn consumer loyalty as well as market premium. As the industry matures, along with the rise in adoption of state-of-the-art technologies for end-to-end traceability, upfront and authentic declaration of ingredients is set to become a business requisite for all retailers.

    Beyond Selling

    The impact that the clean label ingredients industry is creating goes well beyond the product stage. It is driving retailers to be more responsible across the value chain. Right from start-ups to MNCs, brands across categories are investing in educating consumers about the benefits of switching to safer, better products. They are also taking time to support and educate communities outside of their immediate consumer ecosystem as well as the stakeholders who contribute to supply chains. This is indeed a welcome move and one that needs to continue at an accelerated pace.

    The stance of authorities such as the Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI), which is set to manifest the ‘One Nation, One Commodity, One Regulator’ vision into a reality in 2024, will drive further responsibility. Indian consumers will no longer need to compare multiple certifications to understand where a product stands on the clean ingredients spectrum. Whether consumers make processed, natural, organic, or non-GMO choices, what they see is what they will get. 

    While an increasing number of urban consumers have become more mindful of their retail choices, low-income urban communities as well as rural communities remain exposed to the dangers of harmful choices. It is important for the retail industry to take an authentic approach to safeguarding consumer health and well-being. Right from collaborating with non-profit associations for on-ground awareness to issuing campaigns in interest of consumer health, we need to strike a balance between profitability and accountability. Responsible retailing is the driver for long-term growth.


    About the Author

    Gaurav Manchanda, Founder & Managing Director, The Organic World

    Gaurav Manchanda, The Founder & Managing Director, The Organic World 

    Next Story
    How Mia by Tanishq is Blending Tradition with Modern Elegance for Akshaya Tritiya
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How Mia by Tanishq is Blending Tradition with Modern Elegance for Akshaya Tritiya

    Akshaya Tritiya, a festival deep-rooted in Indian tradition, symbolizes prosperity and success. It is also a time when buying gold becomes more than just a purchase—it's a ritual. In the modern retail landscape, however, Mia by Tanishq is transforming this traditional viewpoint, catering to the contemporary aesthetic and functional needs of today's consumers.

    Rajiv C. Menon, National Head – Sales and Retail Operations at Mia by Tanishq, shares insights on how the brand is gearing up for the occasion. "Akshaya Tritiya has always been a significant event for us, drawing in customers who are not just looking to invest in gold but to celebrate beauty and craftsmanship. This year, we anticipate welcoming a diverse group of customers, each looking to mark the occasion in their unique way."

    Reflecting Consumer Sentiments

    Despite economic fluctuations, the desire for gold remains consistent, albeit with evolving preferences. Menon notes a significant trend: the shift towards lighter, more versatile pieces. "Today’s consumers view gold not just as an investment but as an accessory that complements their daily lifestyle," he explains. This has led Mia by Tanishq to focus on 14kt and 18kt jewelry, which offers durability for everyday wear while allowing for creative and intricate designs.

    This season, the brand launched three distinct collections: Glow with Flow, Native, and Aurum 2.0, each crafted to cater to the tastes and stories of different customers. The Glow with Flow collection, inspired by the natural movement of wind and water, is particularly emblematic of the brand's approach to design—melding natural beauty with artistic interpretation.

    Expansion and Customer Reach

    With over 180 stores across India and a robust online presence, Mia by Tanishq is not resting on its laurels. "We're continuously looking to expand, especially into tier II and III cities. Our aim is to make our jewelry accessible wherever our customers are, be it through physical stores or digital platforms," Menon states. The brand's efforts to integrate digital innovations like virtual try-ons and AI-driven shopping experiences also highlight their commitment to staying relevant in a rapidly changing retail landscape.

    Understanding the rising trend of jewelry as gifts, the brand has tailored parts of its offering to make the process as personalized and special as possible. "Jewelry gifting is incredibly personal, and we want to ensure that each piece selected from Mia not only delights but also resonates deeply with both giver and receiver," says Menon. The introduction of gifting stations and a smart gift recommendation system further underscores their focus on customer-centric experiences.

    Commitment to Sustainability

    In line with global trends toward more ethical consumption, Mia by Tanishq ensures that its operations reflect a commitment to sustainability. "Using recycled gold and ensuring all our materials are conflict-free are just parts of our broader responsibility towards the planet," Menon remarks. The brand takes a holistic approach, implementing sustainable practices across its supply chain and storefronts.

    The Impact of Economic Trends on Jewelry Buying

    The brand aims to create lasting memories through its pieces. Menon reflects, "Each of our collections tells a story, a narrative woven into the very fabric of the designs. We believe in celebrating life's abundant possibilities and crafting pieces that resonate with the aspirations and dreams of our customers."

    The fluctuating gold prices have posed challenges and opportunities. Mia by Tanishq’s response? Strategic pricing and special offers make purchasing jewelry more appealing and accessible during the festival. "Our Gold Rate Protection offer and festive discounts are tailored to provide value and satisfaction, ensuring that our customers feel secure and delighted with their purchases," Menon adds.

    As Mia by Tanishq gears up for this Akshaya Tritiya, their approach is clear: to offer more than just jewelry. They are building a narrative that connects with the modern consumer’s desire for products that are both beautiful and meaningful. With a blend of traditional values and contemporary insights, Mia by Tanishq is not just keeping up with the times but shaping them, ensuring that every piece of jewelry tells a story as precious as the metals and stones from which it is crafted.


    Next Story
    India's FMCG Industry Surges 6.5 pc with Rural Demand Surpassing Urban
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    India's FMCG Industry Surges 6.5 pc with Rural Demand Surpassing Urban

    The fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) industry in India has been a cornerstone of the nation's economy, reflecting its vibrant consumer landscape. The first quarter of 2024 witnessed notable shifts in consumption patterns, as rural areas took the lead over urban counterparts for the first time in five quarters, according to a report by consumer intelligence firm NielsenIQ.

    Volume Growth Trends

    In the January-March period of 2024, the FMCG industry experienced a robust 6.5 percent growth in volume terms at a national level. This growth was driven by both food and non-food sectors, with non-food sectors showing almost double the growth compared to food.

    Rural vs. Urban Dynamics

    Rural consumption outpaced urban consumption, marking a significant reversal of the trend seen in previous quarters. While urban areas witnessed a sequential decline in consumer demand, rural consumption exhibited an uptick, growing by 5.7 percent in Q1 2024.

    Category Performance

    Home and personal care (HPC) categories emerged as frontrunners, outperforming food categories. The growth in HPC was fueled by the popularity of larger pack sizes, while food categories witnessed higher unit purchases.

    Retail Landscape

    Modern trade continued to demonstrate strong double-digit volume growth at 14.7 percent, indicating a preference for organized retail channels. Traditional trade, however, maintained stable growth, suggesting resilience in traditional retail channels amidst evolving consumer preferences.

    Sectoral Analysis

    In the food sector, volume growth stood at 4.8 percent in Q1 2024, down from 5.3 percent in the previous quarter. This slowdown was primarily attributed to staples. Conversely, the non-food sector witnessed an improvement, with consumption reaching 11.1 percent, driven by personal care and home care categories.

    Rural Uptick and Non-Food Consumption

    The improvement in non-food categories was particularly notable in rural areas, with a growth rate of 12.8 percent in Q1 2024. This surge underscores the growing importance of rural markets in driving overall consumption trends.

    Performance of Large vs. Small Players

    Within the FMCG industry, large players continued to demonstrate strong performance. However, smaller manufacturers witnessed higher volume growth rates in non-food categories over the last two quarters. This trend may be attributed to challenges faced by smaller players in stabilizing prices in the food sector, while non-food categories, buoyed by price increases, experienced higher volume growth.

    Future Outlook

    The shift in consumption dynamics observed in Q1 2024 underscores the evolving nature of India's FMCG landscape. As rural markets gain prominence and non-food categories witness sustained growth, companies will need to adapt their strategies to cater to changing consumer preferences. Moreover, the resilience exhibited by traditional retail channels highlights the importance of a diversified distribution network.


    The FMCG industry in India continues to be a dynamic and evolving sector, shaped by shifting consumer behaviors and market dynamics. The performance of rural markets, the dominance of HPC categories, and the resilience of traditional retail channels are key trends observed in Q1 2024. As the industry navigates these changes, agility, and innovation will be crucial for companies to stay competitive and capitalize on emerging opportunities in the market.


    Next Story
    Pidilite's Quarterly Profit Declines by 6pc, Achieves 15.2pc UVG and 43pc Rise in PAT in FY24
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Pidilite's Quarterly Profit Declines by 6pc, Achieves 15.2pc UVG and 43pc Rise in PAT in FY24

    Pidilite Industries Limited, a leader in the Indian adhesives and sealants market, has announced impressive financial results for the quarter and year ending March 2024. The company recorded a double-digit Standalone Underlying Volume Growth (UVG) in both the fourth quarter and the entire fiscal year. For FY24, the UVG reached 15.2 percent, with specific highlights in the Consumer & Bazar (C&B) segment at 12.7 percent and an outstanding 25.2 percent in the Business to Business (B2B) segment. This performance underscores Pidilite's dominance in a competitive market.

    Margin Expansion and Revenue Growth

    This year, Pidilite experienced a notable gross margin expansion, up by 691 basis points in Q4 compared to the same quarter last year, largely thanks to easing input prices which allowed for a gross margin increase of 955 basis points over FY23. The EBITDA margins also saw a significant rise, improving by 534 basis points over the previous fiscal year. "At Pidilite, we delivered robust double-digit Underlying Volume Growth (UVG) as well as substantial improvement in profitability, both for the quarter as well as FY24," commented Bharat Puri, Managing Director of Pidilite Industries.

    Investments and Global Performance

    Continued investments in brand building and customer-facing initiatives were key drivers of this year's success. Despite challenges like global economic uncertainty and inflation, Pidilite's international subsidiaries (excluding the Americas) saw a revenue increase of 7.8 percent over FY23, with a remarkable improvement in EBITDA margins from 10.8 percent to 14.8 percent. Domestically, both the C&B and B2B subsidiaries performed exceptionally well, contributing to the company's overall financial health.

    The company remains committed to future growth, investing in new manufacturing facilities, including ten new plants commissioned this year. "We remained focused on building the Pidilite of the future," noted Puri, emphasizing the strategic expansion efforts. Additionally, the divestment of their business in Brazil marks a strategic repositioning, allowing Pidilite to focus more on promising markets.

    Robust Financial Figures

    In terms of financial metrics, Pidilite reported consolidated net sales of Rs 12,337 crore, marking a 5 percent growth over the last year. The Standalone Performance was also strong with net sales of Rs 11,118 crore, up by 5 percent. Profit After Tax (PAT) saw a significant rise, with consolidated PAT at Rs 1,747 crore, up by 36 percent, and standalone PAT at Rs 1,799 crore, up by 43 percent.

    Despite the current market volatility, Pidilite remains optimistic about the future. "While there may be short-term softness in the environment in the near term, we continue to remain optimistic about market demand in the medium term, with overall increase in construction activities, government spending, and increasing prosperity,” Puri explained. The company proposed a final dividend of Rs. 16 per share, indicating confidence in sustained financial health and commitment to delivering shareholder value.

    Pidilite's robust performance in FY24 not only highlights its leadership in the adhesive market but also its strategic foresight in navigating through fluctuating market conditions and setting the stage for continued growth in the years to come.


    Next Story
    How On-Ground Brand Influencers can Shape the Retail Customer Journey
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How On-Ground Brand Influencers can Shape the Retail Customer Journey

    The term ‘influencer marketing’ often conjures up glitzy, scripted social media content. Instagram is filled with thousands of micro-influencers, macro-influencers, and everything in between. But what does it really mean to be an influencer?

    An influencer is recognized as a trustworthy authority in their field and is relied upon by their audience to provide authentic, comprehensive knowledge and guide the decision-making process. Rarely do we think of influencer marketing through an offline lens - a missed opportunity for many retail brands.

    With retail consumer spending seeing an uptick, it is time to capitalize on in-person shopping experiences. The best part? Brand managers don't need to go out of their way to hire influencers; they already have a steady stream of on-ground influencers on their payroll - their sales agents.

    Why bring your frontline talent to the frontier?

    Your brand agents at the store are the walking-and-talking representation of your brand. They have the power to educate shoppers and influence their purchase decisions. Most importantly, they can build customer loyalty where it matters the most - at the point of sale.

    In-store retail boasts of a significantly higher conversion rate as compared to that for online stores. A major factor determining this difference is the ability of in-store sales teams to influence prospects who walk into the store, whether through demonstrations, expert guidance, or simply their demeanor.

    So, the real question then becomes, how can you leverage your in-house, on-ground brand ambassadors to drive sales.

    Six easy strategies to get your offline retail marketing off the ground.

    1. Design the right Brand Ambassador program.

    The efficiency and effectiveness of any brand ambassador program critically relies on the correct design and understanding of that program: Who are the target shoppers? Where exactly do they shop? What spiel will draw out their need states and desires? What profile of sales agents would they respond better to? What targets and metrics would drive more contacts and conversion by sales agents?

    1. Train agents to become on-ground brand influencers.

    Your sales agents can help customers experience a product first-hand and make the interaction more immersive by:

    • Driving promotional training: Train your on-ground brand ambassadors to communicate about rewarding in-store promotions, limited-time discounts, exclusive offers, and loyalty programs. This creates a sense of urgency and excitement in the customer and motivates them to make a purchase. 
    • Focusing on product demos: Product demonstrations are essential for customer decision-making. Customers find value in product demos, contributing to their purchasing choices. Therefore, ensure your on-ground influencers are well-trained in conducting effective product demonstrations, providing customers with a thorough understanding of the product's features and benefits - an aspect that a digital catalogue can never achieve.

    Your retail staff is the literal face of the brand in the customer's eyes. Make them your brand advocates and ensure they are well-versed with the product features, USPs, and product demos to be able to make a lasting impact.

    1. Groom agents on how to make the most of minimal displays and visual merchandising.

    Creative displays and well-thought-out store layouts are not a novel concept. Offline retailers understand that the way to a customer's mindshare is via a visually appealing shopping environment. However, to elevate the in-store shopping experience, you must bring well-trained sales agents into the mix. These agents can be trained to:

    • Display products according to the planogram and ace the art of strategic shelf space management.
    • Check and adjust product placements to maximize visibility.
    • Identify low-stock situations and promptly restock products.
    • Cross-sell and upsell with strategically placed items. 
    • Participate in promotional activities (setting up displays, creating eye-catching signage, and more)
    • Engage with customers, listen to their feedback, and address any lingering concerns.

    In the end, you want to groom your on-ground agents to be able to influence the customer's shopping journey in every way possible - be it via in-store display, merchandising, or promotional displays.

    1. Train on-ground brand influencers to keep a close eye on competitors.

    Your on-ground brand influencers should also be aware of the competitor space. They should constantly check on competitors' offers, launches, and more to make timely updates to the brand and enable customized store/region/seasonality-specific strategies. Keeping a close watch on how your competitors are doing will lead to a more relevant and optimized selling strategy that is better in tune with the customer's needs.

    1. Rethink your Learning & Development programs.

    Every offline retailer outlet should think about regular upskilling of the in-store agent's personal and professional skills. Leveraging a mix of offline and online training modules can ensure the team becomes more confident and informed, leading to better outcomes.

    Hence, look for a skills-training partner that can offer comprehensive training programs and equip your brand representatives with the knowledge, confidence, and interpersonal skills needed to become effective on-ground influencers.

    1. Balance technology + human skills

    Technology is the backbone of any brand ambassador program - an investment, not a cost. For instance, you can automate mundane tasks such as inventory management, sales volume, competition strategy, etc. and provide data driven input & output measures into your sales agents’ hands. These tools can capture critical data efficiently and effectively, enabling your sales staff to focus on influencing the customers walking into the store and delivering the desired service & achievement levels.

    Make a conscious choice to pair - and balance - technology with the irreplaceable 'human touch' and enable your sales agents to serve customers better.

    Today, every brand aspires to lead in on-ground brand influence, and this is justified. Many consumers believe that retailers should do more to integrate their online and offline channels.

    To gain a competitive edge, partner with the right vendor - one who already has the desired expertise & established relationships with retail outlets. This partnership can empower your brand to capitalize on crucial aspects such as shelf space allocation, in-store promotion strategies, new launches, and offers & promotions. To achieve success in influencer marketing using store sales associates as ambassadors, focus on authenticity, relevance, and engagement. Select sales associates who genuinely connect with your brand and target audience, allowing them to share sincere experiences with your products. Tailor content to showcase product benefits in a relatable manner, resonating with potential customers. Cultivate strong relationships with sales associates, providing support and creative freedom to promote your brand effectively. This approach will yield significant results and enhance your influence marketing campaigns.

    Krishnakoli Sengupta Kumar, Head, Marketing, Smollan India Krishnakoli Sengupta Kumar, Head, Marketing, Smollan India

    An alumnus of the National Institute of Technology and The Wharton School, The University of Pennsylvania, Krishna leads the Marketing Vertical at Smollan India. She has diverse experience in leadership roles in Retail Execution & Activation, Shopper Experience, Strategy & Corporate Development, Operations, Real Estate and Marketing & Sales through her stints at Smollan, the Godrej group & Steel Authority of India Limited.



    Next Story
    How MAXHUB's Bold Expansion Plan is Reshaping India's Tech Landscape
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How MAXHUB's Bold Expansion Plan is Reshaping India's Tech Landscape

    In a world where connectivity is king and collaboration is key, interactive technology has become the cornerstone of modern communication. Leading the charge in this digital revolution is MAXHUB, a dynamic player in the interactive display space, driven by innovation and a relentless commitment to customer satisfaction.

    At the helm of MAXHUB's operations in India is Pankaj Jha, the Country Head and Director of Sales, whose visionary leadership has propelled the brand to new heights. With a keen eye for market trends and a strategic approach to expansion, Jha is steering the brand in India towards unprecedented growth and success.

    Unveiling the Strategy for Expansion

    MAXHUB's strategy for expanding its dealer network by 50 percent is as ambitious as it is comprehensive. Recognizing the untapped potential of Tier II and III cities in India, the company is poised to establish a strong foothold in these emerging markets. Leveraging the momentum generated by the National Education Policy (NEP) 2020, the brand aims to cater to the growing demand for interactive solutions in the education sector.

    "The key to our expansion strategy lies in addressing the unique needs of both the enterprise and education sectors," explains Jha. "By creating a robust network of dealers and partners in Tier II and III cities, we are ensuring that MAXHUB's innovative solutions reach every corner of the country."

    Forging Strategic Partnerships

    Central to MAXHUB's growth strategy is the cultivation of strategic partnerships with industry leaders. Through alliances with renowned brands like Microsoft, the brand is able to offer integrated solutions that meet the evolving needs of modern workplaces. By leveraging Microsoft Teams room solutions, the brand enhances its value proposition for enterprise clients, providing seamless collaboration experiences that drive productivity and efficiency.

    "Our partnerships with industry leaders enable us to deliver best-in-class solutions that empower our customers to achieve their goals," says Jha. "By combining cutting-edge hardware with innovative software solutions, we are redefining the interactive technology landscape in India."

    Elevating the Customer Experience

    In the competitive world of interactive technology, customer experience is paramount. Recognizing this, MAXHUB places a strong emphasis on delivering unparalleled service and support to its customers. From pre-sales consultation to post-installation assistance, the company is committed to ensuring a seamless experience for every customer. "Our focus is not just on selling products, but on building long-term relationships with our customers," he asserts. "By providing exceptional service and support, we aim to exceed customer expectations and set new standards of excellence in the industry."

    Innovation at the Forefront

    At the heart of MAXHUB's success lies a culture of innovation and a relentless pursuit of excellence. With a dedicated team of engineers and designers, the company is constantly pushing the boundaries of technology to deliver groundbreaking products and solutions. From high-resolution displays to advanced camera systems, MaxHub's products are designed to enhance collaboration and communication in today's digital world.

    "Our commitment to innovation is what sets us apart in the market," says Jha. "By investing in research and development, we are able to stay ahead of the curve and anticipate the evolving needs of our customers."

    Navigating Challenges, Seizing Opportunities

    As MAXHUB continues its journey of expansion in India, it faces its fair share of challenges. From linguistic and cultural differences to logistical hurdles, navigating the diverse Indian market requires agility and adaptability. However, Jha sees these challenges as opportunities for growth and innovation.

    "India's diversity is its strength, and we are committed to harnessing this diversity to drive innovation and create value for our customers," says Jha. "By embracing local languages and customs, we are able to connect with customers on a deeper level and deliver solutions that resonate with their unique needs."

    A Vision for the Future

    As MAXHUB looks to the future, its vision remains clear – to redefine interactive technology in India and empower individuals and organizations to thrive in the digital age. With a customer-centric approach, strategic partnerships, and a relentless focus on innovation, the brand is poised to shape the future of interactive displays in India and beyond.

    "We are on a mission to transform the way people communicate, collaborate, and learn," says Jha. "With our innovative products and solutions, we are empowering individuals and organizations to achieve their full potential in the digital era."

     MAXHUB's journey in India is not just about selling products; it's about transforming lives and shaping the future of interactive technology. With visionary leadership, strategic partnerships, and a commitment to innovation, the brand is paving the way for a brighter, more connected future in India and beyond.


    Next Story
    7 Strategies for Consumer Durables Brands to Survive and Thrive
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
     7 Strategies for Consumer Durables Brands to Survive and Thrive

    India, the fifth largest consumer durables market globally, continues to witness robust growth in its consumer durable business. This growth is led by factors such as the growing retail sector, robust real estate developments, increasing disposable incomes, and ongoing technological innovations. Additionally, brand licensing has played a significant role in driving expansion and innovation within the consumer durables industry in India. These factors collectively contribute to India's status as one of the fastest-growing consumer durables markets worldwide.

    To succeed in this growing market, consumer durables brands need strategic approaches that meet evolving consumer demands. Here are six strategies for brands to thrive:

    Comprehensive Presence Across Touchpoints

    One of the primary challenges confronting consumer durables brands in India is establishing a comprehensive presence across all touchpoints. Research indicates that a substantial percentage of final purchases stem from the initial consideration set of brands. Therefore, it is important for brands to ensure visibility at every stage of the consumer journey, from initial awareness to post-purchase loyalty. This requires the development of an integrated strategy that leverages both digital and physical platforms to maximize exposure and engagement.

    Tailoring Marketing Strategies to Regional Preferences

    Consumer durables brands must tailor their marketing strategies to accommodate regional preferences and behaviors. India's diverse cultural fabric means that what appeals to consumers in one state may not necessarily resonate with those in another. By understanding and adapting to local tastes, festivals, and buying patterns, brands can optimize their marketing efforts and establish a compelling presence in each region.

    Understanding Consumer Research Patterns

    In the digital age, consumers have access to a wealth of information through various channels. Understanding the research patterns of these tech-savvy consumers is essential for brands seeking to influence the purchase decision. By providing accurate and updated information across multiple touchpoints, brands can guide consumers along the path to purchase and foster brand loyalty.

    Maximizing Retail Touchpoints

    Maximizing Retail Touchpoints

    Despite the growing importance of digital platforms, retail touchpoints remain fundamental to the consumer durables industry. Physical interactions such as live demos and product inspections play a crucial role in the decision-making process for many consumers. Therefore, brands must prioritize creating an omnichannel experience that delivers consistent messaging and experiences across both offline and online channels.

    Competition from Unorganized Players

    Competition from unorganized players poses a significant challenge for consumer durables brands. These players often offer low-cost alternatives imported from other countries with untested quality standards, undercutting companies that adhere to metrology rules and defined quality standards. To overcome this challenge, companies must emphasize the quality, safety, and reliability of their products. Creating awareness about the potential risks associated with substandard products can help influence consumer preferences and build trust in the market.

    Meeting Demand for Innovative Home-Centric Products

    Consumers are seeking products that not only fulfil their functional needs but also enhance their living experience. Innovative offerings such as Interactive Flat Panels, smart home appliances, and advanced entertainment systems are gaining traction among consumers looking to upgrade their living spaces with cutting-edge technology. Brands that can tap into this demand and introduce products that blend functionality with innovation stand to gain a competitive edge in the market.

    Addressing Healthcare Needs with Specialized Products

    Addressing healthcare needs with specialized products presents another significant opportunity for consumer durables brands. With growing health consciousness among consumers, there is a rising demand for products that promote wellness and cater to specific healthcare requirements. For instance, alkaline water purifiers, designed for both commercial and domestic use, are gaining popularity due to their purported health benefits. These purifiers not only provide safe and clean drinking water but also offer alkaline water, which is believed to have antioxidant properties and promote better hydration. By focusing on healthcare-centric offerings, consumer durables brands can cater to a growing segment of health-conscious consumers and differentiate themselves in the market.

    Going Green

    Consumers care about the environment. Brands can win them over by using eco-friendly materials, reducing waste, and promoting recycling. By showing they're environmentally responsible, brands can appeal to eco-conscious consumers and boost their reputation.

    While the consumer durables market does offer significant opportunities, it still faces challenges such as competition from Chinese manufacturers and the need for substantial investments in efficient manufacturing. However, with govt support in the form of PLI and other incentives, India has the potential to emerge as leading hub for consumer durables manufacturing. For increasing domestic sales share, companies must focus on building robust distribution networks and strategic partnerships to establish themselves as key players.

    H S Bhatia, Managing Director, Kelwon Electronics & Appliances Pvt. Ltd

    H S Bhatia Managing Director Kelwon Electronics and Appliances Pvt Ltd, Manufacturing Partner Daewoo India


    Next Story
    The Power of Personalization: Customization Trends in Fashion E-commerce
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    The Power of Personalization: Customization Trends in Fashion E-commerce

    In the dynamic world of fashion e-commerce, staying ahead of the curve often means more than just showcasing the latest trends. Today's consumers are seeking personalized experiences that resonate with their unique style preferences. As technology continues to evolve, fashion retailers are increasingly harnessing the power of personalization to offer tailor-made shopping experiences. In this article, we'll delve into the trends and strategies that highlight the transformative impact of customization in the realm of online fashion retail.

    Understanding the Shift towards Personalization
    Gone are the days when one-size-fits-all approaches dominated the fashion industry. Modern consumers are drawn to personalized experiences that reflect their individuality. This shift is driving fashion e-commerce platforms to adopt sophisticated strategies that cater to the diverse tastes and preferences of their customer base. Personalization is no longer an option; it's a necessity for brands aiming to foster deeper connections with their audience.

    Customized Recommendations and Curations
    Fashion e-commerce platforms are leveraging advanced algorithms and data analytics to offer personalized product recommendations. By analyzing a customer's browsing history, purchase behavior, and style preferences, these platforms can curate bespoke selections tailored to each individual. This not only streamlines the shopping process but also introduces customers to new styles and trends that align with their taste.

    Tailoring the Shopping Journey
    The rise of customization in fashion e-commerce goes beyond product recommendations. Retailers are now focusing on tailoring the entire shopping journey to create a cohesive and personalized experience. This includes personalized landing pages, dynamic content based on customer preferences, and targeted promotions. The goal is to make every step of the customer's journey feel uniquely tailored, enhancing their overall satisfaction and engagement with the brand.

    Made-to-Order and Customization Options
    The demand for unique and personalized fashion items has given rise to the made-to-order trend. Many fashion e-commerce platforms now offer customization options, allowing customers to personalize colors, fabrics, and even design elements of their chosen products. This not only satisfies the desire for exclusivity but also aligns with the growing emphasis on sustainable and ethical fashion practices.

    Virtual Try-On Experiences
    Virtual try-on experiences have become a game-changer in the world of online fashion retail. By leveraging augmented reality (AR) and virtual reality (VR) technologies, fashion e-commerce platforms enable customers to virtually try on clothes before making a purchase. This not only enhances the online shopping experience but also reduces the likelihood of returns, creating a win-win situation for both retailers and consumers.

    Building Brand Loyalty Through Personalization
    The power of personalization extends beyond the initial purchase; it plays a crucial role in building long-term brand loyalty. When customers feel understood and catered to on an individual level, they are more likely to return and become brand advocates. Fashion e-commerce platforms are recognizing the importance of fostering these connections, investing in personalized loyalty programs, exclusive offers, and early access to new collections based on individual preferences.

    Challenges and Future Directions
    While personalization offers significant benefits, fashion e-commerce platforms must navigate challenges such as data privacy concerns and the need for robust cybersecurity measures. Striking the right balance between customization and privacy is essential for maintaining customer trust. Looking ahead, the integration of artificial intelligence and machine learning is expected to further refine personalization strategies, providing even more accurate and dynamic shopping experiences.

    The era of personalization in fashion e-commerce has arrived, and it's reshaping the way consumers engage with brands online. By embracing customization trends, fashion retailers can create a more meaningful and tailored shopping experience, ultimately strengthening their connection with customers. As technology continues to evolve, the possibilities for personalization are limitless, offering a bright future for fashion e-commerce that is as unique and diverse as the individuals it serves.

    Ashmika A. Sadh, Founder, Zip Zap Zoop

    Ashmika A. Sadh, Founder, Zip Zap Zoop


    Next Story
    Trends in the FMCG Industry for 2024
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Trends in the FMCG Industry for 2024

    The Fast-Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG) industry is undergoing a transformative phase in 2024, shaped by the aftermath of global events and changing consumer dynamics. The surge in online consumer goods demand, accelerated by the pandemic, is prompting FMCG companies to adopt direct-to-customer approaches and prioritize digital channels for distribution.

    Concurrently, sustainability emerges as a pivotal trend, with major FMCG players aligning their strategies to meet the growing demand for eco-friendly products. This shift in consumer values, coupled with an increased focus on conscious living post-pandemic, is influencing the FMCG sector to cater to products that contribute not only to nutritional needs but also to overall health. As 2024 unfolds, these trends will guide FMCG organizations in adapting and innovating to meet the evolving expectations of consumers.

    FMCG Trends for 2024

    Anticipated to be catalysts for business growth in 2024, these trends are poised to significantly impact brands within the FMCG industry:


    The sustainability trend in the FMCG industry is poised to gain further momentum. With heightened consumer awareness of climate change and environmental impacts, companies are increasingly scrutinized for their social responsibility. As a response, FMCG firms are expected to intensify efforts not only in reimagining product presentation and packaging but also in the conscientious selection of materials used in production.

    Foreseen as a prominent trajectory for the upcoming year, FMCG companies are projected to expand their offerings of compostable, recyclable, and reusable packaging to meet the growing consumer demand for eco-friendly choices. This shift is not confined to the realm of food but is expected to encompass various non-food items such as cosmetics and cleaning products, reflecting an industry-wide commitment to sustainability and ethical sourcing.

    Surge in Healthy Snacking

    The industry is expected to witness a sustained focus on conscious snacking, striking a delicate balance between health and taste. This trend is likely to be fueled by the growing preference of the working population for convenient foods that are not only tasty but also high in nutritional value. The key drivers for this trend include the rising demand for on-the-go snacking options that are both ready-to-eat and ready-to-cook, offering a combination of flavor, health benefits, and ease of consumption. As consumers increasingly prioritize a holistic approach to well-being, the convergence of taste, health, and convenience is anticipated to define the snacking sector in 2024.

    Priority on Genuineness and Authenticity

    In the fast-paced landscape of Fast-Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG), a notable trend for 2024 centers around consumers' heightened awareness of product ingredients. With a focus on making swift and informed choices regarding nutritional content, consumers are actively scrutinizing product formulations. The key driver behind this trend is the growing emphasis on realness and authenticity, values deeply cherished by today's consumers. The quest for products perceived as natural, believed to be beneficial for personal well-being and the environment, has surged. This authenticity drive manifests in an increased demand for products boasting free-from-claims and streamlined ingredient lists.

    Adjusting Economic Realities

    Consumers, grappling with the repercussions of price inflation, are proactively trimming their expenditures on food and beverages. This shift toward recessionary spending habits signals a decline in buying bigger family packs and replacing them with smaller packs. However, this does not translate into a willingness to compromise on quality. To navigate this economic landscape, consumers are adopting resourceful strategies such as minimizing food waste and capitalizing on promotional offers. Brands poised for success in 2024 should focus on packaging innovations to extend product shelf life. Additionally, providing personalized promotional offers tailored to individual needs will be crucial for FMCG brands in meeting the evolving preferences of budget-conscious consumers.

    Artificial Intelligence

    In the ever-evolving landscape of the FMCG industry, AI-powered solutions, particularly Machine Learning (ML) and Natural Language Processing (NLP) are emerging as a prevailing trend, creating substantial opportunities for innovation. Notably, voice-based systems stand out, providing continuous consumer support for product exploration, coupled with recommendation engines that deliver personalized product suggestions. The incorporation of these AI-based solutions reflects a prominent trend, enhancing the overall customer experience and contributing to heightened satisfaction and increased retention for FMCG companies.

    Big Data & Analytics

    In a dynamic shift, FMCG companies are actively harnessing the power of big data to fuel innovation and a competitive edge within the industry. As consumer data becomes increasingly accessible through online shopping, brands are venturing into innovative approaches to foster stronger relationships with customers and extract valuable insights from their behaviors.

    FMCG analytics serves as the driving force, delving into customer preferences and behaviors, and providing companies with profound insights into their purchasing habits. The integration of big data solutions and analytics in the FMCG sector empowers brands to optimize communication strategies, ensuring more personalized experiences for customers and creating a pathway for enhanced engagement in the ever-evolving landscape.


    In the competitive landscape of FMCG, brands are increasingly leveraging blockchain technology to establish a distinctive edge. The adoption of smart contracts and blockchain traceability emerges as a key trend, enabling FMCG companies to identify and promptly address supply chain bottlenecks.

    This trend extends beyond operational efficiency, with blockchain providing enhanced transparency for consumers. Shoppers can now effortlessly trace the origins of their purchases, fostering a sense of trust and accountability. Additionally, blockchain platforms introduce cryptocurrencies and innovative loyalty programs, reshaping how consumers collect, exchange, and redeem points. This trend is anticipated to not only elevate operational efficacy but also redefine consumer-brand interactions in 2024.

    Final Words

    In this dynamic landscape, FMCG companies are poised to navigate a future marked by innovation and responsiveness to consumer needs. The convergence of sustainability, digitalization, and heightened customer experiences forms a strategic foundation, while the e-commerce boom propels brands toward a digitally connected future. Artificial Intelligence and Big Data fuel insights, while the emerging trend of 3D Printing promises a sustainable revolution. As the FMCG industry embraces these forward-looking trends, it charts a course towards a more interconnected, sustainable, and customer-centric future in the ever-evolving marketplace.


    About the Author

    Manish Aggarwal, Director, Bikano, Bikanervala Foods Pvt Ltd

    Manish Aggarwal, Director, Bikano, Bikanervala Foods Pvt Ltd

    For about 20 years now, Manish Aggarwal has been a prominent face in the Indian FMCG industry. During these years, he has proved himself to be an outstanding business leader, innovator and an out-of-the-box thinker always ready to ‘take on’ new problems. In his role as a director at Bikano and as a veritable problem solver, Manish Aggarwal has effected a transformational shift in the way the company’s business operations are conducted and managed. By streamlining and standardising processes and operations, he has not only introduced increased cost-efficiencies and better time management but also set a template for a perfect process-driven business management for the company. 


    Next Story
    The Green Revolution in Kitchens: Embracing Eco-Friendly Appliances for Sustainable Cooking Experiences
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    The Green Revolution in Kitchens: Embracing Eco-Friendly Appliances for Sustainable Cooking Experiences

    An eco-friendly way of living is slowly but surely permeating all facets of our existence. After green buildings and green automobiles, it’s now the turn of kitchen appliances to go green. Enter the era of eco-friendly kitchen appliances.

    This green revolution in the kitchen follows the age-old traditional kitchens. Traditional kitchens, with their cooking done on wood fire and gas fire, have resulted in resource depletion and waste generation, resulting in ecological degradation. So, the advent of eco-friendly appliances in kitchens presents a beacon of hope to mitigate the environment-degrading practices of the past.

    Let's take a close look at why eco-friendly kitchen appliances are gaining popularity and how they revolutionize the cooking experience.

    Factors that contribute to the rise in popularity

    The rising use of eco-friendly kitchen appliances is heralding a transformative era in our cooking spaces. It reflects a collective shift towards energy efficiency and conscious living, allowing individuals to make sustainable decisions in their homes. Eco-friendly kitchen appliances help cut down power bills and decrease carbon emissions through lesser use of finite power sources. All these, while enjoying the same – or even better – taste of the food cooked, and with greater convenience. Thus, the use of eco-friendly kitchen appliances not only elevates the cooking experience in the kitchen but also closely aligns with their environment-conscious values.

    As environmental concerns take center stage globally consumers are becoming increasingly aware of the ecological impact of their choices. In this context, the growing popularity of energy-efficient appliances reflects a larger trend towards sustainability and resource conservation.

    For instance, as energy costs rise, the appeal of appliances that consume less power becomes a significant factor in their popularity. This trend is supported by increased knowledge of the environmental and economic benefits of lower energy consumption. As consumers attempt to reduce their carbon footprint and lower their electricity bills, the energy efficiency of appliances has become an important consideration in their purchasing decisions.

    Smart appliances, such as electronic pressure cookers and energy-efficient induction cooktops, have emerged as popular options among environmentally conscious consumers. These products use innovative technology to optimise energy utilization, lowering both gas and electricity consumption compared to standard gas burners. Design is another area where these eco-friendly appliances are making a mark. These appliances are designed to be energy-efficient and help users reduce their carbon footprint.

    Also, the use and cleaning of these eco-friendly appliances in kitchens entails the use of less water and detergents compared to normal appliances, which again contributes to mitigating the adverse impact of past practices on the environment.

    Eco-friendly kitchen appliances are designed to save resources by using recycled materials and reducing waste during manufacturing. Companies are exploring and incorporating innovative, sustainable, and recyclable materials like paper, glass, aluminum, and brass into their manufacturing processes to reduce their impact on the environment. This approach resonates with consumers who prioritize responsible consumption.

    Moreover, brands are implementing eco-friendly practices at all stages of their manufacturing processes. They are using solar or wind energy, optimizing their factories to reduce energy consumption during production by using renewable energy sources or implementing energy-saving technologies, and looking for ways to reduce packaging waste by using recyclable materials or designing more compact packaging.

    When designing appliances, manufacturers prioritize energy-efficient models that require less power or gas to complete the same activities.

    Transformation of the cooking experience

    Using these eco-friendly kitchen appliances which feature innovative technologies helps transform the cooking experience in various ways. Eco-friendly appliances, like induction cookers and Infrared cooktops, are being manufactured with advanced insulation materials and inset with smart sensors and more. They operate quietly, producing less pollution compared to traditional gas stoves. This enhances the overall ambiance of the kitchen, making it smoke-free and a more pleasant space. The time-setter on these appliances helps you cook food for exactly the amount of time programmed without wasting even a second.

    Beyond convenience, eco-friendly appliances encourage better cooking habits. For example, induction cooktops provide unprecedented temperature control precision, reducing the risk of overcooking and preserving the nutritional integrity of products. Similarly, air fryers promote healthy cooking by using less oil and attaining the appropriate crispness and browning in a quarter of the time required by conventional ovens. Additionally, using low-wattage appliances like bullet blenders, dough makers, and fast-choppers can help save both time and energy in food preparation for busy households. This not only promotes healthy eating habits, but it also helps with energy efficiency by harmonizing with sustainable cooking practices while maintaining taste and quality.


    The rise of eco-friendly kitchen appliances marks a pivotal moment in our culinary spaces. Choosing these appliances is not just about being trendy but embracing a lifestyle that respects our environment, avoiding damage to the environment.

    Kitchen appliance makers are increasingly recognizing the significance of environmental friendliness and sustainability in meeting consumer demand and harmonizing with changing cultural norms. By demonstrating their commitment to eco-friendly practices, these businesses position themselves favorably for clients who value environmental stewardship in their purchase decisions. Manufacturers react to client demands by developing and promoting eco-friendly appliances.

    The decisions we make as consumers in our kitchens can significantly influence good change on a broader level. Selecting environmentally friendly appliances not only lowers our carbon footprint but also promotes sustainable practices in the industry as a whole. A more sustainable lifestyle and a better relationship with the environment are fostered by every choice to give priority to eco-friendly options.


    Authored By

    The Green Revolution in Kitchens: Embracing Eco-Friendly Appliances for Sustainable Cooking Experiences

    Dr. Manu Nanda, CMO, Stovekraft


    Next Story
    Indian Apparel Exports Set to Surge by 8-9 pc in FY2025
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Indian Apparel Exports Set to Surge by 8-9 pc in FY2025

    The Indian apparel export industry is gearing up for a recovery in the fiscal year 2025. Despite facing challenges in FY2024 due to tepid demand, the industry is expected to bounce back with an estimated 8-9 percent increase in revenues, reaching Rs 28,150 crore from Rs 26,000 crore in the previous fiscal year, according to a recent research note by ICRA.

    Factors Driving Recovery

    Low Base Effect

    The anticipated recovery in FY2025 is largely attributed to the low base effect from the previous fiscal year. With the replenishment of stock in key markets such as the US and the EU regions, the industry is poised to benefit from increased demand.

    Inventory Liquidation

    Retail apparel brands in the US and the EU, which collectively represent a significant portion of global apparel trade, are expected to liquidate high inventory build-up. This is anticipated to occur in the first half of FY2025, boosting orders for the Summer 2024 season.

    Government Initiatives

    Long-term growth prospects for the industry are bolstered by various promotional steps undertaken by the Government of India. These include schemes such as Production Linked Incentives (PLI), PM Mitra parks, proposed Free Trade Agreements (FTAs) with the UK and the EU, and the broader trend of diversifying apparel sourcing away from China.

    Challenges and Resilience

    Impact of Red Sea Conflict

    While the ongoing Red Sea conflict has resulted in delayed shipments, apparel exporters operating on a Free on Board (FOB) basis have not experienced immediate cost implications. However, sustained tension could lead to reduced export volumes and lower realizations due to increased costs for customers.

    Operating Environment and Capex

    A difficult operating environment in FY2024 postponed large capital expenditure investments for many players. However, with expectations of demand revival in FY2025 and strategies to capitalize on the "China Plus One" movement, a pickup in capex spending is anticipated.

    Government Schemes and Industry Outlook

    PLI and MITRA Schemes

    The PLI scheme, along with the PM Mega Integrated Textile Region and Apparel (MITRA) schemes, are expected to bolster India's presence in the global apparel trade. These initiatives will facilitate capacity expansions, provide scale benefits, and strengthen India's position in the man-made fiber (MMF) value chain.

    Performance Metrics

    Despite challenges, ICRA estimates a mild 5-6 percent year-on-year dip in revenues for FY2024 among its sample companies. However, coverage ratios are expected to marginally moderate due to weakened earnings. The interest cover is projected to be around 5.6-5.8 times and the total debt to OPBDITA around 1.8-1.9 times for FY2025.

    Operational Insights and Pricing Dynamics

    Operational Margins

    Operating margins of apparel exporters are expected to moderate to 9.8-10 percent in FY2024, down from 11.3 percent in FY2023. This decline is attributed to weaker operating performance and a contraction in volumes leading to reduced operational efficiencies.

    Cotton Yarn Prices

    Despite lower cotton yarn prices in FY2024 compared to the previous year, the benefits are being passed on to customers due to weak demand. However, stability in export incentives and increased scale are anticipated to cushion profitability in FY2025.

    In conclusion, while FY2024 presented challenges for the Indian apparel export industry, the outlook for FY2025 appears promising, driven by factors such as inventory replenishment, government initiatives, and strategic industry responses to global shifts.


    Next Story
    Spiritual Tourism Sparks Retail Renaissance in Sacred Cities
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Spiritual Tourism Sparks Retail Renaissance in Sacred Cities

    As more pilgrims and spiritual seekers visit holy cities in India, retail brands across segments, including fashion & apparel, food & beverage, hypermarkets, homeware & department stores, and consumer electronics brands, are expanding by tailoring the offerings to the pilgrim’s needs. This trend underscores the symbiotic relationship between spiritual tourism and the retail industry, benefiting both sectors from the increased foot traffic.

    CBRE South Asia Pvt. Ltd. has announced the findings of its report, ‘Decoding Real Estate through the Spiritual Tourism Lens’. The report highlights retail chains capitalizing on the surge in spiritual tourism across 14 key cities in India.

    Rise of Urban Spiritual Tourism

    The surge in spiritual tourism reflects a broader shift in tourist preferences, with travelers seeking transformative experiences beyond traditional rituals. The rise of urban spiritual tourism caters to this desire, attracting visitors to cities known for their deep religious and spiritual significance. Cities such as Amritsar, Ajmer, Varanasi, Katra, and Somnath are witnessing a notable retail boom as a result of this trend.

    Tailoring Offerings to Pilgrims’ Needs

    Retail brands are strategically adapting their offerings to cater to the growing tourist population. From fashion & apparel to food & beverage, and from consumer electronics to homeware & department stores, brands are customizing their products and services to align with the needs and preferences of pilgrims and spiritual seekers.

    Infrastructure Development

    Enhanced infrastructure, including well-connected roads, airports, and public transportation, has played a significant role in driving the surge in spiritual tourism. The development of various accommodation options, such as hotels, guesthouses, and wellness centers, ensures a comfortable and convenient stay for travelers visiting these cities.

    Culinary Traditions and Fashion Expertise

    Cities like Amritsar, Varanasi, Madurai, and Puri are leveraging their unique culinary traditions and local fashion expertise to further attract and engage visitors. Integrating local practices into the design and offerings of shops, restaurants, and hotels creates unique retail experiences for pilgrims and tourists alike.

    Leading Hotels Catering to Spiritual Travelers

    Spiritual tourism remains an attractive revenue stream for India's hospitality sector. Major hotel chains are adapting to the evolving preferences of spiritual tourists by offering clean, hygienic, and family-friendly accommodations that command premium pricing. Branded hotels are emerging as key players, offering a blend of comfort and traditional hospitality tailored for spiritual seekers.

    Wellness Centers and Hospitality Collaboration

    A partnership has developed between wellness centers and hospitality brands to serve the needs of spiritual tourism. Wellness centers offer services like yoga and Ayurveda to enhance physical, mental, and spiritual health, while hospitality brands create serene environments, customize wellness programs, and provide access to sacred sites and temples for immersive spiritual experiences.

    Government Initiatives and Online Retail Platforms

    Government initiatives to promote tourism and improve connectivity between pilgrimage sites are further boosting the growth of spiritual tourism in India. The rise of online retail platforms offering easy access to faith-based products and services is also a key factor contributing to this growth.

    Investment Opportunities and Economic Growth

    Driven by the growing popularity of spiritual tourism, investors are flocking to capitalize on the market's potential. Investments aim to deliver high-quality accommodations, bolster infrastructure, safeguard heritage sites, and ultimately drive regional economic growth. This trend has created opportunities for the hospitality and retail sectors to thrive in these destinations.

    Enhanced Infrastructure and Streamlined Travel Services

    Enhanced infrastructure, including improved highways, upgraded railway stations, and new airports in cities like Varanasi, Ayodhya, and Amritsar, makes these spiritual hubs more accessible. Streamlined travel services such as online booking systems, tourist information centers, and heightened security measures enhance the overall travel experience.

    Cultural Immersion and Spiritual Growth

    The shift towards experiential travel is largely driven by younger generations seeking cultural immersion and spiritual growth. Tour companies are responding to this demand by offering personalized pilgrimages and wellness programs that include activities like meditation, yoga, and Ayurveda.

    In conclusion, the surge in spiritual tourism in India is not only reshaping the retail and hospitality sectors but also contributing to regional economic growth. As travelers increasingly seek transformative experiences, cities with deep religious and spiritual significance are emerging as key destinations, driving investment and innovation in infrastructure, retail, and hospitality offerings.


    Next Story
    The Future of Retail is Cross-Channel — Are You Ready to Seize the Opportunity?
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    The Future of Retail is Cross-Channel — Are You Ready to Seize the Opportunity?

    In the ever-evolving retail landscape where customers are more connected, aware, and channel agnostic, staying ahead of the curve is crucial for success. Cross-Channel Retail, a set-up from multichannel retail has been a game-changer in recent years. It has been designed for four specific goals, firstly to acquire new customers, second to retarget the shoppers, third to activate the non-buyers, and fourth to increase the second purchase rate. As it gives customers the flexibility to enjoy every purchase across different channels. Big giants in the retail industry are making huge millions by offering an enigmatic customer experience through Cross-Channel Retail. Thus, it is important to know its meaning, benefits, challenges, and what the future holds for retailers who embrace this transformative approach.

    One Strategy

    Cross-channel retail is a pivotal part of any successful retail strategy that describes the process of offering customers a seamless shopping experience across multiple channels. By adopting a cross-channel approach, retailers create a logical progression by keeping a close eye on customer actions and behavior. This leads to consistent brand presentation, which helps in creating a cohesive brand identity. At its core, cross-channel retail integrates different shopping channels, including brick-and-mortar stores, and all online platforms accessed through mobile apps, websites or social media. This helps businesses to improve customer loyalty, increase engagement, and boost sales.

    One of the key principles of cross-channel retail is the integration of retail channels, to ensure the access to the same products, promotions, and information to the customers regardless of the channel they choose. The likelihood of a customer coming back to a brand increases when the customer has a favorable experience. In one of the reports by McKinsey, the 3C’s of customer satisfaction mentioned, “Maximizing satisfaction with customer journeys has the potential not only to increase customer satisfaction by 20 percent but also lift a revenue by 15 percent while lowering the cost of serving customers by as much as 20percent”. Through this integration, the seamless shopping experience helps in supporting brand loyalty and consistency.

     Beyond creating brand awareness and building trust, cross-channel retail has its own merits. This integration connects the dots and gives the power to reach a wider audience with an opportunity to connect with different segments and amplify the presence of the brand. By offering a seamless and integrated shopping experience, retailers can enhance customer engagement and loyalty. It is important to break down the silos and ensure that customers can switch among channels effortlessly. Getting insights into customer behavior, purchasing habits, and preferences is another merit of cross-channel retail. “Retail companies with strong cross-cha percent for companies with weak cross-channel strategies”, as per the report by Gruscoach (2024). With this knowledge, retailers can tailor their marketing efforts and make informed business decisions. Today's consumers expect more than just the ability to purchase products; they ask for personalized experiences that cater to their preferences and lifestyles. To meet these expectations, cross-channel retail aims to provide a seamless and integrated shopping experience across all channels by maintaining a consistent tone of voice. Thus, it is important to implement integrated system, synchronized data and a consistent brand voice across all platforms.

    Where the Future Lies

    The future of retail belongs to those who realize that to thrive in this digital era, cross-channel retail is a necessity. However, these benefits come with challenges like threats associated with data security, and interoperability. Retailers should focus on five actions, first, ‘zero friction’ digital experience, second, ‘in-store feel’ to digital experience, third, ‘safe experience’, fourth, creating a ‘store for the future’, and lastly, fifth, ‘agile operating model’. This seismic shift is writing a playbook for success, offering retailers the opportunity to redefine the shopping experience. By embracing this approach, retailers can reach new heights, enhance customer engagement and loyalty, and thrive in an increasingly digital world.


    Next Story
    Women Driving Innovation in Retail F&B
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Women Driving Innovation in Retail F&B

    From technology to finance, women entrepreneurs are breaking barriers and carving out their paths to success, contributing significantly to the global economy. In this dynamic landscape of empowerment and independence, the food and beverage sector stands out as a prime example of women’s entrepreneurship flourishing.

    Women in the F&B industry are trailblazers, challenging traditional norms and redefining what it means to be successful in business. With a keen eye for opportunity and a willingness to take calculated risks, they are breaking new ground and setting new standards for excellence. From introducing unique menu offerings to implementing cutting-edge technologies, women entrepreneurs are constantly pushing the envelope, driving innovation, and reshaping the landscape of the F&B sector.

    Unlocking Opportunities in Retail F&B

    For years, women have been trained in the art of running a kitchen, mastering the skills necessary to nourish their families. Now, with evolving times, women are leveraging this traditional training and household expertise to embark on entrepreneurial endeavors within the F&B sector. From artisanal bakeries to specialty cafes, women-owned businesses are not only creating unique offerings but also tapping into their deep understanding of diverse consumer preferences.

    This shift from household caretaker to business innovator is evident in the way women entrepreneurs are revolutionizing traditional F&B concepts. Just as catering to a family requires an intimate understanding of each member’s tastes and preferences, venturing into the F&B business with this background equips women with deeper understanding of consumer preference, thus, curating personalized customer experiences.

    Embracing Technology and Innovation

    While the foundation of a successful F&B venture may be rooted in traditional culinary expertise, women entrepreneurs are seamlessly integrating technology and innovation into their operations. Understanding that innovation and technology is imperative to thrive in today’s market, women are harnessing technology to streamline operations and enhance efficiency in their businesses.

    This adoption of technology not only allows women entrepreneurs to run their businesses more efficiently but also empowers them with newfound skills and knowledge. Beyond mastering their food products, they’re delving into the realms of digital marketing and exploring new strategies to reach and engage with a broader consumer base. With each step towards embracing technology, these women are not only reshaping the retail F&B sector but also carving out a path towards empowerment and independence.

    Innovating with Flavors: Infusing Tradition with Modern Twists

    One of the hallmarks of women entrepreneurs in the F&B sector is their penchant for innovation and experimentation with flavors. They infuse traditional recipes with modern twists, breathing new life into classic dishes and captivating the taste buds of their customers. Whether it's incorporating exotic ingredients, experimenting with unique flavor combinations, or drawing inspiration from their personal stories and cultural influences, women entrepreneurs in the F&B sector are fearless in their pursuit of culinary excellence. Their willingness to take risks and push the boundaries of flavor profiles sets them apart as true innovators in the industry.

    Mastering the Art of Multitasking

    Women entrepreneurs in the F&B sector are renowned for their exceptional multitasking abilities. Balancing the demands of running a business while also innovating in the kitchen requires a unique skill set that women entrepreneurs have mastered. From managing inventory and finances to overseeing operations and customer service, they seamlessly juggle multiple responsibilities to ensure the success of their ventures. Their ability to multitask effectively is a testament to their resilience, adaptability, and commitment to excellence.

    Their efficient multitasking abilities extend beyond the confines of their homes and into their businesses, where they excel in various fields of operation. This dedication and ability to manage diverse tasks not only contribute to the growth of their businesses but also empower other women to pursue their entrepreneurial aspirations.

    Leading the Change

    In Retail F&B sector, women entrepreneurs are not just participants but leaders, leading the charge towards innovation and growth. Their visionary leadership and relentless pursuit of excellence serve as a driving force, inspiring others to embrace new possibilities and push the boundaries of success.

    Their visionary leadership extends beyond the confines of their businesses, inspiring others to dream big and pursue their passions fearlessly. Leading by example, women entrepreneurs are not only achieving remarkable success in their own right but also empowering others to unlock their full potential. Their stories of resilience, determination, and triumph serve as beacons of hope and inspiration, igniting a spark of possibility in those who dare to dream.

    As we celebrate International Women's Day, it's crucial to recognize the transformative impact of women entrepreneurs in the Retail F&B sector. Their resilience, determination, and unwavering commitment to excellence have not only reshaped the industry but also inspired a new generation of leaders. From breaking traditional norms to embracing technology and fostering collaboration, women entrepreneurs have demonstrated the limitless potential of women in business. Let us applaud their achievements and commit to supporting and empowering them on their entrepreneurial journey. By providing access to mentorship, training, and networking opportunities, we can create an inclusive ecosystem where women can thrive and contribute to the F&B industry. Together, let us continue to champion diversity, equity, and inclusion, unlocking the full potential of women entrepreneurs and driving collective growth and innovation in the F&B sector.

    Sheetal Bhalerao, Chairperson and Managing Director of Wardwizard Foods and Beverages Ltd

    Authored by Sheetal Bhalerao, Chairperson and Managing Director of Wardwizard Foods and Beverages Ltd




    Next Story
    Q-Commerce Set for 40-45 pc GMV CAGR Over Next 3 Years
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Q-Commerce Set for 40-45 pc GMV CAGR Over Next 3 Years

    In the dynamic realm of retail and e-commerce, one phenomenon has emerged as a game-changer: the rapid ascent of quick commerce (q-commerce) in India. With its current market size soaring to $2.8 billion, q-commerce is poised to disrupt the traditional retail landscape, reshaping consumer shopping habits and industry dynamics alike.

    Driving Forces of Q-Commerce

    Urbanization and Rising Disposable Incomes: India's urban population, coupled with increasing disposable incomes, has created a significant demand for convenient, on-demand shopping solutions. Q-commerce platforms have capitalized on this trend by offering instant product deliveries within an impressive 8-20 minute timeframe, particularly resonating with Gen Zs and millennials in major metros.

    Surprising Success Amid Global Failures: Despite global failures of similar models, the success of q-commerce in India has stunned industry experts. Notably, q-commerce leaders are not just experiencing growth but are also moving towards profitability, positioning India as a global pioneer in q-commerce success.

    Key Factors Driving Q-Commerce Growth

    Skyrocketing GMV: Q-commerce has sustained its momentum, achieving an unprecedented 77 percent year-on-year growth in Gross Merchandise Value (GMV) despite a sluggish year for consumption in 2023. This growth highlights a notable K-shaped recovery, with A-led consumption flourishing while B/C consumption remained stagnant.

    New User Adoption: Q-commerce's seamless consumer experience has attracted new users, who are shifting their e-commerce spending towards q-commerce platforms. Gen Zs and millennials in cities like Bangalore, Delhi NCR, and Mumbai are leading the charge, with existing users also increasing their spending habits.

    Winning Event Days and Category Diversification: Q-commerce platforms have mastered understanding consumer purchase patterns, and customizing selection and experiences accordingly. Event-driven promotions, such as during the Cricket World Cup Final and Valentine’s Day, have led to record sales. Additionally, platforms are diversifying beyond groceries into categories like beauty, electronics, and home decor, attracting Direct-to-Consumer brands as lucrative partners.

    Path to Profitability: Q-commerce platforms are not just experiencing explosive growth but are also inching closer to profitability. Strategies such as non-grocery expansion, optimization of dark store utilization, growth in advertising revenues, and rise in commissions are bolstering profitability prospects. Q-commerce contribution margins are expected to reach +6-7 percent by 2026.

    Sustainable Growth: Q-commerce is poised for sustained growth, with projections indicating a 40-45 percent Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) over the next three years. Despite significant growth, average monthly transacting users remain a fraction of those in online food delivery and mobility sectors, indicating substantial room for expansion, particularly in Tier I cities.

    Future Outlook and Conclusion

    The rise of q-commerce in India represents a paradigm shift in the retail industry, driven by changing consumer behaviors, technological advancements, and a conducive business environment. With its ability to offer instant gratification and unparalleled convenience, q-commerce is redefining the shopping experience for Indians and presenting significant investment opportunities.

    While the outlook is promising, the consistency of q-commerce performance in upcoming quarters remains to be seen. Additionally, the response from legacy e-commerce platforms will shape the competitive landscape in the months to come. Nevertheless, q-commerce is set to continue its upward trajectory, reshaping the retail industry and offering immense growth potential for industry players.


    Next Story
    Breaking: Australian Homewear Brand Anko Shuts India Operations
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Breaking: Australian Homewear Brand Anko Shuts India Operations

    Australian homeware brand, Anko, which launched its operations in the Indian market around early 2023, is reportedly ceasing its operations in the country, according to sources familiar with the developments. Furthermore, the Anko India website has listed all its products as 'out of stock'. 

    Anko India, owned by Wesfarmers Ltd, one of Australia’s leading publicly listed companies and the parent company of the department store Kmart, entered India in June 2023. Anko is renowned for its home and kitchenware, small furniture products, and toys. The Anko brand was established in 2017 and is stocked in Kmart Australia. Its global headquarters is in Australia, with offices in China and India, and vendor partners across Asia.

    Recently, Australia’s Kmart Group, the parent company of low-price department stores Kmart and Target, reported a revenue increase of 4.8 percent to $5.9 billion for the first half of FY24. The growth was primarily driven by Kmart, which saw a 7.8 percent increase in sales, while Target experienced a 5.1 percent decline compared to the first half of FY23.

    Anko in India had planned a digital-first entry via D2C channels and was also present on select online marketplaces. Anko had also partnered with e-commerce giants such as Flipkart and Myntra. Pulkit Bansal was appointed as the Country Head of Anko India. Bansal previously held significant leadership roles with leading brands such as Ola Cabs, Flipkart, and ITC Ltd., focusing on creating sustainable and long-term business growth. reached out to Pulkit Bansal, the Country Head of Anko India, for comment, but he declined to disclose any details regarding the development.

    (This story will be updated if Anko India shares a statement to our query)


    Next Story
    ASUS India: Pioneering Next-Gen Gaming
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    ASUS India: Pioneering Next-Gen Gaming

    Established over three decades ago, ASUS has carved a niche for itself in the global market, with a steadfast commitment to its core value of "In Search of Incredible." ASUS has emerged as a pioneering force in the ever-evolving landscape of technology, consistently pushing boundaries and redefining the standards of innovation. In 2006, ASUS set foot in the vast expanse of the Indian market, recognizing its immense potential and the diverse needs of its burgeoning population.

    Arnold Su, Vice President of ASUS India, sheds light on the brand's journey and its core ethos. "Our core value is in search of incredible," Su states. "We want to make sure ASUS will be able to meet the Indian customer's requirement." Since its inception in India, ASUS has undergone a remarkable transformation, evolving from a traditional approach to sales to a dynamic ecosystem that prioritizes customer experience..

    Adapting to the Indian Consumer

    ASUS's journey in India has been characterized by a deep understanding of the Indian consumer psyche and a commitment to tailor-made solutions. Su explains, "From 2006, we tried to open different types of stores, but today it is a totally different scenario." ASUS's strategy has shifted towards immersive experiences, with dedicated gaming stores where customers can not only see but also experience products firsthand.

    Speaking about ASUS's adaptability to the Indian market, Su emphasizes, "We have learned from Indian customers that if your products have a unique selling point of your products, customers are ready to pay for it." This adaptability has led to the successful launch of products like the Zenbook Duo and ROG G14, catering to the diverse needs of Indian consumers.

    Making Technology Accessible

    At the heart of ASUS's success lies its commitment to bringing cutting-edge technology to the masses. Su elaborates on ASUS's ethos, stating, "Technology should be affordable to every customer." ASUS's groundbreaking initiatives, such as launching the first OLED laptop in the sub-50k segment, have democratized access to premium technology, making it accessible to a wider audience.

    In a testament to its success, ASUS has emerged as a dominant player in the Indian market. Su proudly declares, "Last year in 2023, ASUS reached the number two consumer notebook brand in India." Furthermore, ASUS holds the distinction of being the number one gaming brand in India, showcasing its prowess in the burgeoning gaming sector.


    Embracing Online Channels

    In an era dominated by digital transformation, ASUS recognizes the importance of online channels in driving growth. Su acknowledges the rise of online platforms, stating, "During the covid period, offline ratio dropped to around 50-55 percent while online increased to 40-45 percent. However, post the pandemic offline gradually. Today our online to offline sales is around 30:70." ASUS remains committed to providing a seamless omnichannel experience, allowing customers to make informed decisions whether online or offline.

    With a diverse product portfolio ranging from Rs 20,000 to Rs 4.5 lakh, ASUS caters to a broad spectrum of consumers. Su highlights ASUS's engagement with young customers, stating, "64 percent of ASUS customer is in the age group of 18 to 24." However, ASUS strives to engage with consumers across all age segments, ensuring inclusivity and accessibility.

    In addition to gaming, ASUS is pioneering the creator segment, catering to the burgeoning community of content creators. Su underscores ASUS's commitment to differentiation, stating, "For gamers, they care about the response time, but for content creators, they care about color accuracy." By addressing the distinct needs of creators, ASUS aims to empower individuals to unleash their creative potential.

    Pioneering the Future

    As technology continues to evolve, ASUS remains at the forefront of innovation. Su hints at future endeavors, stating, "This year, the hottest topic is AI PC." With a focus on emerging trends like AI and gaming, ASUS is poised to revolutionize the tech landscape, offering groundbreaking solutions to meet the evolving needs of consumers.

    Looking towards the future, ASUS envisions itself as the undisputed leader in the Indian market. Su articulates, "Our goal is to be the number one brand in India." With a focus on enhancing customer experience and expanding retail presence, ASUS aims to cement its position as a trusted brand among Indian consumers.

    Thus, ASUS's journey in India exemplifies a remarkable blend of technological innovation, adaptability, and customer-centricity. As ASUS continues to push boundaries and redefine standards, it remains poised to shape the future of technology in India and beyond.


    Next Story
    The Inclusivity Revolution in Regular Merchandise Retail
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    The Inclusivity Revolution in Regular Merchandise Retail

    In the ever-evolving world of fashion where discussions are of late dominated by topics surrounding sustainability, traceability, and gender neutrality, one paradigm stands out as a catalyst for transformative change: inclusivity. The concept of inclusive fashion transcends the traditional boundaries of the industry, aiming to embrace individuals of all abilities and disabilities. It strives to ensure that every person feels not just acknowledged but genuinely valued within the diverse tapestry of global fashion.

    As a powerful global language, fashion speaks to individuals of varying statures, races, and ages. It goes beyond mere clothing, becoming a profound expression for those who find their voice through style. In a world where words may fall short, fashion emerges as a megaphone, amplifying the diverse narratives of its wearers. The evolution of fashion has been monumental, marked by a profound impact and a compelling need for change.

    Today, with the inclusivity revolution, fashion not only reflects the beauty of diversity but also transforms into a platform where everyone, regardless of color, gender, ability, or medical condition, can find their place and flourish. In this article, we will explore how inclusivity has paved the way for the concept of “fashion for all” and how it stretches beyond being a mere trend.

    The Dynamic World of Fashion and the Tectonic Shift

    The fashion industry is undeniably diverse, competitive, and constantly evolving to meet the ever-changing demands of the modern consumer. The significance of personalization in the apparel manufacturing process has become paramount, with consumers seeking brands that offer well-fitting garments. The fashion business has expanded to support various industries, including design, graphic design, communication, marketing, logistics, and media. It upholds values of quality, integrity, and individuality, with personal expression and individualism being key aspects of one's fashion choices. As society moves towards slow and sustainable fashion, prioritizing environmental considerations, the industry is poised for a transformative shift.

    Embracing Change

    In recent years, conversations surrounding the fashion industry’s impact on the environment have picked up steam. Conscious consumers are increasingly leaning towards using sustainable, natural fabrics that won’t harm the planet. They are opting to practice slow fashion with an emphasis on mindful consumption. Brands, too, are leaving no stone unturned to cater to today’s environmentally-conscious consumers, by offering apparel made out of natural fabrics at affordable pricing. Together, they can create a significant impact and contribute to a more sustainable world.

    Adaptive Clothing: Inclusivity for All

    In a bid to integrate individuals with disabilities and the elderly into society, the fashion industry has taken notable strides by introducing 'adaptive clothing.' These specially designed garments address mobility issues, sensory impairments, and disabilities, providing a more comfortable, dignified, and accessible dressing experience for those facing challenges with traditional clothing.

    Adaptive clothing incorporates various design elements to enhance functionality, catering to the specific needs of individuals. Features such as Velcro closures, hooks instead of buttons, easy-pull zippers, side zippers on trousers, open-back tops, elasticated waistlines, and magnetic shoe fastenings are integrated to offer comfort and ease of use. These design innovations empower people with disabilities (PwDs) to dress comfortably while maintaining their dignity and feeling at ease in their skin.

    The global market for adaptive clothing is steadily growing and was valued at approximately $13.6 billion in 2022, according to the Adaptive Clothing Market Analysis Survey 2023. This market is projected to experience significant growth, with a Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of around 5 percent expected by 2030. As consumers increasingly prioritize brands that promote confidence through their clothing, apparel companies are motivated to develop adaptive designs that empower people with disabilities. Prominent fashion houses are finally recognizing and embracing this inclusivity trend, marking a positive step towards a more diverse and accessible fashion landscape.


    Inclusivity in fashion is no longer an option; rather, it’s the way to go for brands to stay afloat in the market. Simply put, the world of retail merchandise will be marked by the game-changer, that is inclusive fashion.


    About the Author

    Rohit Agarwal, Director, Citykart

    Rohit Agarwal, Director, Citykart 

    Next Story
    Nykaa CEO Falguni Nayar Champions Empathetic Omnichannel Strategy
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Nykaa CEO Falguni Nayar Champions Empathetic Omnichannel Strategy

    The omnichannel strategy transcends conventional business tactics; it embodies a philosophy rooted in empathy and consumer understanding, aiming to surpass expectations and foster enduring loyalty. “It is about meeting the consumer where they are and anticipating their needs and exceeding the expectation at every turn. It is about building and fostering loyalty, and forging lasting connections and extending far beyond the transactions.” With these poignant words, Falguni Nayar, Executive Chairperson, Founder and CEO, Nykaa delivered an enlightening address at the recently concluded Startup Mahakumbh 2024.

    Key Takeaways from her address:

    1. Entrepreneurship in the Indian Economy

    India stood at the brink of a new economic era, characterized by innovation and entrepreneurship. Nayar highlighted the nation's burgeoning startup ecosystem, which offered abundant opportunities for creative solutions to real-time problems.

    “There's a significant redistribution of households across income levels. The low income households are expected to shrink by 6 percent by 2030. The forecast is that the increase in upper income households will increase from 33 percent to 46 percent of all households. With the changes in the workforce, more Gen Z and women entering the workforce, the total number of households is increasing to almost 35 points up the ladder. And we are expecting 25 percent growth in consumption over the next eight years due to heightened rural consumption trends in premiumization and increasing income levels and an expected 90 percent plus penetration in smartphones.”

    1. India’s Consumption Story on Beauty

    Nayar drew parallels between India and China's consumption trends, foreseeing significant growth in per capita spending on beauty and personal care products. “Given the S curve of expected increase in per capita income from $2500 today to $5500 by 2030 - similar to China’s trends, we anticipate the BPC per capita spend to go from $15 today to $50 by 2030. The $21 billion BPC industry is set to become $30 billion over the next few years showing a remarkable potential driven by online retail growing at 27 percent to 29 percent CAGR.”

    Notably, she cited Kay Beauty as a prime example of Nykaa's success in resonating with consumers through premium-quality offerings and inclusive branding. “The brand's positioning is rooted in building a holistic beauty community that is inclusive for all gender, skin tone, and skin types of all ages. We have seen the consumer love with over 1.5 million customers who have tried Kay Beauty with the Kay community on Instagram being 1.4 million strong. The brand is expected to grow at 62 percent after a robust year of expanding.”

    1. India’s Consumption Story on Fashion

    India's per capita fashion spending was expected to rise substantially by 2030, driven by increasing GDP per capita. Nayar predicted a significant shift towards online purchases in categories like fashion, indicating a promising future for D2C brands.

    “Currently, India’s per capita fashion spend is approximately $54. As the GDP per capita increases to $5500 by 2030, we are expecting this to grow to $160 per capita. We are slowly seeing consumer behavior shift towards this expectation. After electronics, fashion is the second largest category purchased online. By 2027, it is expected that fashion, grocery and general merchandise will capture two-thirds of the ecommerce market - showing large potential and room to grow. The offline organized and unorganized markets are no laggards, both growing at CAGR of 13 percent and 7 percent, respectively.”

    1. D2C Brands and the Evolving Consumer Behavior

    Nayar underscored the importance of understanding evolving consumer preferences in the digital age. She noted the emergence of D2C brands, particularly in fashion and beauty, leveraging agility to address consumer needs effectively.

    “In today’s phygital world - understanding consumer patterns, behaviours and preferences is paramount in order to solve consumer concerns. When you peel back the onion on why consumers shop across ecommerce marketplaces & quick commerce vs offline stores - their motivations become clear. D2C brands have the advantage of being quick-to-market and agile to adapt to changing trends – all while solving real consumer problems. Of the new D2C brands over the last few years - 44 percent have emerged in fashion & beauty. “

    1. Going Global

    Through a strategic alliance with Apparel Group, Nykaa introduced Nysaa, a multi-brand specialty omnichannel retail concept in Dubai. Nayar sees this venture as an opportunity to revolutionize the beauty shopping experience in the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) region, leveraging Nykaa's online-first approach to cater to diverse consumer needs.

    “We have launched Nysaa, a multi-brand specialty omnichannel beauty retail concept in Dubai this month with a 56 million population, 54 percent of which is under the age of 25 GCC is at an interesting juncture. Nysaa launched its first store and is looking to expand to 70 stores over the next five years. With over 150 brands offered, omnichannel Nyssa is set to uniquely change the way consumer and GCC experience beauty to deliver a unparalleled trend led engaging shopping experience.”



    Next Story
    India's Retail Market: A Path to $2 Trillion
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    India's Retail Market: A Path to $2 Trillion

    India's retail sector is on the brink of transformative growth, with projections indicating a substantial leap to $2 trillion within the next decade, as per a report jointly conducted by the Boston Consulting Group (BCG) and the Retailers Association of India (RAI). This forecast marks a remarkable surge from the $820 billion valuation recorded in 2023.

    Changing Consumer Behavior

    The report attributes this growth to a paradigm shift in consumer behavior, where preferences are tilting towards experiential consumption such as travel and entertainment, over traditional product purchases. This shift has notably influenced expenditure patterns over the past two years, prompting a reevaluation of consumer spending habits.

    Organized Retail's Resilience

    Despite encountering short-term challenges, including a recent dip in year-on-year growth and subdued performance by some large retailers, the organized retail market in India has exhibited consistent growth against the backdrop of broader economic dynamics. BCG notes that profitability has generally remained consistent and aligned with global peers.

    Rapid Expansion and Market Dynamics

    Since 2010, India's retail sector has experienced exponential growth, surging over 200 percent from a $250 billion valuation. This growth has been fueled by a burgeoning middle class and the entry of major international fashion and food chains. Looking ahead, the market is poised to maintain a steady growth rate of 9-10 percent over the next decade.

    Key Strategies for Retail Success

    Refining Delivery Models and Harnessing Technology

    Success in the retail sector, according to Namit Puri, Managing Director and Senior Partner at BCG, hinges on retailers' ability to refine their delivery models, leverage artificial intelligence (AI) and analytics, and implement aggressive cost management strategies. Adapting to evolving consumer preferences and technological advancements is imperative for sustained growth.

    Consumption Trends and Investment Behavior

    BCG's report tracks consumption trends across various categories, revealing a faster growth rate for services compared to goods. Additionally, there has been a notable increase in savings and investments among households, with a significant rise in demat accounts and health insurance penetration. Retailers need to align their strategies with these shifting patterns to capitalize on emerging opportunities.

    Shift Towards Premium Goods and Urban Consumption

    Consumers are increasingly trading up to premium products, driving demand for luxury goods across various categories. Elite households, with annual incomes exceeding Rs 20 lakh, are significantly contributing to this trend, particularly in segments such as cosmetics, electronics, and leisure travel. Furthermore, store expansion is expected to continue, fueled by urbanization and rising consumption across cities of all tiers.

    In conclusion, India's retail sector stands at a critical juncture, poised for substantial growth driven by evolving consumer preferences, technological advancements, and demographic shifts. Retailers must adapt swiftly, leveraging innovation and strategic insights to capture the vast opportunities presented by this dynamic market landscape.


    Next Story
    The Future is Female: Trends and Opportunities for Women Entrepreneurs in the Global Marketplace
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    The Future is Female: Trends and Opportunities for Women Entrepreneurs in the Global Marketplace

    We're witnessing a tidal wave of women taking charge, shattering the glass ceiling, and building empires in the world of entrepreneurship. Forget the days when women were expected to be confined to the home front. Now, we're owning our power, showcasing our talents, and reshaping the business landscape, one move at a time.

    The rise of female entrepreneurs is reshaping the narrative of business ownership, inspiring others, and creating employment opportunities not just across the country but also globally. In the Indian context, however, let's be real, it's not always sunshine and rainbows. There are still barriers to break, biases to challenge and patriarchy to persist. Future generations must be educated on dismantling these cultural barriers and creating a more inclusive environment.

    Overcoming Obstacles

    Despite progress, women entrepreneurs encounter societal biases and gender stereotypes holding back their growth. Most of the women entrepreneurs face more challenges in accessing finance and markets than their male counterparts. In India, gender gaps persist in the finance sector, with a limited percentage of female founders receiving business funding. These challenges are fuel, they flare up our resilience, our creativity, and our determination to make a path for ourselves and break those stereotypes. We're finding innovative solutions, building supportive communities, and proving that we can not only survive but thrive in this dynamic world.

    Leveraging India's Rich Heritage

    India, with its lively culture and long history of traditional crafts, is a great example of how women's businesses can be successful globally. Women are using age-old skills and wisdom for beauty, handicrafts, and more to create products that have an international appeal and authenticity that’s being appreciated appeal all over the world. This motivates women business owners to make a real difference by keeping traditional ways and simplicity alive and making them fit the needs of the global market. They are very entrepreneurial, which not only keeps cultural traditions alive but also brings them to the attention of people around the world, showing off the abundance and diversity of India's rich culture and traditions.

    Globalization Opens Doors for Women-led Businesses

    Globalization has changed things, and women in different parts of the world are being affected by it in different ways. Women have been able to take the lead in making economic and social changes because of it. The socioeconomic position of women is changing, even if it takes a while. This is happening because of better global information networks and more exposure between cultures.

    As globalization moves forward, it has broken down geographical barriers, making way for a huge market. This change opens up a huge range of opportunities for women businesses to show off their unique goods and services to people all over the world. In the global business world, this number shows that women entrepreneurs have a lot of economic power and potential. It appears not only how well they can do in the global market, but also how important they are to shaping the future of the world economy.

    The Digital Advantage

    The ascent of digital platforms has reshaped the business landscape, offering women entrepreneurs cost-effective and accessible tools to navigate the global market. E-commerce platforms, coupled with social media marketing and online marketplaces, empower women to connect with new customers beyond traditional brick-and-mortar limitations.

    Digital Financial Services further streamline challenges for women entrepreneurs, encompassing payments, credit, savings, remittances, and insurance. Online crowdfunding platforms enable women to raise funds globally, while a growing number of venture capitalists and angel investors actively seek out women-led businesses. This evolving landscape not only facilitates financial access but also cultivates a supportive environment, marking a transformative shift in the game for women entrepreneurs in the digital age.

    Collaboration is Key

    In today's globally interconnected business landscape, collaboration stands as the backbone for success. Women entrepreneurs are increasingly acknowledging the advantages of forging partnerships and alliances with other businesses, whether on a domestic or international scale. These collaborations serve as channels for knowledge sharing and resource pooling, creating a collective approach that not only unlocks new market opportunities but also broadens reach. A recent study on trends reveals that women entrepreneurs consider collaboration essential for business growth. This highlights the transformative impact of collective action, showcasing the role collaboration plays in leading businesses to another level.

    Embracing Diversity for Global Expansion

    Globalization has changed things for women all over the world. As women business owners move into global markets, it's important to understand and adapt to the subtleness of different cultures. This includes understanding and respecting the people, places, and ways of communicating.

    The future of entrepreneurship is female. Women business owners are changing the world. They're not only building great businesses by getting through past problems, breaking down barriers, and embracing diversity, but they're also making the future more open for everyone. This has also given women a chance to lead the way in making economic and social changes. A woman’s position is changing, even if it takes a while. By overcoming obstacles they're not just building successful businesses but also creating a more inclusive future for all.


    Authored By

    Aashka Goradia Goble, Co-Founder & CMO, Renee Cosmetics

    Aashka Goradia Goble, Co-Founder & CMO, Renee Cosmetics


    Next Story
    Innovational Agility Unleashed: The Mattress Industry's Tech-Infused Future
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Innovational Agility Unleashed: The Mattress Industry's Tech-Infused Future

    In this dynamic retail vista where technological advancements continue to shape and reshape consumer experiences, the $212 million-strong Indian mattress industry is undergoing a major transformative revolution. The deployment of new-age technologies is redefining hygiene and comfort standards as the latest technologies like antimicrobial fabrics, temperature-regulating technologies, and smart foams are seamlessly integrated into mattress design. As customers increasingly prioritize health and comfort, the marriage of innovation and customer-centricity is setting a new industry benchmark - the rise of sleep tech.      

    Now the essential question emerges, what global chain of events led to the emergence of sleep, in the first place? Apart from the changing consumer preferences that prioritize the need for a good night’s sleep, there are economic factors too that have orchestrated the rise of sleep technology. Insufficient or poor-quality sleep has been well-documented to result in a measurable decline in work productivity. A study examining the economies of five different countries revealed an annual loss of a staggering  $680 billion due to employees experiencing inadequate sleep. Lack of sufficient sleep in the United States alone leads to a business cost of up to $433 billion. These are just a handful of factors that have contributed to the swift growth of the global sleep-tech industry.

    Closer to home, the Indian mattress sector also continues to transform at a rapid pace. Industry players must exhibit innovation and agility to keep up with the ever-turning tides. As we step into 2024, home-grown sleep tech companies need to acknowledge the changing rules of the game.  This has been the new norm for some time now and this year will be no different for the mattress industry. As one of the country’s fastest-growing markets, the sector also offers a rich array of prospects for investors across India and the globe.

    Elevating Hygiene and Comfort

    The convergence of technology and mattress design has introduced several advanced features, ensuring a clean and comfortable rest. Anti-microbial fabrics are mitigating hygiene concerns while temperature-regulating technologies and smart foams enhance overall sleep quality. This technological revolution has propelled the mattress industry beyond traditional norms.

    Customer-Centric Innovation Unleashed

    In the current era where customer preferences steer industry landscapes, mattress brands are adopting a customer-centric approach to innovation. It's not just about creating mattresses; it's about understanding and addressing unique consumer needs. From personalized sleep diagnostics to customizable mattress configurations, brands are ushering in a new era of customer-centric solutions, prioritizing comfort, health, and satisfaction.

    Innovations in SleepTech and Holistic Solutions

    The fusion of technology and sleep innovation has introduced an exciting era of sleep tech. Mattress brands are now incorporating state-of-the-art sleep monitoring devices, smart sensors analyzing sleep patterns, and adjustable firmness settings based on individual preferences. SleepTech is not just limited to creating comfortable mattresses; it also entails providing holistic solutions that contribute to overall consumer well-being. With innovations like adjustable bases, smart integrations, and sleep-enhancing materials, the mattress industry is leading in sleep innovation.

    Merging Innovations: SleepTech Meets Retail Revolution in 2024

    As the mattress industry continues to evolve, industry players continue to embrace the tenets of Innovation & Agility and leverage technological advancements to meet diverse consumer preferences. This convergence of sleep tech and retail tech is slated to unfold a new era of exciting possibilities.

    Let's look at some of these trends in greater detail:

    • Generative AI to enhance retail productivity and profitability

    In 2022, the attention towards Generative AI was noteworthy, but its application in the mattress industry remained limited. Fast forward to the present, and the mattress sector is wholeheartedly embracing the transformative capabilities of Generative AI. Projections indicate an estimated investment exceeding $32 billion by 2028, with mattress brands seamlessly integrating Generative AI across various operations. From refining cataloging and product descriptions to acting as virtual customer assistants, Generative AI is proving indispensable. Mattress brands utilize it as a personalized guide, while the industry benefits from precise demand forecasting, reducing wastage, and automating inventory management.

    • The Rise of Experiential Retail

    Similar to the retail landscape, the burgeoning mattress and sleep-tech industry in India is witnessing an increased demand for seamless innovations. AI-powered solutions, such as chatbots, have become integral to the online mattress shopping experience. These intelligent systems assist customers during the checkout process, addressing queries, and providing personalized recommendations. QR codes for instant payments, along with emerging technologies like fingerprint and facial recognition, are enhancing the security and convenience of online transactions. Looking ahead to 2024, there will be a heightened emphasis on experiential payments through self-service options. Self-checkout machines, equipped with improved network connectivity, digital wallet compatibility, and user-friendly displays, are anticipated to expedite transactions. As technology evolves, the mattress and sleep-tech industry is poised for more innovative solutions, promising to enhance the overall online mattress shopping experience.

    • Upholding Global Standards and Adaptive Excellence

    Leading mattress brands are maintaining consistent and top-notch quality across their product lines, adhering to stringent global standards. The commitment to excellence has extended to the adaptability of production processes, ensuring every mattress meets the same high-quality benchmark worldwide. This dedication not only speaks to the brand's commitment to quality but also guarantees customers superior comfort and hygiene, regardless of their location. A number of leading mattress brands are vying to receive universally recognized certifications for developing high-quality products and complying with leading global regulatory agencies like Certi-PUR.   As the statutory, non-profit body responsible for testing and analyzing the environment, health, and safety properties of polyurethane foam used in bedding and upholstered furniture applications, CertiPUR-US certified products are made exclusively using environmentally safe chemicals and free from ozone depletors and chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs).

    • Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT) to Revolutionise Supply Chains

    In line with the retail industry's adoption of the Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT) for streamlined supply chains, the mattress and SleepTech sectors in India are experiencing a transformative shift. Recent reports emphasize the significance of separating global supply chains to address geopolitical impacts on businesses. The mattress industry, adapting to this changed scenario, is recognizing the flexibility and responsiveness of IIoT solutions. An automated supply chain, powered by IIoT, enables businesses to swiftly address unforeseen issues. This involves leveraging interconnected sensors and devices that operate independently, significantly enhancing tracking and monitoring accuracy throughout the mattress production cycle – from raw material procurement and manufacturing to quality assurance and order fulfillment. The logical next step for Indian mattress brands is the full-scale adoption of IIoT technologies, enhancing not only the in-store mattress experience but also automating the mattress supply chain for increased overall productivity and efficiency.

    • Scope for Edge Computing to Enhance Real-time Store Management

    Similar to its application in retail, the mattress and SleepTech industry is actively exploring edge computing solutions integrated with cloud-based databases. This approach provides mattress store managers with real-time data on customer density, facilitating efficient crowd and staff management. Additionally, the use of edge computing streamlines the integration of sleep technologies like digital signage and interactive content without compromising processing capabilities. The result is a more responsive and streamlined mattress retail environment, promising an enhanced shopping experience for customers.

    Looking Ahead

    As we step into 2024, the mattress and SleepTech industry finds itself on the brink of transformation, driven by relentless innovation and technological advancements. The focus on optimizing cutting-edge technology was unmistakable in 2023, and now, as we navigate through the New Year, this sector is undergoing a profound shift. Companies are wholeheartedly embracing the latest technological capabilities to cater to the diverse preferences of consumers. The unfolding innovations in SleepTech and mattress design are occurring at an accelerated pace, poised to redefine customer experiences. With unparalleled agility and foresight, the Indian mattress and SleepTech industry is navigating through this evolving landscape, promising a future of unprecedented comfort and innovation for every individual's sleep journey.

    Authored By

    . Uttam Malani, Executive Director, Centuary Mattress

    Uttam Malani, Executive Director, Centuary Mattress


    Next Story
    How Indian Brands Like Malabar Gold & Diamonds Are Shaping Global Trends
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    How Indian Brands Like Malabar Gold & Diamonds Are Shaping Global Trends

    In recent years, India has emerged as a significant player in the global luxury goods market, harnessing its technological prowess and embracing sustainability initiatives. , India made significant contributions to the global luxury industry, which surged to $347 billion in FY2022, the country's vibrant culture, coupled with its technological advancements, has propelled it into the limelight of luxury retail, reshaping the industry landscape and driving unprecedented growth.

    Tech-Driven Transformation

    India's journey into the global luxury arena is marked by a strategic integration of technology, particularly GenAI, which has revolutionized personalized customer experiences and real-time support. Anand Ramanathan, Partner at Deloitte India, emphasizes the pivotal role of digital technologies in advancing green initiatives within the luxury sector. He states, "Luxury brands are swiftly embracing environmentally responsible, circular economy models driven by evolving consumer preferences and regulatory mandates."

    Rising Stars in Indian Luxury

    The Indian luxury goods market has witnessed a paradigm shift, with traditional gold retailers making way for modern retail chains adorned with renowned luxury brands. According to Deloitte's Global Powers of Luxury Goods report, six Indian luxury companies have made it to the top 100 global luxury goods companies, showcasing a remarkable sales growth of over 20 percent in FY2022, and contributing to the industry’s 32.8 percent composite growth.

    Among these rising stars are Malabar Gold & Diamonds, Senco Gold Limited, and Thangamayil Jewellery Limited, alongside established players like Titan Company Limited, Kalyan Jewellers India Limited, and Joyalukkas India Limited. This surge in growth underscores India's pivotal role in shaping the future of luxury retail, fueled by a burgeoning middle-class segment and increased discretionary spending.

    Sustainability Takes Center Stage

    In line with global trends, luxury brands in India are championing sustainability initiatives, with a particular emphasis on circularity and environmental consciousness. Evan Sheehan, Global Consumer Products and Retail Sector Leader at Deloitte highlights the industry's commitment to sustainability, stating, "As the luxury sector continues its upward trajectory, companies are increasingly adopting circular economic principles and stepping up their sustainability efforts."

    This shift towards sustainable practices is not only driven by consumer demand but also influenced by regulatory mandates and reporting standards. Luxury companies are setting ambitious net-zero targets and prioritizing supply chain traceability to ensure responsible production practices and enhance accountability.

    Impact on Consumer Behavior

    The evolving landscape of the luxury goods market in India is reshaping consumer behavior and preferences. With a growing awareness of environmental, social, and governance (ESG) issues, consumers are becoming more discerning in their purchasing decisions, favoring brands that align with their values.

    The intersection of technology and sustainability has created a unique opportunity for luxury brands to forge stronger connections with consumers, fostering trust and loyalty. By leveraging digital technologies to enhance transparency and sustainability, luxury companies can cater to the evolving demands of Indian consumers while driving positive social and environmental impact.

    The Road Ahead

    As India's luxury market continues to evolve, the convergence of technology and sustainability will remain central to its growth trajectory. With an increasingly affluent middle class and a rising demand for luxury goods, India is poised to play a significant role in shaping the future of the global luxury retail landscape.

    By embracing innovation and sustainability, Indian luxury brands have the opportunity to carve out a distinct identity on the global stage while contributing to a more sustainable and responsible future. As Anand Ramanathan aptly puts it, "We anticipate these innovations to revolutionize the luxury market, globally, further cementing India's position as a key player in the luxury retail sector."


    Next Story
    From 3 to 4 Billion Euros! Mango's 4E Plan Revealed!
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    From 3 to 4 Billion Euros! Mango's 4E Plan Revealed!

    Mango marked the culmination of 2023 with historic achievements, boasting a record-breaking turnover surpassing 3 billion euros for the first time. The company's distinctive value proposition fueled this success, propelling its turnover to 3.104 billion euros, a remarkable 15 percent increase compared to 2022. Adjusted for exchange rates, the growth reached an impressive 20 percent. Celebrating its 40th anniversary in 2024, Mango is now embarking on a new era of expansion, unveiling the ambitious 2024-2026 strategic plan, aptly named the 4E Plan.

    Toni Ruiz, the CEO of Mango, attributes this triumph to the company's ability to thrive in a competitive environment, stating, "Mango has significantly increased its sales, achieving the best results in the company's history, with a turnover above 3 billion euros for the first time. Our clients value and appreciate. The work carried out in recent years is bearing fruit: we are growing above the market, we are profitable and we are financially healthy."

    Setting a New Standard

    The remarkable surge in turnover in 2023 was coupled with improved profitability, culminating in a net profit of 172.1 million euros, more than doubling the figures from 2022. Gross operating profit (EBITDA) reached 533 million euros in 2023, representing a significant 22.2 percent increase compared to the previous year.

    The brand’s commitment to enhancing its value proposition across all lines, providing greater customization and reinforcing customer service, has been pivotal to its extraordinary growth. With a substantial investment of 187 million euros, the company has fortified its position, focusing on facilities, stores, logistics, and technology. Ending the year with no net debt, Mango has showcased its robust financial standing.

    The company's expansive efforts in 2023 included over 130 net store openings and 80 refurbishments, solidifying its commitment to the physical channel. The physical chain turnover surpassed 2 billion euros for the first time, while the online channel also reached a significant milestone, exceeding 1 billion euros in turnover, constituting 33 percent of the group's total turnover.

    Internationally, Mango's business accounted for 77 percent of total turnover in 2023, with notable success in countries such as Spain, France, Germany, Turkey, and the United States, the latter entering the top 5 markets in terms of turnover just one year after the Fifth Avenue store opening.

    By business lines, Men, Kids, and Teens experienced robust growth, with the Men's line contributing 11 percent to total turnover, and Kids and Teens accounting for 8 percent. The Women's line, remaining the driving force, surpassed 2.5 billion euros in turnover for the first time in 2023, reflecting a 15 percent increase from 2022.

    Strategic 4E Plan 2024-26

    Mango’s 4E Plan, a strategic roadmap to achieve a turnover of over 4 billion euros by 2026, has four pillars - Elevate, Expand, Earn, and Empower. It focuses on enhancing the brand's value, expanding its physical presence, ensuring sustainable growth, and empowering its workforce, respectively.

    Ruiz emphasizes, "The new 4E Plan will help us strengthen our relationship with our customers, consolidate our business model, and create value in a sustained manner, reinforcing us as a reference company in the sector."

    "Elevate" emphasizes the reinforcement of Mango's differentiated value proposition through aspiration, quality, unique style, excellent customer service, and sustainability.

    "Expand" targets the growth of Mango's stores, aiming for 500 new openings by 2026, primarily in strategic markets such as Spain, France, Italy, Germany, the United Kingdom, Poland, India, Canada, and the United States.

    "Earn" prioritizes sustainable growth, focusing on improving sales in existing stores and the online channel, leveraging technology, data management, artificial intelligence, and operational excellence.

    "Empower" underscores the importance of Mango's employees, aiming to develop and empower its workforce of more than 15,500 employees, fostering a sense of pride and belonging.

    Ruiz concluded, "The excellent results achieved in 2023 are the result of the enormous effort, commitment, and dedication of the people who work in Mango. Our enthusiasm and passion will be fundamental to achieving the new objectives that we set for ourselves today in the 4E Plan."

    Strengthening Governance

    In line with Mango's new era of growth, the company bolstered its corporate governance on March 1, 2024, with the addition of four independent directors of significant prestige. The Board of Directors now consists of nine members, including Isak Andic as Non-executive Chairman, Toni Ruiz as CEO, and four independent Directors, ensuring a robust governance structure to guide Mango into its promising future.


    Next Story
    High Streets Lead: Luxury Brands See 100 pc YoY Growth in 2023 Leasing
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    High Streets Lead: Luxury Brands See 100 pc YoY Growth in 2023 Leasing

    High streets have retained their status as the prime choice for luxury brands in India's top eight cities during 2023. Notably, luxury brands leased 0.3 million square feet of space in high street store formats, marking an impressive 100 percent year-on-year increase. Leasing in luxury mall stores also surged by over 300 percent, totaling 0.24 million square feet. Standalone stores witnessed a similar trend with a 200 percent year-on-year increase in leasing, amounting to 0.1 million square feet. Overall, luxury retail leasing reached 0.6 million square feet in 2023, depicting a substantial 170 percent year-on-year growth. High streets accounted for 45 percent of the total luxury retail leasing, followed by malls at 40 percent, and standalone stores at 15 percent.

    In the joint report 'The Ascent of Indian Luxe RE', CBRE South Asia Pvt. Ltd. and the Ph.D. Chamber of Commerce & Industry dissect the trends in luxury retail leasing across diverse formats from 2022 to 2023.

    Expansion and Market Dynamics

    The surge in leasing activity is paralleled by the entry and expansion of various international luxury fashion, watch, and jewelry brands across different locations. Notably, specific malls and high streets are tailored exclusively to cater to the discerning luxury clientele, offering a curated collection of high-end brands in an environment aligned with the expectations of luxury shoppers.

    Flagship Experience and Consumer Engagement

    The flagship experience remains a pivotal factor in physical retail across all touchpoints, particularly for luxury brands. It presents a unique opportunity for brands to showcase their essence, values, and unique attributes, thereby fostering deeper engagement with customers. Luxury brands leverage flagship stores to create immersive environments that resonate with consumers on a profound level.

    Factors Driving the Surge in Luxury Retail

    The surge in luxury retail is fueled by a growing middle and upper class in India, coupled with rising disposable incomes. This demographic shift is poised to reshape the retail landscape, positioning India as a crucial hub for global luxury brands. Furthermore, a confluence of factors such as a desire for sophisticated lifestyles and the enduring influence of cultural heritage propel the luxury retail sector forward. The omnipresence of the internet and social media has heightened awareness of luxury brands among consumers, amplifying their appeal.

    Expansion Strategies and Market Reach

    Established luxury brands in India are actively seeking expansion opportunities in metro cities and pursuing larger space take-ups in existing locations to meet the growing demand. Affluent consumers from Tier II cities often travel to metro cities to fulfill their luxury shopping needs, prompting luxury brands to adopt aggressive expansion strategies by venturing into cities beyond the top-tier metros.

    The Changing Luxury Retail Landscape

    The luxury retail landscape in India is rapidly evolving, driven by burgeoning consumer wealth and a strong affinity for high-end brands. Notably, Delhi-NCR boasts the highest concentration of international luxury brands, while Mumbai attracts luxury shoppers from Gujarat and Maharashtra. Bangalore effectively caters to the luxury needs of major cities in the surrounding region, while Hyderabad presents significant opportunities for luxury brands.

    Industry Insights and Projections

    Industry leaders, including Anshuman Magazine, Bimal Sharma, and Sanjeev Agrawal, acknowledge India's growing reputation as a sought-after tourist destination and its increasing international exposure, significantly influencing the demand for luxury retail. They project a positive momentum in the luxury retail sector, with luxury brands aggressively pursuing new avenues to attract both seasoned and aspiring luxury consumers.

    To Sum Up

    The luxury retail sector in India is experiencing a transformative phase, driven by evolving consumer dynamics and market forces. As luxury brands recalibrate their strategies and expand their physical presence to capture a larger market share, India is poised to emerge as a prominent destination for discerning consumers seeking exclusivity and sophistication in their shopping experiences. With the evolution of luxury retail, promising opportunities await both brands and consumers in the dynamic Indian market landscape.


    Next Story
    The Retail Market Growth Expected to Continue at 9-10% over the Next Decade
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    The Retail Market Growth Expected to Continue at 9-10% over the Next Decade

    India continues to be a bright spot among the major economies – growing fastest among the top 5 global economies and is expected to become 3rd largest by GDP in 2030. India's retail market is expected to reach $2Tn in the next 10 years and presents a large opportunity for retailers.

    The Boston Consulting Group (BCG) presented a groundbreaking report titled “Unlocking the $2 Trillion Retail Opportunity in the Next Decade: An Activist Agenda”. This comprehensive analysis delves deep into recent retail trends, shedding light on pivotal shifts set to redefine the industry's future. As India continues its ascent among global economic powerhouses, boasting a robust 7 percent GDP growth in 2023 and projected to clinch the third position by 2030, the retail sector emerges as a prime arena for transformative growth.

    “The Indian retail sector will more than double in size to 2 trillion dollars in the next decade - across categories and formats - and the successful retailers are the ones who continue to challenge the perceived growth profitability trade-off”, stated Abheek Singhi, Managing Director and Senior Partner at BCG.

    Organized retail in India has consistently demonstrated faster growth in comparison to the underlying category. However, performance in the recent quarters has been subdued owing to potential headwinds. The drop in the growth rate for organized retailers is higher than that of category. Some large retailers have reported a decline in LFL store growth. Profitability at the same time has remained consistent and in line with global peers.

    A Glimpse of the Retail Realm

    The report forecasts India's retail market to soar to an unprecedented $2 trillion over the next decade, offering retailers a lucrative playing field. Despite recent quarters witnessing subdued growth rates, organized retail has consistently outpaced its counterparts, showcasing a higher growth trajectory. However, challenges abound, with potential headwinds tempering growth figures. Yet, amidst these challenges, profitability has remained steady, aligning with global benchmarks.

    “The retail sector offers very significant opportunity, but at the same time, we see very significant variation in performance across retailers. In the retail sector, opportunity abounds, yet so does a stark divergence in performance outcomes. The key to standing out and achieving success lies in retailers' commitment to sharpening their CVP & the delivery model, leveraging the transformative potential of AI & analytics, and aggressively managing costs” explained Namit Puri, Managing Director and Senior Partner, BCG.

    Retail Trends

     Unraveling Growth Dynamics

    A meticulous examination of the factors propelling growth reveals intriguing insights. From evolving consumer spending patterns to trends in affluence, urbanization, supply expansion, and channel shifts, the landscape undergoes a significant metamorphosis. As consumer incomes steadily rise, there's a discernible shift towards experiential spending and increased savings. Moreover, the resurgence of store expansions, particularly in Tier I-IV cities, signals a notable consumption shift. Despite the burgeoning e-commerce sector, the net addition of new users has seen a slower pace, necessitating a reevaluation of the online proposition.

    According to the projections, India's retail sector is poised for exponential growth, doubling to $2 trillion within the next decade. However, achieving success hinges upon challenging conventional growth-profitability trade-offs. Insights gleaned from industry leaders underscore the importance of retailers sharpening their value proposition, embracing AI and analytics, and vigilant cost management.

    “New-age retailers globally and in India have challenged traditional trade-offs in consumer proposition. This has enabled retailers to provide superior offerings ‘consistently’ and deliver breakthrough LFL growth. Retailers have also leveraged AI and data actively” explained Bharat Mimani, Managing Director and Partner, BCG.

    Strategic Imperatives

    The report outlines five strategic imperatives essential for retailers to capitalize on the evolving landscape. Leveraging data-driven insights, retailers can innovate business models, optimize digital and AI for personalized customer experiences, enhance value chain efficiencies, forge strategic partnerships, and embrace localization strategies tailored to diverse consumer preferences across India.

    Retail Trends

    Armed with data-centric insights, retailers are urged to reflect on recent changes in the sector and prioritize key imperatives for sustainable growth. Data-driven success stories from industry peers globally highlight the transformative potential of AI and analytics in driving breakthrough growth.

    Navigating the Data-Fueled Future

    The retail sector stands at the precipice of unprecedented growth opportunities, driven by data-driven insights. With the right strategies and interventions, retailers can unlock the $2 trillion opportunity over the next decade. The report serves as a data-driven compass, offering invaluable insights and inspiration for retailers to chart their path to success. In an era defined by data, agility, and adaptability are paramount for retailers to thrive amidst evolving consumer trends and market dynamics, paving the way for sustainable growth in the data-fueled retail landscape.


    Next Story
    Neo Retailer: The Technology Revolution in Reimagining Retail Space
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Neo Retailer: The Technology Revolution in Reimagining Retail Space

    In recent years, the retail industry has undergone a big change that has been spurred either because of technology or new business strategies. The rise of “neo-retailers” is a holistic approach towards bringing a significant change from old retail practices to dynamic and technology-driven techniques. It is designed to meet the constantly shifting demands of the customer in the dynamic realm of digital interaction where customers can click, swipe and tap with ease. Neo-retailer has the potential to boost economic growth by using data analytics and machine learning tools through integrating innovative technology and future-oriented strategies such as AI, smart sensors, AR, and IoT to enhance operational efficiency. “Neo” means a new or fresh way to give customers a personalized experience instead of rather than following age-old marketing practices. It focuses on being eco-friendly, using the Omni-channel model and flexibility to manage fast changes. The neo-retail is all about ensuring customers' convenience while browsing, and shopping. The integration of neo retailing can help Indian retail businesses grow by making a streamlined and focused path with ‘technology’ being the most important part.

    Technology Triumph

    To address the demands of the customer in this digital age, it is important to know every customer’s unique interests and needs. Neo-retailers main focus lies on ROME: Recommendations, Offers, Messages, and Experience. To ensure customers discover the product precisely aligned with their tastes, neo-retailers use algorithms and machine learning to generate personalized product Recommendations. Neo-retailers tailor their marketing Messages to resonate well with customers' preferences by crafting targeted campaigns and communication strategies. Customer data helps neo-retailers in delivering customised services from loyalty programs to exclusive Offers. The primary focus of neo-retailers is to provide a personalized Experience, which neo-retailers ensure through customers' digital journey by dynamically adjusting content as per customers’ individual preferences. Customers appreciate being valued and personalisation creates a more engaging and enjoyable shopping journey by increasing relevance and enhancing satisfaction. Many neo-retailers have effectively carried out the personalised experience, setting benchmarks for the industry like Spotify, Amazon, and Netflix. As neo-retailers leverage customer data, the shopping experience will grow as an engaging relationship between customers and brand more than a transaction.

    A Forward-thinking Approach to Dynamic and Sustainable Retail

    With an approach to reshaping customer experience, the neo-retailing model has been identified as an ideology of agility and adaptability, which enables them to stay ahead of trends and satisfy the ever-changing demands of their customers. One of the most important aspects of this forward-thinking model is the integration of online and offline channels ensuring a cohesive and consistent shopping experience. As neo-retailers have been known for their increase in operational efficiency, it secures the availability of the right product to the right customer at the right time. In recognition of the significance of the environment, neo-retailers have made sustainability a core value in their business practice. When it comes to neo-retailers, sustainability is not only a fad; rather, it is a guiding philosophy that significantly impacts decision-making at every level of the organization. Amazon, Zara, and Nike have proven themselves as leading brands in neo-retailing by embodying a forward-thinking, dynamic and sustainable approach. The neo-retailing model is a case in point of Amazon’s customer-centric approach, constant innovation, and ‘shipment zero’ campaign as part of the sustainable drive. Nike, too, is on the cutting edge, marrying innovation with sustainability with their project ‘move to zero’. Zara also showcases the agility approach by leveraging real-time data and ensuring its offering is well aligned with customer preference.

    Success Stories


    Unlocking the Future


    With its innovative approach, the neo-retailing model is set to make an inedible mark on the retail industry. The lines between the physical and digital space will become thinner as a result of this evolving technology using AR, VR and blockchain for better supply chain transparency. Eventually, sustainability will become an expected trait for retailers focusing on responsible manufacturing, sustainable sourcing, and reduced environmental impact. There will be a significant influence on customer behaviour, consumers accustomed to personalised experience will have higher expectations, and transparency will become a cornerstone of customer trust, as the neo-retailing model continues to develop. The ongoing commitment to the neo-retailing approach will act as a catalyst for a collaborative ecosystem, data-driven decision-making, and driving a holistic approach to customer relationships.

    As this model continues to evolve, it promises a future where retail is not only technologically advanced but also deeply attuned to the needs and values of the modern consumer. The neo-retailing model will steer the retail industry where innovation and ethical business practices are intertwined. Though the journey has just started, the future holds the promise of an exciting era of evolution and growth.


    Next Story
    ITC and Reliance Retail’s Partnership Should Provoke More Brands to Acknowledge Indian Farmers: Damodar Mall, CEO, Reliance Retail
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    ITC and Reliance Retail’s Partnership Should Provoke More Brands to Acknowledge Indian Farmers: Damodar Mall, CEO, Reliance Retail

    In a significant move to recognize and empower female Indian farmers, ITC's B Natural rebranded its mixed fruit juice as B Farmerette and launched its initiative 'Main Bhi Kisaan' to provide comprehensive training and support to women farmers. Through this initiative, more than 600 farmerettes (female farmers) have received expert-led training and skills for farming and business management. It's worth noting that the 1-liter pack, which has been rebranded by ITC, is its highest-selling category in the fruit juice segment.

    Expanding on this, Sanjay Singhal, COO of the Dairy & Beverages Cluster, ITC, stated, "ITC has a long history across all our brands of working with farmers. We have set benchmarks in the areas where we operate. We are associated with farmers across the country. We work closely with farmers for all our brands because we recognize that social responsibility is our commitment, and, more importantly, from a commercial standpoint, we cannot consistently deliver our high-quality products without collaborating with farmers. So, it's beneficial for business and aligns with our social commitment to Indian farmers."

    He further mentioned, "We have rebranded our 1-liter mixed fruit juice pack, which accounts for the majority of our business and is the biggest variant we sell. We have taken the initiative to forego the brand name for that product, demonstrating our commitment to this initiative. It will be available for purchase on both the Jio ecommerce platform and Reliance Retail."

    Discussing the collaboration, Damodar Mall, CEO, Reliance Retail, commented, "We cater to urban women as they are our customers. We do two things for them: provide them with multiple choices of products and protect them from inflation. However, our customers want more; they want us to be culturally attuned to them. They want us to be responsible and work towards sustainability."

    Mall added, "So, we collaborate with the right people to enhance sustainability levels in our work. Similarly, our urban customers want us to recognize women and women's empowerment. What B Natural and ITC are doing is special because women's empowerment typically includes urban women, and farming women are not often within the scope. This makes us natural partners for such initiatives. Overall, urban consumers want simple shopkeepers like us to be good people and engage in activities beyond commerce and trading, which includes this collaboration."

    Discussing how other brands should support the interests of farmers, Mall stated, "As the largest fruits and vegetable seller in modern trade, we source 80% of what we buy directly from farmers. We have firsthand empathy and understanding of the sector. Any brand selling fruit in India must engage with farmers, and the initiative that B Natural is undertaking sets a good benchmark that should provoke more brands to acknowledge Indian farmers, especially women farmers."


    Next Story
    Over 63% of Women in Bharat Dream of Starting Their Own Business!
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    Over 63% of Women in Bharat Dream of Starting Their Own Business!

    Did you know that over 63 percent of women in India aspired to be entrepreneurs and were therefore willing to take credit? A recent report shed light on the financial consumption patterns of women at retail stores, providing a glimpse into their aspirations, preferences, and challenges in the financial landscape.

    The pan-India survey, PayNearby Women Financial Index (PWFI), underlined the strong desire for financial independence and self-reliance among women in Bharat. Notably, women aged 18-30 and 31-40 exhibited remarkable digital adeptness, showcasing a keen inclination towards financial transactions. However, it was intriguing that 41 percent of women mentioned not using any payment app on their phones, indicating a digital divide that needed attention.

    The preference for biometric authentication was evident, with over 95 percent of female customers opting for AePS for cash withdrawal. While cash remained the favored mode of transaction at 48 percent, Aadhaar-led transactions and UPI QR codes were gaining momentum in double digits. Surprisingly, cards continued to have minimal presence in this segment.

    Adoption of Online Commerce and Entertainment

    The PWFI report delved into the evolving landscape of online commerce and entertainment among women. Online commerce saw decent adoption at 24 percent, with daily groceries and household items being the most commonly ordered category (27 percent). This reflected the aspirational nature of women at the last mile and validated the latent demand for such services among them. Notably, travel bookings and PAN card issuance saw significant uptake, showcasing women's desire to become self-reliant and financially included.

    Financial Habits and Goals

    Cash withdrawal, mobile recharges, and bill payments emerged as the top three services availed by women at PayNearby retail outlets. The report unveiled that 70 percent of women held Jan-Dhan savings accounts primarily used for cash withdrawals. However, more than 25 percent of women admitted to their husbands managing their bank accounts, revealing a need for financial literacy and empowerment.

    Among the top three saving goals, 'child education' topped the list, followed by 'medical emergency' and 'buying household electronic items'. The report indicated that 54 percent of women preferred saving between Rs 750-1000 monthly, emphasizing their pragmatic approach towards financial planning. Moreover, 71 percent of women exhibited a higher inclination towards short-term investments, reflecting a trend towards investment diversification.

    Despite an increasing awareness of various government schemes related to financial well-being, only 16 percent of women sought guidance from financial advisors, with family members being the primary decision-makers (74 percent). This pointed to a crucial gap in financial education and underscored the need to empower women with knowledge and resources.

    The survey also revealed a growing willingness among women to take formal credit (68 percent), emphasizing the need for affordable credit solutions. Emergency expenses, home repairs, children's education, and agricultural needs were cited as reasons to avail credit, highlighting the importance of accessible financial tools.

    Commenting on the findings, Anand Kumar Bajaj, Founder, MD & CEO, PayNearby, said, "It is delightful to see that women in Bharat are asserting their entrepreneurial spirit more than ever with over 63 percent seeking avenues for income augmentation. In the journey towards a nation's development, women should be equal stakeholders. The increasing adoption of newer services such as e-commerce, mutual funds, and fixed deposits signifies a promising trend in rural areas, where women are gearing up to engage in formal economic activities. We aim to empower women with greater autonomy over their savings, investments, and other crucial aspects. Sashakt Naari, Sashakt Desh," Bajaj added.

    Jayatri Dasgupta, CMO, PayNearby, said, "Bharat stands on the threshold of a profound digital transformation. Yet, to fully unlock its potential, we must equip our women with the tools necessary to integrate seamlessly into this rapidly evolving digital landscape. With the launch of our fourth edition of PWFI, we undertake a comprehensive assessment of our progress and chalk out the roadmap to make women equal participants in Bharat’s growth journey. With our recently launched Digital Naari initiative, we are providing additional income opportunities for women at the last mile, enabling them to provide financial and digital access to their communities at their convenience of time, location (from home/store), and product preferences. Our aim is to create a women-led development that breaks down technological and financial barriers and creates a more equitable society", Dasgupta added.

    The PayNearby Women Financial Index offered a comprehensive snapshot of the financial aspirations, habits, and challenges faced by women in Bharat. The findings underscored the need for targeted efforts in financial literacy, digital inclusion, and affordable credit solutions to empower women on their journey towards financial independence.


    Next Story
    68% of Retailers Favor National FMCG Cold Drinks, Citing Superior Sales over Local Competitors
    • IR
    • IR
    • IR
    68% of Retailers Favor National FMCG Cold Drinks, Citing Superior Sales over Local Competitors

    As the scorching heat of summer sets in across India, both FMCG giants and local kiranas are gearing up to cater to the rising demand for summer essentials. An overwhelming 67 percent of Kirana stores in Maharashtra are stocking up more cold drinks this summer season, indicating a surge in demand for refreshing beverages. What's surprising is that local cold drink brands are holding their ground against well-established national brands like Pepsi, Coke, Thums Up, and Sprite. Kirana owners in Maharashtra reported similar sales figures for both local and national brands, marking a significant shift in consumer preferences.

    A recent survey conducted by Kirana Club, India's largest Kirana Community, sheds light on an interesting trend emerging in Maharashtra. Unlike other states where national FMCG cold drink brands dominate the market, Maharashtra stands out as the only state where local brands are giving tough competition to their national counterparts.

    Nationwide Trends in FMCG Cold Drink Sales

    While Maharashtra may be witnessing a unique trend, nationwide statistics reveal a different story. Across India, 68 percent of kiranas indicate that national FMCG cold drink brands outsell their local counterparts. This trend is particularly prominent in states like Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, and Bihar, where 75 percent of retailers report higher sales of national brands.

    In Rajasthan and Chhattisgarh, 60 percent of retailers echo the sentiment of favoring national brands over local ones. However, despite these trends, it's clear that regional preferences play a crucial role in shaping consumer choices, as evidenced by Maharashtra's divergence from the national trend.

    Kids' Favorite Summer Beverages

    When it comes to the favorite summer beverages among kids, Frooti emerges as the clear winner, capturing 24 percent of the market share according to the Kirana Club survey. Following closely behind are Maaza (19 percent) and Sprite (8 percent). Other popular choices include Dew and Sting at 6 percent each, Coke (5 percent), Pepsi, and Thums Up at 3 percent each, with Appy Fizz and Jeera Soda rounding off the list at 2 percent each.

    These findings highlight the importance of understanding local preferences and tailoring product offerings to meet the diverse tastes of consumers, especially during the summer months when demand for refreshing beverages is at its peak.

    Diversification of Summer-Centric Products

    Aside from cold drinks, kirana stores are diversifying their offerings to include a range of summer-centric products. Dairy products such as ice creams and curd are stocked up in 16 percent of stores, while talcum powder and Glucose-Rasna mix hold a notable presence at 7 percent and 6 percent, respectively.

    Energy drinks are also emerging as a popular category, particularly in states like Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Maharashtra, and Jharkhand. This diversification reflects a strategic approach by Kirana owners to cater to the varied needs of consumers during the summer season.

    Anshul Gupta, the Founder of Kirana Club, emphasizes the significance of understanding consumer preferences at a hyperlocal level. He remarks, "A kirana owner knows the pulse of the consumer." Gupta's insights underscore the importance of leveraging data and community insights to identify emerging trends and capitalize on opportunities in the market.

    As summer sweeps across India, the FMCG industry is witnessing a flurry of activity, with both national giants and local players vying for consumer attention. While national brands continue to dominate the market in most states, Maharashtra stands out as a unique landscape where local brands are making significant inroads.

    With consumer preferences evolving rapidly, the key to success lies in understanding and adapting to local tastes and preferences. As Kirana stores continue to play a pivotal role in serving their communities, their ability to anticipate and meet the demands of consumers will be crucial in shaping the future of the FMCG industry in India.


    Next Story
    Also Worth Reading